On 23 May 2022, a De Havilland Canada DHC-8-102, registered VH-QQB and operated by Skytrans, was conducting a scheduled passenger flight from Brisbane to Chinchilla, Queensland. Approaching top of descent, the flight crew were alerted to an engine control unit (ECU) failure on the right engine. The ECU failure meant that reverse thrust would not be available on the right engine to assist in decelerating the aircraft on landing, but they assessed it was safe to continue with the planned approach.
During the landing, the aircraft veered to the left of the runway centreline. Towards the end of the runway, the left main landing gear ran off the runway.
What the ATSB found
The ATSB found that, after experiencing an ECU failure on the right engine, the flight crew opted to continue with the planned flight in accordance with the guidance in the available operator’s procedures.
Upon landing with a tailwind and further down the runway than usual, the flight crew experienced reduced braking effectiveness when the anti-skid system activated after the outboard right main wheel locked up after touchdown for unknown reasons. The system released brake pressure on the outboard wheel on both main landing gears, extending the landing roll.
While assessing the available braking performance, the crew missed a standard call that would have prompted the captain to transition to the tiller to provide directional control as the aircraft decelerated. In an attempt to slow the aircraft, the captain applied reverse thrust on the left engine which produced asymmetric deceleration. The aircraft veered slightly left, and the captain elected to use the emergency brake to slow the aircraft on the relatively short runway. Due to the runway being narrow, the left wheels departed the sealed runway surface in the final stages of the landing roll.
The investigation identified that the procedures permitting the flight crew to continue the flight after the ECU failure did not include consideration of other factors that could increase the required landing distance, including a tailwind and a wet runway, or that a narrow runway increased the risk of a veer off due to asymmetric thrust.
The investigation also found that the acceptable means of compliance guidance material for the Civil Aviation Safety Regulations 1998 relating to required landing performance did not clearly convey the intent of the regulations relating to the discontinuation of an approach to a runway when surface conditions were unexpectedly wet.
What has been done as a result
In response to this incident, the operator updated their procedures for continued flight following an ECU failure to prohibit the use of a narrow runway unless operationally required in an emergency.
Revisions to the operating procedures also prohibited the use of short runways with a tailwind.
The Civil Aviation Safety Authority have also added extra explanatory text to the guidance material to better explain the intention of the regulations around the assurance of landing performance and how these requirements can be met.
Safety message
Pilots and operators should remain mindful that unexpected events can combine to produce undesirable outcomes. Procedures for managing an equipment failure should take into account factors that may influence performance or other operational considerations. These could include tyre lock up, runway surface condition or the presence of a tailwind when landing on a short and narrow runway. Increased safety margins in procedural documentation can help ensure flight crew make appropriate decisions when managing unexpected events.
The investigation
Decisions regarding whether to conduct an investigation, and the scope of an investigation, are based on many factors, including the level of safety benefit likely to be obtained from an investigation. For this occurrence, a limited-scope investigation was conducted in order to produce a short investigation report, and allow for greater industry awareness of findings that affect safety and potential learning opportunities.
The occurrence
On 23 May 2022 at 0720 local time, a De Havilland Canada DHC-8-102 aircraft, registered VH‑QQB and operated by Skytrans, departed Brisbane Airport on a scheduled passenger flight to Chinchilla Airport, Queensland with 3 crew and 26 passengers on board. The captain was pilot flying (PF), and the first officer was pilot monitoring (PM).[1]
At 0740, when approaching the top of descent, the flight crew noticed the engine control unit (ECU) warning light illuminate alerting them to an ECU failure on the right engine. Failure of the ECU meant reverse thrust would not be available on that engine on landing. The flight crew consulted the company procedures for managing an ECU failure, which permitted continuing the flight to Chinchilla. The flight crew checked the weather conditions for landing and elected to conduct a straight-in approach to runway 32,[2] with a tailwind of about 5 kt that was within acceptable limits. They also noted that there were some showers in the area.
The aircraft landed at 0806 and both flight crew reported that the aircraft touched down further along the runway than intended, but still within the company’s permitted touchdown zone.[3] Upon touchdown, the PF reported putting both propellers into beta range[4] and applying the brakes, but little or no braking occurred. The PF announced ‘no brakes’ to the PM, and the flight crew verified the brake hydraulic pressure indicators were indicating within the normal range. The PM also attempted to apply the brakes, but the aircraft was not slowing at the expected rate. In response, the PF moved the left thrust lever to reverse, and the aircraft deviated left of the runway centreline.
The PF reported the main concern at that point was stopping the aircraft. To avoid locking up the wheels, the PF made 3 applications of the emergency brake,[5] which was effective at slowing the aircraft. The PM recalled that, as the aircraft decelerated, they did not make the standard 60 kt call that would have prompted the PF to release the control column to the PM and assume directional control using the tiller[6] once the aircraft had slowed to around taxi speed. The PF reported that they did not use the tiller to assist in maintaining directional control because at the time they did not think they were at risk of a runway excursion.
After stopping the aircraft on the turning pad[7] at the end of runway 32, the flight crew taxied the aircraft to the apron via the normal taxiway and the passengers disembarked. The crew were alerted by a cabin crew member that the outer right wheel did not rotate during the landing roll. The PF then conducted an inspection of the aircraft and noticed the outer tyre on the right-side landing gear was deflated, with a flat spot that extended fully through the tyre (Figure 1). There was also mud on the left wheels.
Figure 1: Deflated outer right tyre
Source: Skytrans
The PF then walked the length of the runway and saw tyre marks indicating that the aircraft had deviated off the left side of the runway just before the runway turning pad (Figure 2), and that the outer right tyre had ‘dragged’ on the runway from the point of touchdown.
Figure 2: Tyre marks showing runway excursion to the left of runway
Source: Skytrans, annotated by the ATSB
Context
Flight crew information
The captain had been flying for over 30 years and had about 20,000 hours of aeronautical experience with about 6,500 hours on DHC-8 aircraft. The first officer had been flying for about 20 years and had about 7,500 hours of aeronautical experience, which included experience flying DHC-8 aircraft. Both flight crew had experienced an engine control unit (ECU) failure in flight prior to this incident.
Aircraft information
General
The De Havilland Canada DHC-8-102 aircraft is a high-wing, pressurised airframe powered by 2 turboprop engines, each driving a four-blade constant speed propellor. Skytrans had operated VH‑QQB since 2007.
Engine control unit
Each aircraft engine was fitted with an ECU. The primary function of the ECU is for fuel flow regulation and torque management to optimise performance while protecting the engine from operational hazards such as exceedances of certain engine parameters, including temperature and RPM. The ECU monitors the engine operating condition through various engine and airframe inputs. It also commands the torque motor in the engine hydromechanical unit[8] to optimise fuel flow to the engine and set a reference torque indicator ‘bug’ on the associated engine torque gauge in the cockpit instrumentation.
In the event of an internal fault, the ECU will drop offline, and engine management will revert to manual control. In manual mode:
the pilot assumes fuel control
the ECU MANUAL mode light will illuminate on the caution panel
there will normally be a difference between the 2 engine power lever positions for the same torque
engine response will be slower above 15,000 ft and for torque settings below 50%
engine surging is possible above 15,000 ft
there are limitations on the use of lower power lever settings, especially after landing, due to the engine under-speed governor, normally controlled by the ECU, being unavailable.
When the ECU is operating in manual mode, reverse thrust is no longer available for that engine/propeller on landing.
Anti-skid braking
Anti-skid systems are designed to minimise aquaplaning and the potential tyre damage that can occur when a wheel is locked or rotating at a speed which does not correspond to the speed of the aircraft. The system compares the speed of the aircraft with the rotational speed of each main wheel. If the speed of a wheel is too slow for the existing aircraft speed, the brake on that wheel is released momentarily to allow the rotational speed to increase and prevent the tyre from skidding. The anti-skid system in the DHC-8-102 is set for heavy airframe loads and when the aircraft is lighter or in slippery conditions, heavy braking may result in a short-term skid.
The system logic is activated by weight on wheels (WOW) proximity switches that close once the weight of the aircraft settles on the main landing gear after touchdown. These switches work in pairs through 2 channels (WOW 1 and WOW 2) to the skid control unit (SCU). There are 2 wheels on each main landing gear strut. The WOW 1 sensors provide input from the proximity switches of the inside wheel on each gear strut to the SCU. The SCU then controls the brakes on the inside wheel of each main gear strut. Similarly, WOW 2 sensors provide a signal to the SCU for the brake of the outside wheel on each of the main landing gear struts.
In addition, there is a ‘spin-up’ protection, ensuring brake pressure is not available to the braking system until the wheels are rolling on the runway surface at 35 kt. If a skid is detected, the skid control valve will provide a 3‑second delay to allow the wheels to spin up before braking is available. If the skid continues for more than 3 seconds, the system response is to release brake pressure on the corresponding wheel of the opposite gear leg through the WOW channels and the SCU, which reduces the braking performance and extends the landing roll.
Once the spin-up protection is no longer required, anti-skid protection is available down to a design limited minimum speed of 12 kt. Activation of the emergency brake disables the anti-skid system.
Engineering inspection
Engineers visually inspected the right landing gear following the incident and did not identify any defects with the brake pack or axle that would have led to the outer wheel lock up. Both right wheels were subsequently replaced. Significantly, the operator identified that, as the ECU system and the brake system are not connected, the wheel lock up was almost certainly unrelated to the ECU failure.
Managing the ECU failure
The operator used the aircraft flight manual and quick reference handbook procedures to manage an engine with an ECU in manual mode.
The flight crew were alerted to an ECU issue by the illumination of the ‘#2 Eng Manual’ caution light on the caution/warning panel. They then consulted the quick reference handbook for ECU operating in manual mode to determine the required actions. The handbook indicated that the power lever for the affected engine should not be moved below ‘DISC’ on landing, which included to the reverse thrust position.
The flight crew then consulted the Minimum Equipment List in relation to 1 ECU inoperative which stated that:
One [ECU] may be inoperative provided:
a. operations are conducted in compliance with the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) supplement 10 OPERATION WITH ONE ECU INOPERATIVE; and
b. nose wheel steering and anti-skid brake control system operate normally.
The AFM supplement 10 OPERATION WITH ONE ECU stated (in relation to approach/landing with 1 ECU inoperative):
During approach, a maximum torque difference of 10% may be used to reduce POWER lever asymmetry.
Meteorological information
The aerodrome forecast (TAF),[9] current at the time of the approach, included wind from 120° (true) at 6 kt and scattered cloud at 2,000 ft above the airport, with visibility greater than 10 km. The meteorological aerodrome report (METAR),[10] issued at 0800, indicated that the wind was from 140° (true) at 4 kt with overcast cloud at 10,000 ft. The 1-minute weather data from Chinchilla Airport’s automated weather station recorded a south‑easterly wind at 3–4 kt at 0740 (when the aircraft was at top of descent) and an east‑south‑easterly at 5–6 kt at 0806 (when the aircraft touched down). The maximum wind gust within that period was 6 kt.
Based on the METAR, TAF and recorded observations, the prevailing wind produced an approximate 5 kt tailwind for an approach to runway 32 around the time of landing. The maximum acceptable tailwind stated in the flight crew operating manual was 10 kt. The pilot flying elected to conduct a straight-in approach despite a light tailwind because they assessed it was easier to manage a stabilised approach with the failed ECU. The tailwind component was within the operational limits, and they assessed sufficient runway distance available for a safe landing.
While no rain was forecast for the scheduled time of arrival, the area forecast indicated the presence of light showers in the area. These showers may not have produced sufficient rainfall to have been recorded with the METAR observations indicating there had been no rainfall in the 24 hours prior to the occurrence. The flight crew advised that at the time of landing, the runway was ‘damp’, and that the aircraft braking would be at or close to normal. Photographs of the runway taken after the occurrence (Figure 2) showed moisture on the runway surface. It was not shiny and there was no visible standing water.
A briefing note from the Flight Safety Foundation, FSF ALAR Briefing Note 8.5 – Wet or Contaminated Runways stated that a runway is considered damp when ‘the surface is not dry, but when the moisture on it does not give it a shiny appearance’.
Runway surface condition definitions
At the time of the occurrence, operators were required to operate in compliance with Civil Aviation Safety Regulations (CASR) Part 121 (Australian air transport operations - larger aeroplanes) performance requirements. During the 6-month transition period from the commencement of Part 121 on 2 December 2021, a deferral provision allowed operators to rely on their existing operations manual, written to comply with Civil Aviation Order (CAO) 20.7.1B Aeroplane weight and performance limitations – specified aeroplanes above 5 700 kg – all operations (turbine and piston-engined), supplemented by annexures to bring their document suite into compliance with the new Part 121.
CASR Part 121 MOS did not recognise ‘damp’ as a runway condition.
The runway surface condition definitions in Part 121 (Australian larger aeroplanes) Manual of Standards included:
dry: a runway is dry if the surface area required for a take-off or landing:
a) has no visible moisture;
b) is not contaminated.
wet: a runway is wet if the surface area required for a take-off or landing:
a) is not dry; and
b) is not contaminated.
contaminated: a runway is contaminated if more than 25% of the surface area required for a take-off or landing is covered by any of the following:
a) water or slush more than 3 mm deep
b) loose snow more than 20 mm deep
c) compacted snow or ice.
Landing performance
A briefing note from the Flight Safety Foundation, FSF ALAR Briefing note 8.3 - Landing distances stated that actual landing distance is affected by various operational factors, with those relevant to this incident being:
runway condition (dry, wet or contaminated by standing water, slush, snow or ice)
wind conditions
type of braking (pedal braking or autobrakes, use of thrust reversers)
anti-skid system failure
system malfunctions (e.g. increasing final approach speed and/or affecting lift-dumping capability and/or braking capability).
Civil Aviation Safety Regulations (CASR) 1998 Part 121 Chapter 9 Division 2 – Landing performance outlined the required factors to be applied to landing performance calculations to account for runway surface conditions. This was based on approved weather reports or forecasts,[11] or a combination of weather reports and forecasts. CASR Part 121 – Dictionary defined what constituted an approved weather report and who could provide one. Licensed pilots were included in the list.
CASR Part 121 – Manual of Standards (MOS) Chapter 9 made the distinction between pre-flight and in-flight requirements when calculating the landing performance. This required the crew to obtain the latest forecast and reports to ascertain the runway surface conditions for the time of arrival. The Civil Aviation Safety Authority's (CASA’s) Acceptable Means of Compliance and Guidance Material for Part 121 of the CASR referenced the United States Federal Aviation Administration’s (FAA’s) Safety Alert For Operators (SAFO 19001) which defined ‘at time of arrival’ as a point in time close enough to the airport to allow the crew to obtain the most current meteorological and runway surface conditions considering pilot workload and traffic surveillance, but no later than the commencement of the approach procedures or visual approach pattern.
CASA advised:
It is not acceptable to do an in-flight landing performance check at top of descent (or earlier) that is based on an expectation that the runway should be dry and then land on a runway that is known to be wet (other than dry) without ensuring (by calculation) that the wet (other than dry) landing performance is assured.
The operator’s manual required landing distance calculations be conducted in-flight. These calculations were to be based on weather reports or observations from an approved source.[12] The procedure to complete the in-flight landing performance check was defined in the Regulated take-off weight manual (RTOW)[13] for the DHC-8. The RTOW calculation required the use of the latest METAR and ATIS[14] or AWIS[15] information to assure the landing performance. The requirement to conduct this in-flight check complied with Part 121 MOS Chapter 9.13 Landing distance – in-flight requirements.
Recorded flight data
The aircraft had an onboard flight data recorder that had been modified by a previous operator. This resulted in difficulties extracting the FDR data, and inconsistencies found in some of the downloaded parameters brought the reliability of the data into question. Consequently, where suspect values could not be resolved and an alternate reliable source of information was available, the FDR data was not used.
The FDR did not record any parameters for the wind at Chinchilla Airport, however, the GPS data recorded the equivalent of a 12 kt tailwind when the aircraft touched down. This was inconsistent with the recorded weather observations (see the section titled Meteorological information), which indicated a steady 5–6 kt tailwind for a landing on runway 32. While both sets of data indicated that a tailwind was present for the landing, the magnitude of the FDR‑derived value was considered potentially suspect, so the Bureau of Meteorology recorded observations were utilised to determine the likely conditions. From the recorded data available the following key information was determined:
the ECU failure occurred at 0740:30
the aircraft touched down at 0806:15
upon touchdown the indicated airspeed was about 90 kt which was consistent with the target airspeed.
The touchdown point could not be definitively determined however, the weight-on-wheels and squat switch parameters indicated the aircraft touched down approximately halfway down the runway (approximately 510 m beyond the runway 32 threshold). Further analysis of the data showed multiple vertical and longitudinal acceleration spikes along with GPS altitude reaching ground level coinciding with a large pitch rate oscillation approximately 4 seconds before that position. This indicated that touchdown may have occurred about 300 m beyond the runway 32 threshold. This was consistent with photographs of the main wheel skid marks on the runway.
The rotation speed at touchdown and the point that the right outer wheel deflated could not be determined from the recorded parameters.
The manufacturer was provided with a copy of the data from the flight data recorder for their analysis, however they were unable to interpret the data. Given the basic landing parameters that were available, the manufacturer calculated that the crew would have needed all remaining runway to stop from a normal approach if the touchdown point was as indicated by the weight on wheels squat switch parameters. This calculation was based on the flight manual performance data for a dry runway.
Runway dimensions
Chinchilla Airport is a certified non-controlled aerodrome located in south-eastern Queensland. The airport has 2 runways, one clay runway (runway 03/21) unsuitable for use by a Dash 8 aircraft, and one sealed runway 14/32. This runway was 1,069 m in length and 18 m wide with a turn pad at each end of the runway (Figure 3). Part 139 (Aerodromes) Manual of Standards (MOS) 2019 stated that 18 m was the minimum runway width for aerodrome design.
Figure 3: Chinchilla runway 14/32 design
Source: Airservices, annotated by the ATSB
Runway 14/32 had undergone rehabilitation works that included resurfacing in 2015. Technical documentation indicated that a symmetrical crown existed for the first 300 m of runway 32 with a 5 cm drop from the runway centreline to both runway edges. The remaining 769 m possessed a uniform 1.5% downward slope from left to right across the runway. This transverse slope was within the permitted range specified in section 6.08 of the Civil Aviation Safety Regulations - Part 139 (Aerodromes) Manual of Standards(2019), and opposite the direction of the runway excursion.
A technical inspection of the aerodrome was conducted in February 2023 as part of the ongoing certification requirements of the airport. This inspection found that the runway surface contained minor rutting at the north-western end of runway 14/32 but the ruts did not hold water and were not considered a safety issue.
Safety analysis
After experiencing an ECU failure on the right engine during flight, the flight crew consulted the operator procedures and opted to continue with the planned flight based off that guidance. The pilot flying (PF) had also experienced ECU failures before and was comfortable managing the limitations associated with the failure. The flight crew knew they would not have reverse thrust available on the right engine to assist with slowing the aircraft upon landing, however they had a plan for how to manage that limitation.
The aircraft landed longer than the flight crew intended, but probably still within the touchdown zone. However, this reduced the runway length available to stop the aircraft. The tail wind and the wet runway may have also increased the stopping distance required.
Upon landing the outer right tyre locked up, causing the anti-skid system to activate and release brake pressure on both outboard wheels. The reason for the lock up could not be determined, but it resulted in only the inboard wheels providing a braking force. The reduced braking effectiveness was a surprise to the pilots as they were not expecting any issues with braking performance, other than the lack of reverse thrust on the right engine. In response, the main focus of the flight crew became stopping the aircraft before the end of the runway.
That focussed attention resulted in the flight crew missing a standard call, which would have prompted the captain to transition to the tiller for directional control. As the crew did not assess that the aircraft was at risk of a lateral runway excursion, this missed call was not detected and their focus remained on stopping the aircraft in the remaining runway. However, as they were landing on a narrow runway the margin for error was reduced, and in the final stages of the landing roll the left landing gear departed the sealed runway surface. The flight crew were unaware of the runway excursion until after conducting a walk around of the aircraft and seeing mud on the tyres.
The operator’s procedures for managing an ECU failure that were utilised by the flight crew when assessing whether to continue with the planned flight were ineffective at prompting the crew to consider other unrelated factors that could affect landing distance. For example, there was no consideration of the impact of a tailwind, a wet runway, or the risk of a runway excursion off a narrow runway due to the asymmetric deceleration associated with the ECU failure.
The operator had a procedure that required the crew to calculate landing performance for the reported runway surface conditions. The expectation was that these would be checked in-flight and provide the assurance of landing performance prior to arrival.
Part 121 MOS that replaced the CAO under the regulatory reform, required the crew to perform an in-flight performance calculation based on reports and forecasts valid at the time of arrival. In explanatory documentation produced by CASA,[16] which included reference to FAA SOFO 19001, it was acceptable to conduct an in-flight planning check during the descent, but not after the commencement of the approach procedures or visual approach.
CASA advised that this should be interpreted to mean that where an arrival takes place to a runway that is forecast and reported to be dry, but upon arrival is found to have visible moisture on its surface, then the landing must not be continued until the wet landing performance is known. This may require a missed approach to allow time for the crew to confirm, by calculation, that the wet performance can be assured prior to landing.
However, the explanation in the acceptable means of compliance guidance material did not clearly convey this intention and did not make the requirement to discontinue the approach clear in the event the runway surface was unexpectedly wet.
Findings
ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors.
These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.
From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the runway excursion involving a De Havilland Canada DHC-8, VH-QQB at Chinchilla Airport, Queensland on 23 May 2022.
Contributing factors
After landing, the anti-skid system activated when the outer right main wheel locked up, resulting in reduced braking effectiveness.
While managing the combination of unrelated technical failures affecting directional control, the aircraft veered off the narrow runway.
Other factors that increased risk
The operator’s procedures for managing an ECU failure did not include consideration of other factors that could increase the required landing distance, including a tailwind and a wet runway, or that a narrow runway increased the risk of a veer off due to asymmetric thrust.
The acceptable means of compliance guidance material did not clearly convey the intention of the Civil Aviation Safety Regulations 1998 - Part 121 (Australian larger aeroplanes) Manual of Standards 2020 subsections 9.10 – 9.13 that landing performance must be assured at all times.
Safety actions
Whether or not the ATSB identifies safety issues in the course of an investigation, relevant organisations may proactively initiate safety action in order to reduce their safety risk. The ATSB has been advised of the following proactive safety action in response to this occurrence.
Safety action by the operator
In response to this incident, on 25 May 2022, Skytrans issued 2 flight operations notices (FON) which have since been incorporated into the operations manual:
FON 2022-11: Short runway operating requirements was issued to all pilots which included not to land on a short runway with a tailwind. A short runway was defined as less than 1,101 m for DHC-8 aircraft.
FON 2022-12: Operations to narrow runways with ECU in manual mode was issued to DHC-8 pilots that stated that unless in an emergency, operations to a narrow runway with an ECU in manual mode was prohibited.
Safety action by the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
To clarify the expectation around the calculation of landing performance data, and to provide guidance on how the regulatory requirements can be met, the Civil Aviation Safety Authority has drafted an amendment to the Civil Aviation Safety Regulations 1998 - Part 121 (Australian larger aeroplanes) Acceptable means of compliance and guidance material (AMC/GM) for inclusion in an upcoming revision. This revision includes the following text:
In-flight monitoring of runway surface conditions (dry, wet or contaminated)
Section 9.13 of the Part 121 MOS requires the PIC to ensure, during the flight and before landing, that the landing performance requirements specified in this MOS section are met for the aerodrome of intended landing. An element of these requirements is determining whether the runway to be used is dry, wet or contaminated.
The determination of the runway surface condition is required to be based on any weather report or forecast, or any combination of weather reports and forecasts. For the avoidance of doubt, the words in the MOS “…during the flight and before landing…” do not indicate that a singular determination can be made once during the flight and relied upon for the entire remainder of the flight. To satisfy their obligations regarding ensuring the safety of the flight under regulation 91.215 of CASR, PICs [pilots in command] are expected to check for updated forecasts and reports at regular intervals throughout the flight and base their determination of runway surface condition on these reports and forecasts.
The intent is that landing performance is assured at all times. This can be achieved by the operator evaluating the effect of multiple runway surface conditions for the most limiting aircraft configuration and including appropriate procedures in the exposition. This is particularly recommended where the aircraft landing configuration is restricted due to, abnormal or emergency situations encountered during flight and/or a narrow runway and/or the runway length is minimal.
Sources and submissions
Sources of information
The sources of information during the investigation included the:
flight crew
aircraft operator
aircraft manufacturer
Bureau of Meteorology
References
Civil Aviation Safety Authority. (2019). Civil Aviation Safety Regulations 1998 - Part 139 (Aerodromes) Manual of standards 2019. Australian Government.
Civil Aviation Safety Authority. (2020). Civil Aviation Safety Regulations 1998 - Part 121 (Australian larger aeroplanes) Manual of Standards 2020. Australian Government.
Flight Safety Foundation 2000b ‘ALAR briefing note 8.5 – Wet or contaminated runways’, Flight Safety Digest, August-November 2000
Submissions
Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.
An initial draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:
the flight crew of VH-QQB
Skytrans Pty Ltd
Bureau of Meteorology
The Transportation Safety Board of Canada
DeHavilland Aircraft of Canada Limited
Civil Aviation Safety Authority
Submissions on that draft report were received from:
the flight crew of VH-QQB
Skytrans Pty Ltd
DeHavilland Aircraft of Canada Limited
Civil Aviation Safety Authority
After changes, a revised draft report was provided to the directly involved parties.
Submissions on that draft report were received from:
Skytrans Pty Ltd
Civil Aviation Safety Authority
The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
Terminology
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
Publishing information
Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003
Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication
Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.
Creative Commons licence
With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.
Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.
The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau
Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.
[1] Pilot Flying (PF) and Pilot Monitoring (PM): Procedurally assigned roles with specifically assigned duties at specific stages of a flight. The PF does most of the flying, except in defined circumstances; such as planning for descent, approach and landing. The PM carries out support duties and monitors the PF’s actions and the aircraft’s flight path.
[2] Runway number: The number represents the magnetic heading of the runway. Runway 32 indicates a heading of 320°.
[3] Touchdown zone means the portion of a runway, beyond the threshold, where landing aeroplanes are to first contact the runway.
[4] In beta range, the power lever directly controls propeller blade angle. Beta range of operation consists of power lever positions from flight idle to maximum reverse.
[5] The emergency brake system provides a means for applying brakes should the normal brake system fail.
[6] The tiller, located on the left side panel of the left seat, is used for directional control of the aircraft on the ground.
[7] Turn pad: A defined area on a land aerodrome adjacent to a runway for the purpose of completing a 180-degree turn on a runway.
[8] Hydromechanical unit: Regulates fuel flow to the fuel nozzles in response to power requirements and flight conditions.
[9] Terminal Area Forecast (TAF): A TAF is a coded statement of meteorological conditions expected at an aerodrome and within a radius of five nautical miles of the aerodrome reference point.
[10] Meteorological Aerodrome Report (METAR): A routine report of meteorological conditions at an aerodrome. METAR are normally issued on the hour and half hour.
[11]Civil Aviation Safety Regulations1998 Dictionary defines approved weather forecasts as those made by the Bureau of Meteorology (BOM), and approved weather reports as those made by the BOM for aviation purposes, an automatic weather station at an aerodrome approved by the BOM, a pilot or a person appointed by the aerodrome operator to make visibility assessments under CASR Part 139 – Manual of standards.
[12] The operator’s manual defined approved sources of domestic forecasts and reports as those generated by Air Services Australia or the Bureau of Meteorology.
[13] Regulated take-off weight (RTOW) manual – Document to determine the maximum weight in which an aircraft can take off from a particular runway under specific conditions (winds, weather, specific aircraft configuration, etc,).
[14] Automatic terminal information services (ATIS): Operational information required by aircraft for take-off or landing is broadcast on a dedicated frequency and/or on the voice channel of radio navigation aids.
[15] Aerodrome weather information service (AWIS): actual weather conditions, provided via telephone or radio broadcast, from Bureau of Meteorology (BoM) automatic weather stations, or weather stations approved for that purpose by the BoM.
On 10 June 2022, the flight crew of a Boeing 737-476SF freight aircraft, registered ZK-TLJ, noted a 340 ft discrepancy between the captain’s and first officer’s altitude when operating in reduced vertical separation minimum airspace after departing Perth Airport, Western Australia. They had also observed an airspeed and Mach number difference, but this was within the manufacturer’s stipulated limits. The aircraft was descended, and the flight crew completed the Quick Reference Handbook - Airspeed Unreliable procedure. It was determined that the first officer’s instruments were reliable for a return to Perth. After landing, ground crews found foreign residue adhered to the lower surfaces of all 4 pitot-static probes.
What the ATSB found
The ATSB established that, during an engine ground run 2 days prior to the incident, the pitot‑static probe covers were not removed, and the automatic pitot heat was not isolated as required by the ground run procedures checklist. As a result, the covers melted onto the probes. Although cleaned, residue remained on the probe surfaces, which had the potential to compromise the accuracy of the pitot-static instruments in-flight. It was also established that pitot‑static probe covers made from polyvinyl chloride material were used, which increased the risk of the covers melting onto the probes if left on during engine operation.
Air traffic control were not advised of the altitude discrepancy of 340 ft, which exceeded the maximum allowed altimetry system error for reduced vertical separation minimum airspace of 200 ft. Therefore, adequate vertical separation with other aircraft could not be assured by air traffic control.
What has been done as a result
The maintenance organisation has undertaken several procedural initiatives to reduce the likelihood of melted pitot-static probe covers in the future. The most notable being the use of high temperature resistant Kevlar™ covers replacing the extant polyvinyl chloride covers. They have also ensured that checklists are readily available, and the safety briefing conducted at the start of each day discusses threat and error management, and local hazards.
Safety message
Aircraft barometric air data sensing instrumentation components are extremely sensitive to damage and disruption. This incident highlights the importance of maintaining a high level of attention to damage and contamination when working on, and inspecting these components, particularly on aircraft certified to operate in reduced vertical separation minimum airspace. Where there is doubt, the probes should be removed and tested by an approved facility. Further, it demonstrates the need to appropriately action and complete checklists, and for flight crew to advise air traffic control of altimetry system errors.
The investigation
Decisions regarding the scope of an investigation are based on many factors, including the level of safety benefit likely to be obtained from an investigation and the associated resources required. For this occurrence, a limited-scope investigation was conducted in order to produce a short investigation report and allow for greater industry awareness of findings that affect safety and potential learning opportunities.
The occurrence
On 10 June 2022, an Airwork Boeing Company 737 aircraft, registered ZK-TLJ, was being operated as a freight service from Perth via Port Hedland, Western Australia to Christmas Island. On board were the captain as pilot monitoring, first officer (FO) as pilot flying,[1] an avionics licenced aircraft maintenance engineer (LAME), and load master.
At about 0951 Western Standard Time,[2] the aircraft departed Perth on climb to the designated cruising altitude of flight level (FL)[3] 330, operating in reduced vertical separation minimum (RVSM)[4] airspace. As the FO’s altimeter passed FL 320, the FO called ‘one to go’ in reference to the approaching designated cruise altitude. The captain noted that the call was made early according to their altimeter reading.
The aircraft levelled off at FL 330 (33,000 ft) using the FO’s altimeter coupled to autopilot B.[5] At that time, the flight crew noted the captain’s altimeter displayed 32,660 ft. They also noted differences between the captain’s and FO’s indicated airspeed and Mach number of 265 kt and 269 kt, and 0.745 M, and 0.762 M, respectively.
The flight crew, in discussion with the LAME and Airwork maintenance watch, decided to return to Perth for maintenance. At this stage, they assessed that the aircraft was overweight for a direct return and landing at Perth, so they decided to continue on the current heading and carry out troubleshooting to determine the accuracy of the altimeters. The Quick Reference Handbook (QRH) Airspeed Unreliable procedure was consulted to determine the validity of the displayed airspeed and altitude. The procedure makes use of a table, which required the aircraft to descend to FL 300, the flight crew to set the aircraft pitch attitude and Mach indications against the aircraft weight and adjust the engine N1[6] speed to achieve level flight. By comparing the values displayed against the known configuration, the accuracy of the instruments could be assessed.
An air traffic control (ATC) clearance was requested and provided for a descent to FL 300 and the flight crew completed the QRH procedure. They determined that the FO’s instruments were reliable, and the remainder of the flight was conducted using those instruments.
The flight crew notified ATC that they required a return to Perth for ‘operational reasons’, and a clearance was provided. On descent into Perth, the flight crew noted that the altitude discrepancy on their altimeters began to decrease until about 10,000 ft, from which point they provided consistent indications. The aircraft landed at Perth without further incident.
Post-flight inspection
After landing at Perth, engineering staff inspected the 4 combined pitot-static probes and found residue on all 4 probe surfaces (Figure 1). All of the probes were subsequently removed, and the pitot‑static lines were flushed with nitrogen. This was carried out in accordance with the manufacturer’s maintenance procedures, which did not require a sample of any debris to be collected and analysed. Therefore, the presence of debris in the pitot-static system was not determined.
The probes were replaced with serviceable items, the system was tested, assessed serviceable, and the aircraft returned to service. The pitot-static probe covers onboard the aircraft were also inspected and found to have had a temporary repair applied to them (Figure 1).
Figure 1: Pitot-static probe and covers
Source: Airwork, annotated by the ATSB
Context
Pitot-static system
The pitot-static system is a set of air pressure-sensitive instruments used to measure an aircraft’s airspeed and altitude. Erroneous altimetry indications can be induced by a partial or full blockage of the static air pressure sensing system, or by turbulent air over the static pressure sensing ports.[7] Static pressure sensing instruments are carefully designed to minimise the risk of turbulent air over the sensing ports, however a small amount of contamination or damage to the ports, or area surrounding the ports, can result in turbulent air and a reduction in instrumentation accuracy.
The 737-476SF has 4 combined pitot-static probes fitted to the nose of the aircraft, 2 alternate flush static ports for the standby altimeter, and connecting tubing. The pitot-static lines are self‑draining, and where this is impractical, drain traps are provided. The pitot-static probes are independently connected to the 2 independent air data computers (ADC1 and ADC2), which convert the barometric pitot-static pressures into a digital signal to be displayed on the captain and FO altitude, airspeed, and Mach instruments. The pitot-static probes are electrically heated to prevent the formation of ice on the probes which can disrupt or block the normal flow of air.
In April 2021, the aircraft was made compliant with United States Federal Aviation Administration airworthiness directive[8] 2019-09-10. This required completion of Boeing alert service bulletin SB737-30A-1064, which modified the pitot heat system to energise automatically on engine start to avoid inadvertent flight into icing conditions with pitot-static heat off. The system senses the engine running using the low oil pressure switch on either engine.
Pitot-static probe covers
Pitot-static probe covers are used to provide protection from contamination when on the ground. Covers were not routinely fitted to the aircraft during turn around inspections, except in locations where an increased risk of contamination existed. The covers generally travelled with the aircraft and were fitted and removed by ground crew as required. The covers were to be fitted during extended periods on the ground.
The aircraft maintenance organisation had substituted the Boeing recommended Kevlar™[9] pitot‑static probe covers with locally manufactured items, made from a commercially available polyvinyl chloride material. The Kevlar™ covers were specifically designed to withstand high temperature associated with the inadvertent application of pitot-static heat, without causing damage to the pitot-static probes.
Ground maintenance
On 8 June 2022, a scheduled engine wash was conducted on the right engine by Airwork maintenance personnel, assisted by contract maintenance personnel, at Brisbane Airport. The maintenance personnel comprised of a certifying LAME, a participating LAME, and an AME under supervision. The contract maintenance personnel operated the ground support equipment.
The engine wash procedure required several dry motors[10] of the engine for the introduction of the detergent solution and rinse, followed by operation of the engine at idle for 10 minutes.
The operator’s internal investigation established that the task was completed in stages, alternating between the certifying LAME and the participating LAME. Further, there was limited communications between the LAMEs, and they performed the task from memory without reference to the Airwork 737-300/400 ground run procedures checklist. This checklist required the pitot‑static covers to be removed, and the pitot-static heat circuit breakers to be opened to disable the heat system, prior to motoring or starting the engine.
Following completion of the wash, the participating LAME noticed that all 4 pitot-static probe covers had remained fitted during the dry motor and engine run operations, which resulted in the covers melting onto the probes. The covers were subsequently removed, and the tubes were cleaned using a plastic scraper, a scouring pad and solvent. A detailed visual inspection was carried out on the probes, and they were assessed serviceable. The aircraft was returned to service on 9 June 2022 and completed about 11.5 hours of flying over 7 sectors with no reported incidents, prior to the flight on 10 June 2022.
The damaged covers were hung on a board with a note describing the incident and that replacement covers had been ordered. Later that day, another engineer saw the covers, and put flame proof tape on them so that they could be reused until the replacements arrived.
ATSB examination
The 4 probes were sent to the ATSB’s technical facilities in Canberra for detailed examination. That examination identified varying amounts of foreign residue adhered to the lower surface of all 4 pitot-static probes. The right upper and lower probes presented with foreign object debris in the pitot drain ports. The source of this debris could not be determined.
The depth of the residue varied between almost none on the right upper probe, to a maximum of about 0.4mm in an uneven, rippled profile on the right lower probe (Figure 2). An internal examination was not conducted.
Figure 2: Pitot-static probe residue
Source: ATSB
Recorded information
Quick Access Recorder (QAR) data from the incident and previous flights was analysed by Boeing and the ATSB. By design, the QAR only recorded data from ADC1, which precluded the direct reading of the FO’s altitude indications. However, the QAR also recorded altitude data from the traffic alert and collision avoidance system,[11] which was acquired from the selected transponder. On the incident flight the transponder was set to acquire data from ADC2. From this the FO’s altitude indications were able to be indirectly determined.
The analysed data for the 7 flights between Brisbane and Perth showed minor discrepancies between the captain’s and FO’s altimeter during climb and descent, but no notable discrepancy in cruise flight was recorded. It could not be determined from this data if the transponder/ traffic alert and collision avoidance system was selected to acquire data from ADC1 or ADC2 during these flights. The recorded magnitude of the climb and descent altimetry error was small and unlikely to be noticed by flight crews. The source of these errors could not be determined from the recorded data and could have resulted for various reasons not linked to the ground maintenance incident on 8 June 2022.
The incident flight analysis showed that the FO’s altimeter indicated a higher reading than the captain’s, varying between 300 ft and 390 ft, throughout the cruise portion of the flight. Information regarding the reported airspeed and Mach number discrepancy could not be obtained from the recorded data due to the ADC limitation described above. Using the values provided by the flight crew, the discrepancy was within the 20 kt or 0.030 M requirement specified in the QRH, for the airspeed indicators to be considered reliable.
Reduced vertical separation minimum airspace
The aircraft’s transponder was manually selected to use data from either ADC1 or ADC2. The altitude information passed from the selected ADC to the transponder was also used by ATC and the aircraft’s traffic alert and collision avoidance system to monitor aircraft altitude and maintain safe vertical separation between other aircraft.
During the incident flight, the aircraft was operating in reduced vertical separation minimum airspace (RVSM), which was between FL 290 and FL 410. In RVSM airspace, vertical separation is reduced from 2,000 ft to 1,000 ft. Aircraft are required to meet specified minimum accuracy requirements for airspeed and altitude, as well as a specific RVSM minimum equipment list, prior to being approved to fly in RVSM airspace. Flight crews are also required to closely monitor the altimeters for agreement prior to entering and throughout flight in RVSM airspace.[12] If there is a disagreement of greater than 200 ft and the flight crew believe that one of the primary altimeters is functioning normally, they must couple the autopilot to that altimeter and notify ATC ‘For information, operating on one primary altimeter only’.[13]
According to the International Civil Aviation Organization,[14] altimetry system errors may occur for various reasons including from damage to the pitot-static system. These faults can send incorrect data to ATC and the traffic alert and collision avoidance system, as well as the aircraft’s altimeters. In turn, this could result in a breakdown of vertical separation and increase the risk of collision, as depicted in Figure 3, if the error is not detected by the flight crew and reported to ATC.
Figure 3: Altimetry system error risk
Source: International Civil Aviation Organization
Safety analysis
Altitude discrepancy
The FO’s call of 1,000 ft remaining until the assigned cruising altitude of FL330 differed from what was observed at that time by the captain on their respective altimeter. Likewise, after reaching that altitude, a 340 ft discrepancy was also identified between the FO’s and captain’s altimeters. This was consistent with the recorded flight data, which showed about the same discrepancy at the top of climb. The discrepancy varied during cruise flight between about 300–390 ft and always maintained a FO’s altimeter high indication. At the time, the flight was operating with a reduced vertical separation of 1,000 ft between other aircraft.
While the flight crew also identified slight differences between the indicated airspeeds and Mach numbers, these were within the manufacturer’s stipulated error limits for flight as stated in the Quick Reference Handbook.
Plastic pitot covers
The aircraft manufacturer recommended the use of Kevlar™ pitot-static probe covers as this material could withstand the high temperatures associated with the automatic operation of the pitot heat system at engine start if the covers were inadvertently left fitted. However, the operator had sourced locally made polyvinyl chloride covers, which were less resistant to heat. This increased the risk of the covers melting onto the probes if left on during engine operation.
Covers not removed prior to maintenance
The Airwork 737-300/400 ground run checklist required the removal of the pitot‑static probe covers and isolation of the pilot heat system. However, the operator reported that the checklist was not used when performing the scheduled engine wash 2 days prior to the incident flight. Rather, maintenance personnel completed the task by memory. This resulted in the pitot-static probe covers not being removed and the pitot-static heat circuit breakers not being opened prior to engine motoring and start. The risk of performing a maintenance error was potentially exacerbated by the maintenance personnel carrying out the task in alternating stages, with limited communication between them, as reported by the operator. As a result, the covers melted, and residue was deposited onto all 4 pitot-static probes.
Pitot-static probe residue
After identifying that the pitot-static probe covers had melted, the probes were cleaned and a visual inspection performed, before being returned to service. However, a post-incident inspection of the probes and the ATSB’s examination found residue from the covers remained on the probe surfaces.
Despite this, the analysis of the QAR data showed a stable altimetry system error extending back to the 7 flights after the engine wash. Further, the 7 flights had been completed between the wash and the incident flight with no reported altitude discrepancies from flight crews. Although the decision to not replace the pitot-static probes increased the risk of error resulting from turbulent air over the static pressure sensing ports, the QAR data did not demonstrate a link between the remaining residue and the incident flight.
Altimetry error in RVSM airspace
Consistent with the recorded data, the flight crew noted a 340 ft altitude discrepancy when at FL 330. If the primary altimeters diverged by greater than 200 ft when operating in RVSM airspace, ATC were to be notified. While the captain notified ATC that they required a descent and a subsequent return to Perth for operational reasons, they did not advise them of the discrepancy. This was based on the flight crew’s understanding that they had established the FO’s altimeter was accurate.
Altimetry system errors not only result in erroneous indications to the flight crew, but the protection systems afforded by ATC and the aircraft’s traffic alert and collision avoidance system can also be degraded. Therefore, it is important that flight crews advise ATC of any errors so ATC can assure adequate vertical separation exists with other aircraft.
Findings
ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors.
These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.
From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the unreliable altitude indications involving Boeing 737-476SF, ZK-TLJ, about 167 km west of Meekatharra Airport, Western Australia on 10 June 2022.
Contributing factors
While operating in reduced vertical separation minimum airspace, a 340 ft discrepancy between the captain’s and first officer's altitude indication was observed when at the designated cruise altitude.
Other factors that increased risk
The operator used pitot-static probes made from polyvinyl chloride material, which increased the risk of the covers melting onto the probes if left on during engine operation.
During ground maintenance 2 days prior, the pitot-static probe covers were not removed, and the automatic pitot heat was not isolated as required by the Airwork 737-300/400 ground run procedures checklist. As a result, the covers melted onto the probes.
Although cleaned, residue remained on the pitot-static probe surfaces, which had the potential to compromise the accuracy of the pitot-static instruments in-flight.
Air traffic control were not advised of the 340 ft altitude discrepancy between the altimeters, which exceeded the maximum allowed altimetry system error for reduced vertical separation minimum airspace. Therefore, adequate vertical separation with other aircraft was not assured.
Safety actions
Whether or not the ATSB identifies safety issues in the course of an investigation, relevant organisations may proactively initiate safety action in order to reduce their safety risk. The ATSB has been advised of the following proactive safety action in response to this occurrence.
Safety action by Airwork
Airwork advised that they have taken the following safety actions:
Changed all pitot-static probe covers to Boeing ‑approved recommended covers that are made of heat resistant material (Kevlar™).
They will release a safety statement after every potential safety occurrence as an interim measure prior to the completion of a formal internal investigation.
This occurrence will be included in the Airwork engineering human factors training course.
Airwork engineers conduct safety briefing at the start of the day to identify hazards/risks and control measures to prevent harm. The form used for the briefing was reviewed and additional information was included, providing guided cues for discussions regarding threat and error management, and local hazards.
Ensured that checklists are readily available to use before the commencement of engine ground runs.
Reviewed the change and risk management processes when there is an airworthiness directive.
Published a safety alert around the importance of submitting a safety report as soon as practicable after an event has occurred.
Published a safety alert to engineers and all staff about the importance of using checklists.
Sources and submissions
Sources of information
The sources of information during the investigation included the:
captain
Airwork safety and engineering personnel
Boeing Aircraft Company
recorded flight data
Bureau of Meteorology
Airservices Australia.
Submissions
Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.
A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:
the flight crew
Airwork
United States National Transportation Safety Board
New Zealand Transport Accident Investigation Commission
Boeing Aircraft Company
Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
Submissions were received from:
Airwork
Boeing Aircraft Company
the flight crew.
The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
Terminology
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
Publishing information
Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003
Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication
Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.
Creative Commons licence
With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.
Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.
The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau
Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.
[1] Pilot flying (PF) and pilot monitoring (PM): procedurally assigned roles with specifically assigned duties at specific stages of a flight. The PF does most of the flying, except in defined circumstances, such as planning for descent, approach, and landing. The PM carries out support duties and monitors the PF’s actions and the aircraft’s flight path.
[2] Western Standard Time (WST): Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) + 8 hours.
[3] Flight level: at altitudes above 10,000 ft in Australia, an aircraft’s height above mean sea level is referred to as a flight level (FL). FL 330 equates to 33,000 ft.
[4] In airspace above 29,000 ft, vertical separation requirements are reduced from 2,000 ft to 1,000 ft. For further information, see the section titled Reduced vertical separation minimum airspace.
[5] The autopilot is manually selected by the flight crew to utilise data from air data computer 1 (autopilot A) or air data computer 2 (autopilot B).
[6] N1: Engine fan and low-pressure compressor rotational speed, expressed as a percentage of manufacturer defined revolutions per minute.
[7]Fage, A. (1936). On the Static Pressure in Fully-Developed Turbulent Flow. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series A, Mathematical and Physical Sciences, vol. 155, no. 886, pp. 576–96.
[8] Airworthiness directive: A mandatory regulatory document which requires the registered operator to comply with the requirements to address an unsafe condition on an aircraft
[9] Kevlar: a proprietary high strength, heat resistant synthetic fibre.
[10] Dry motor: turning the engine compressor using the engine starter motor for a defined time, without the introduction of fuel, to prevent engine start.
[11] Traffic alert and collision avoidance system (TCAS): a type of airborne collision avoidance system (ACAS).
[13] Aeronautical Information Publication (AIP) Australia, En Route 1.1 – GENERAL RULES, Section 8 – VERTICAL SEPARATION IN THE AUSTRALIAN FIR, Subparagraph 8.4 – Operational Procedures After Entering the RVSM Flight Level Band – RVSM Approved Aircraft, sub sub paragraph8.4.2 – Failure of One Primary Altimetry System and 8.4.5 – Divergence in Primary Altimetry Systems’ Indication.
On 30 May 2022, freight train 2BS4, operated by Pacific National (PN), departed from Acacia Ridge, Queensland (Qld), for Sydney Freight Terminal, Chullora, New South Wales (NSW).
At approximately 0030 on 31 May 2022, shortly after passing through Kyogle, NSW, a bogie of one empty wagon in the middle of the consist derailed, dragging for approximately 2.3 km before separating from the train. This led to the derailment of 11 empty wagons and caused significant damage to rolling stock and track infrastructure.
What the ATSB found
The section of track in which the initial wagon derailed had a known track geometry defect and was under a temporary speed restriction at the time of the derailment.
The track geometry defect was not subject to increased monitoring beyond routine scheduled inspections and had likely degraded since it was last inspected.
It was found that action taken to manage the geometry defect was largely informal and did not capture the information or data required to allow Australian Rail Track Corporation (ARTC) to make informed decisions on the management of the defect.
The ARTC asset management system, along with track certification forms containing measurements from before and after temporary rectification works, were not used as required by procedures to inform ARTC management that major works were needed.
It was also found that the geometry defect was not included in the plan for major works scheduled for the weekend following the derailment. The corridor management team was intending to rectify the defect during these major works by informally redirecting resources from another job.
Lastly, it was found that while ARTC did have compliance monitoring and auditing procedures in its safety management system, there was no evidence that these activities were being carried out in accordance with the relevant policies and procedures.
What has been done as a result
Following this incident ARTC implemented the Decision Support Platform (DSP), ensuring its availability across the entire ARTC network.
The DSP is described by ARTC as its centralised system for integrating and analysing asset condition data, imagery, and maintenance records, bringing together information from many systems into one source. The platform provides a visual dashboard of asset health, degradation trends, reoccurring issues and risk indicators, enabling more accurate forecasting, supports programs such as resurfacing, grinding and rerailing, and strengthens evidence‑based decision‑making across the entire ARTC network for tasks including:
track geometry analysis for resurfacing activities
track geometry degradation modelling, and
rail height management.
In August 2023, ARTC also established a dedicated engineering function within the Interstate Network Asset Maintenance business unit. This function included a cohort of 8 track and civil engineers to provide technical support for ARTC provisioning centres and maintainers in each section of the interstate network. Part of this function includes the monitoring of track condition and deterioration through physical presence on the AK car track monitoring vehicle and frequent review of defect data and trends, including geometry measurements, ultrasonic test results and Vehicle Track Interaction (VTI) records.
Additionally, ARTC described enhancements to assessment tools for identifying special locations with an increased risk of track instability. The requirements for managing these special locations were defined in the ‘Track and Civil Code of Practice – Section 6 Track Lateral Stability’ and associated procedures. ‘ETP‑06‑01 Managing Track Stability (ver. 1.1)’ was updated to incorporate the use of assessment tools in analysing and identifying potential special locations. An algorithm-based tool, Special Location Identification Program (SLIP), is also used to identify areas that may be classified as Special Locations, based on criteria defined in the relevant standards.
Following an internal assurance audit, ARTC also committed to the following safety actions:
set up an asset integrity risk process to identify critical controls and their owners to mitigate each key risk. This will include an initial assessment of control health and any priority actions required to mitigate the key risks to a tolerable level. This will involve consultation with risk managers and relevant general managers across the organisation.
review and update the operations asset services assurance ‘second line of defence’ guideline. This will be finalised as the ‘Asset Integrity Second Line of Defence Audit Procedure’, and will address accountabilities, authority and linkage to key risks.
The current assurance framework procedure (AMT-PR-017) will be retired, and a dedicated asset maintenance assurance framework document will be created.
It is intended that the ‘Asset Integrity Second Line of Defence Audit Procedure’ will address the use of the enterprise asset management system and its usage for ensuring the data provided adequately informs the DSP, in turn ensuring ARTC is suitably informed of its asset maintenance needs.
Safety message
Asset management procedures and standards exist within a rail transport operator’s safety management system to ensure that assets are managed effectively and safely.
It is vital to the operation of a safe network that standards and procedures are followed, and that rail transport operators assure themselves that asset management activities are being managed in compliance with their procedures to achieve the best possible safety outcomes.
It is therefore essential that rail transport operators also have documented compliance monitoring processes in place, to verify that qualified workers assigned to complete safety critical tasks are consistently doing so, in accordance with standards and procedures, and opportunities for improvement in these areas are addressed.
When used appropriately, asset management systems should accurately inform rail transport operators of the condition of their assets, and enable them to identify recurring issues, assess risk, allocate resources and ensure work is performed to ensure assets are safe and fit for purpose.
Proactive analysis of data providing insight into asset condition and recurring issues is also crucial in managing risk and preventing incidents.
The occurrence
Events prior to the derailment
At approximately 2150 on 30 May 2022 Pacific National‑operated 2BS4 freight train departed Acacia Ridge, Queensland (Qld), for Sydney Freight Terminal, Chullora, New South Wales (NSW).
The crew described the journey as relatively uneventful, aside from receiving an unrelated Condition Affecting the Network (CAN) warning for Casino, communicated to the crew by the ARTC Network Control Officer (NCO) at Junee, NSW.
The track was described as ‘fairly flat’, with no heavy grades, however there were numerous speed boards indicating temporary speed restrictions to observe, which the crew reported was typical for this route.
At approximately 0025 on 31 May, 2BS4 approached a caution board indicating the approach to a temporary speed restriction (TSR). The driver reported slowing the train to between 16 km/h and 20 km/h when entering the 100 m, 20 km/h TSR area at track kilometrage 828.450 km.[1] The driver recalled noticing the track to be ‘visibly kinked’ at 2 locations within this area as they approached.
Although the crew recalled being concerned with the condition of the track, the driver and Driver’s Assistant (DA) believed the existing speed restriction indicated that the condition was being managed and so proceeded through the TSR area at the signposted speed. CCTV footage from the front of the train showed a significant left to right shift and slight dip of the locomotive as it passed over the 2 separate, visible track defects.
Once 2BS4 passed the clearance board indicating the end of the TSR, at approximately 828.350 km, the driver activated a counter on the locomotive control panel to assist in determining when the rear of the train would be clear of the TSR. Once 2BS4 was clear of the 20 km/h TSR, the driver began to accelerate to the 70 km/h posted track speed.
The derailment
At approximately 0030, the driver described an audible warning and a red light on the locomotive’s dashboard, indicating that they had ‘lost the air’, referring to the loss of air pressure in the train’s braking system.[2] This caused the train brakes to automatically apply with the train coming to a stand at the 825.200 km mark.
The driver contacted the Junee NCO to report this unexpected stoppage, informing them that they would attempt to identify the cause with a visual inspection.
The DA exited the locomotive to investigate, walking towards the rear of the train in the down direction, and identified that the train had separated. They then advised the driver that there had been a derailment.
There was approximately 500 metres of separation between the rear of the intact train and the derailed portion. The first derailed wagon identified was positioned sideways across the tracks, with further derailed wagons located on either side of the track.
A total of 11 empty wagons were found to have derailed in the incident, out of the consist of 56.
Figure 1: Top view of derailment
Source: YouTube (Drone footage by Kris McDonald)
Events post-derailment
Following the report of the derailment to ARTC network control from the crew of 2BS4, the line was closed by ARTC at 0102 hours.
Once removed from site, the derailed wagons were transported to a facility at Acacia Ridge for post-incident inspection and analysis.
Track repairs were completed and the North Coast line was certified for rail traffic at 1900 on 5 June 2022 with a temporary speed restriction of 40 km/h.
Context
Location
The North Coast line is a single, bi-directional line with several passing loops facilitating freight and passenger services between Sydney and Brisbane. This line forms part of the North/South corridor on the ARTC Interstate Network. The up direction is travelling towards Sydney, while the down direction is towards Brisbane. The incident occurred at a location known as Cedar Point while travelling in the up direction between Kyogle and Casino on the NSW North Coast.
Figure 2: Map of area
Source: Google Earth, annotated by OTSI
Involved parties
The Australian Rail Track Corporation (ARTC) manages and maintains approximately 8,500 km of rail network across 5 states in Australia. In NSW, ARTC leases the mainline interstate corridors from the NSW Government through a 60‑year lease agreement signed in 2004. ARTC is responsible for managing and maintaining these rail corridors in accordance with its accredited safety management system.
The section of track between Telarah, NSW, and Acacia Ridge, Qld, was managed by a corridor manager based in Coffs Harbour, NSW. A local area manager overseeing the NSW North Coast, specifically Casino/Coffs Harbour including this incident location, was responsible for managing the maintainers and the maintenance and inspection activities they carry out, required for compliance and safety.
ARTC also had an asset management team responsible for asset lifecycle management, including monitoring asset performance and planning and executing major project and/or capital works.
ARTC conducted its own internal investigation into the incident, which was supplied to the ATSB as evidence for this report.
Pacific National (PN) was a freight and coal rail services operator, responsible for moving regional exports, bulk goods, grain, and agricultural products on the eastern seaboard. PN conducted its own internal investigation into the incident, which was also supplied to the ATSB as evidence for this report.
NSW TrainLink (NSWT) was a train and coach operator in Australia, providing passenger services throughout New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory, along with interstate services into Victoria and Queensland. While not directly involved in the incident on the day, NSWT services to Casino, NSW, and Brisbane, Qld, frequently used the North Coast line in the lead‑up to the incident.
Environmental and weather conditions
The weather on the day of the derailment was clear and sunny with a daytime temperature of 17°C recorded at 0900 by the Australian Government Bureau of Meteorology (BoM) at Casino Airport, NSW, approximately 23 km from the incident location. There was no recorded rainfall in the preceding 24-hour period, however, greater than normal rainfall of 1,187mm was recorded in the local region in the 5 months leading up to the derailment.
Train information
The train consist provided by PN recorded 2BS4 comprised of 3 locomotives hauling 56 wagons. NR89 was the lead locomotive, with NR49 and 9323 assisting. The train was listed as 1199.327 metres in length, with 1728.996 of trailing tonnage. It was hauling a combination of containerised freight and empty wagons.
Train crew
The train crew, consisting of a driver and driver’s assistant, signed on at approximately 2120, with the train departing at 2150. The driver and driver’s assistant each had over 30 years of driving experience and were both qualified and experienced in the operation of the locomotives, and on the route between Acacia Ridge and Sydney Freight Terminal, Chullora, NSW.
Both crew members described being well rested and free from the effects of fatigue on the night of the incident.
Network control
The North Coast Line in NSW was controlled and monitored by the Coast B network control officer (NCO) situated in ARTC’s Network Control Centre South (NCCS) in Junee, NSW.
A system of safeworking known as rail vehicle detection (RVD) was used in the derailment area. This system used continuous track-circuiting or axle counters to detect the presence of rail traffic in a block[3] and prevent following rail traffic entries into the same occupied blocks using signals.
Responsibilities of the ARTC NCO included the planning and management of trains over their area of control, including the control and recording of train performance, and the safe movement of trains and track vehicles in accordance with ARTC safeworking rules and procedures.
Train control reporting
A train control report (TCR) was typically created by network control if an incident or condition affecting the network reported to them was likely to affect train running or was a safety concern.
According to the ARTC enterprise asset management system document AMT‑PR‑010 v1.0 p14, reportable incidents were usually identified by field maintainers, train controllers and train crews. For incidents or conditions reported by train crews the NCO was required to record the information on their train control graph or, where used, in the train register book, and notify the relevant maintainer.
TCR incidents that were related to ARTC managed assets were then required to be added to ARTC’s enterprise asset management system, Ellipse, by the responsible track maintenance personnel as a TCR work request.
TCR work requests included information such as a TCR number, incident type and comments, and a work order number for investigation and review of the asset by maintainers and engineering personnel.
Following a field investigation and a subsequent engineering review, corrective actions were identified and/or undertaken and recorded in Ellipse with failure codes assigned to the known condition.[4] This was done in accordance with ARTC’s code of practice, which prescribed the appropriate course of management for the known condition.
Reporting obligations of train crew
Rules and procedures prescribed by ARTC in ‘ANGE 206 Reporting and Responding to a Condition Affecting the Network (CAN)’ outlined the reporting requirements and obligations of all train crews using the ARTC network, relating to unsafe or abnormal conditions. Conditions that affected the safety of rail operations in the ARTC NSW network were to be reported by crew promptly to the NCO responsible for the affected portion of track.
Pacific National (PN) Learner Technical Guides ‘TLIC 0024 Operate rail traffic with due consideration of route conditions’ and ‘TLIF 0028 Respond to abnormal situations and emergencies’ required PN train crew to report abnormal situations enroute to the network owner.
NSWT drivers were also required to adhere to NSW Trains’ train working procedure ‘NTTWP 100 Responsibilities of Train Crews’. This detailed a driver’s duties including to immediately inform the NCO or any other relevant employees of any incident, problem or defect relating to trains, signalling, track or overhead wiring, or any other problem affecting or likely to affect train services.
NSWT drivers were also expected to adhere to the NSW Trains professional driving guide (PDG). This document advised drivers to report any operational issues that could cause concern to their supervisor and/or to the NCO.
Apart from an initial TCR recorded by ARTC network control in April 2021, only one other TCR was generated for the TSR site on 15 March 2022, approximately 2.5 months prior to the derailment.
There were no other reports recorded as received by ARTC network control pertaining to this site, including on the day of the derailment.
Temporary speed restrictions
ARTC’s engineering procedure for TSRs, PP-163, stated:
infrastructure defects can be detected within the rail corridor during a planned inspection or work process.
The procedure described that:
• all defects that require a temporary speed restriction shall be reported to train control by the person or persons identifying the defect
• when a train crew reports a fault, the network controller shall notify the relevant maintainer and prepare a TCR
• when a train crew reports a fault, the network controller shall notify the relevant maintainer and prepare a TCR
• the maintainer categorises the infrastructure defect condition based on criteria provided in ARTC Track and Civil Code of Practice and ARTC Engineering Standards and determines the speed restriction based on the defect level
• the maintainer estimates response times to conduct an unscheduled inspection or repairs the defect and records this information on ‘PP163F-01, Speed Restriction Notification’ form
• the maintainer positions speed boards around the fault site as soon as practicable (usually within 24 hours) and must notify the network controller immediately of any amendments to TSR’s via the ‘PP163F-01 Speed Restriction Notification’ form to ensure train crews are adequately informed
• the NCO was required to notify the crew of every train passing through the area of the speed restriction until this information was published.
The TSR could be removed once the defect had been rectified, however Engineering (Track and Civil) Procedure ‘PP-135 Mechanised Track Surfacing 7.5 Speed Restrictions – General’ specified that speed restrictions following surfacing, or levelling of track, may need to remain in place if:
• track geometry was inadequate, or there was a risk of a geometry fault developing as the track settled, or
• track lateral stability had been reduced.
In this instance, a 40 km/h TSR remained on several occasions following corrective tamping[5] conducted by the local maintenance crew at the incident location.
Records, correspondence and paperwork related to implementing, altering and the reasons for temporary speed restrictions between 828.350 km and 828.450 km, in the 3 months prior to the derailment of 2BS4 were limited to one ‘PP163F-01 Speed Restriction Notification’ form (Figure 3) along with several track certification forms (see Manual forms).
Figure 3: PP163F-01 Temporary Speed Restriction Notification form
Source: ARTC
ARTC asset management and assurance
Asset assurance framework
ARTC document INF‑PR‑002 Assurance Framework describes the 3‑level assurance framework applied to ARTC’s railway operations risk controls at the time of the incident.
Section 3.1.2, described as the ‘first line of defence’, defines line management monitoring requirements. Each line manager is responsible for determining how assurance reviews are conducted, including sample checks, staff discussions, and team meetings.
Section 3.2, as the ‘second line of defence’, assigns business units responsibility for developing annual assurance plans. For 2021–2022, an Annual Asset Assurance Plan was developed and implemented to monitor asset management activities.
Lastly, Section 3.4, or ‘third line of defence’ outlines that the internal audit plan incorporates all third‑line assurance audits. These audits are intended to provide assurance to ARTC management and the board that effective controls are in place to manage ARTC’s strategic risks. Relevant to asset assurance, the internal audit plan for this period included the following 7 asset maintenance and inspection‑related audits:
HV 02A Inspection and Maintenance – Hunter Valley – Structures Management
HV 02B Inspection and Maintenance – Hunter Valley – Points & Crossings
HV 02C Inspection and Maintenance – Hunter Valley – Level Crossing Management
IS 02A Inspection and Maintenance – Interstate – Structures Management
IS 02B Inspection and Maintenance – Interstate – Points & Crossings
IS 02C Inspection and Maintenance – Interstate – Level Crossing Management
ARTC provided copies of ‘INF‑PR‑002 Assurance Framework’, extract of annual asset assurance plan and extract of the FY22–FY24 internal audit plan which were in place at the time of the incident.
Assurance auditing
At interview, an ARTC representative responsible for management of the corridor between Telarah to Acacia Ridge at the time, indicated that historically, recurring defects had not been recorded very well, and that no proactive analysis was done on potentially recurring defects.
The representative advised that track maintenance and safety‑related decisions were monitored by an assurance process, with an assurance team assigned to do checks on the maintainers. The representative explained these checks covered prework briefings, application of track geometry standards, adherence to procedures, and generally ensuring work was being carried out correctly, with paperwork in place and information recorded correctly.
It was also explained that assurance teams regularly went out and provided coaching if something wasn’t done correctly during regular site visits.
ARTC was subsequently unable to provide any evidence of compliance auditing and/or assurance activities taking place on maintenance personnel responsible for this area.
ARTC track and civil standards and guidelines
Ellipse
ARTC maintained an enterprise asset management system (EAMS) to manage assets throughout their lifecycle and to ensure that assets were fit for safe and reliable operation of trains over ARTC infrastructure. The EAMS was designed to enable ARTC to manage the condition of network infrastructure as described in procedure ‘AMT-PR-010 - Enterprise Asset Management’. The EAMS computerised maintenance management system (CMMS), called Ellipse, was used by track maintenance personnel to record defects and manage maintenance and repairs.
Known conditions, a term used by ARTC to describe known track defects, initiated the bulk of the work orders in Ellipse. Condition data was to be recorded for all known conditions, with any deterioration recorded, including for those conditions which may not have reached a mandatory intervention point but would still benefit from monitoring.
Once entered, known conditions were to be managed in Ellipse in accordance with ‘AMT‑WI-024 Known Condition Management’ by:
recording the appropriate corrective action
determining the urgency of the required work
creating work orders for completion of repairs or condition monitoring activities
planning, scheduling, and assigning of corrective works
developing long term condition-based asset management strategies, and planning capital/project repair works.
The procedure for managing work orders, ‘AMT-WI-025 Work Order Management’, described the process, system (Ellipse) and operational requirements of how to create, plan, schedule, package, assign, execute and close out work.
Work orders were required for all work, and could originate from multiple sources, maintenance schedule tasks (MST), job estimates, known conditions or ad hoc situations.
MSTs were system‑generated tasks, such as track inspections, and were based on predetermined schedules. The works management function within Ellipse was used to initiate and record the process.
Timeframes for these tasks were set out in the code of practice and would vary based on the different types of infrastructure being monitored.
The system provided work orders to support the allocation of budget, the planning of resources, time and materials, and recording the details of works completed. All work performed was to be recorded against the asset in the Ellipse system.
Overall, the EAMS and its associated systems, specifically Ellipse, were intended to monitor scheduled inspections and the status of known conditions and defects to ensure that the planned and corrective work had been completed effectively and in the required timeframe as required by ARTC’s safety management system.
Recording requirements of known conditions
‘ETE-00-02 – Track Patrol, Front of Train, General and Detailed Inspections’ defines requirements for maintainers conducting track inspections to:
record essential information detailing the condition of the track; monitor variations of track conditions over time; prepare priority-based asset maintenance and renewal programs.
It also defines maintainers being responsible for recording and/or reporting the results of their inspections including defects found, and observations made.
This data is then intended to be used to manage the rectification and inform the urgency of corrective maintenance and assists the asset management team in scoping of planned future refurbishment and replacement works, as described in the procedure, ‘AMT‑PR‑010 – Enterprise Asset Management System’.
Manual forms
Manual track certification forms recording completed tamping works were provided by ARTC, showing that the derailment site had been the subject of several maintenance interventions in the months prior to the derailment.
These forms recorded track geometry measurements before and after various rectification works being performed. OTSI observed these forms were often incomplete, with missing details including the absence of sign‑off by a manager or supervisor, while others lacked supporting information to explain the reasons for temporary speed restrictions and other actions taken.
Maintainers conducting track patrols or inspections were required to report the results of their inspections including repaired defects on ‘EGP1001F-01 Inspection/Defects Found Report’ form, either using hard copies or electronic formats.
ARTC indicated that these manual forms were used as there was ‘no IT system per se’ for recording track geometry measurements during track inspections. It was explained that conditions are assessed in accordance with the code of practice and ‘any exceedants (sic) are recorded into the AMS’ (asset management system), in this case Ellipse.
However, when requested, ARTC was unable to provide any inspection forms or evidence of exceedances recorded in Ellipse for the known defects located at the derailment site.
Track and civil code of practice
ARTC track and civil code of practice response booklet ETW-00-01 is a work instruction which includes assessment and response tables to be used as a guideline by maintenance teams when responding to known conditions and defects.
Section 1.1 of this booklet details response codes for defects based on applied speed restrictions. Notes specific to the codes assigned indicate ‘If repairs cannot be made prior to the passage of the next train, the speed restriction should be implemented along with an appropriate increase in the monitoring until actions are taken to restore the track’.
Track geometry
The Rail Industry Standards Board (RISSB) defined track geometry as ‘the horizontal and vertical alignment, cross level and cant of the track’.
Cross level was defined as:
the difference in level of the two rails in a track, and is also known as superelevation or cant.
Top and line
ARTC’s procedures referred to top (vertical alignment), which is the relative level of the track top along the length of the rail. The limit is specified by a measurement of the variation in vertical line (height) of the top surface of the rail.
Figure 4: Vertical alignment – top
Simplified cross section of track structure showing loss of track top geometry measured on the rail head. Source: OTSI
Line measurement, also known as horizontal alignment, was a measure of the horizontal displacement of the track structure from the design alignment (Figure 5).
Figure 5: Horizontal alignment – line
Source: OTSI
Superelevation and twist
Superelevation, also referred to as cant, or cross level on level track, was the difference in height between the outer and the inner rail.
Twist was the variation in the cross level between 2 track locations separated by a nominated distance interval. The maintenance twist tolerances were measured over short (2 m) and long (14 m) distances and were measured in mm (2 m twist measurement shown in Figure 6).
At slow speed on curves, any superelevation (mm) of the outer (high) rail decreases the gravitational forces on the wheels running on that rail because of the lean of the vehicle body and the shift in centre of gravity towards the inner (low) rail. This reduction in wheel load, together with the flange force acting on the outer rail, increases the wheel lateral over vertical (L/V) ratio and so increases the tendency of the wheel to climb the rail.
Figure 6: Cross level and twist
Source: OTSI derived from RISSB Standards
Track geometry standards
ARTC Track and Civil Standard ‘ETS-05-00 Section 5 - Track Geometry’ specified ARTC’s track geometry standards.
The document provided inspection guidelines for track maintainers and track geometry tolerances to be achieved following corrective maintenance tamping activities.
Source: ARTC Engineering Track and Signal Standard – ETS-05-00 Section 5 Track Geometry
The document also provided guidance on geometry parameters including the classification of defects against maintenance limits, and the required response category for the measurement.
Response categories defined the maximum period allowed to elapse before the next inspection, and/or repair of track geometry defects once assessed against specified limits.
The response category was determined by a matrix (Table 2) comparing the measured track defect with normal track speed in the area. A defect in an area with higher track speeds would attract a higher response category than the same defect on track with a lower track speed.
Source: ARTC Engineering Track and Signal Standard – ETS-05-00 Section 5 Track Geometry
The document also described how imposing a speed restriction may moderate the response category, and therefore the response requirements. For example, using a restricted line speed to determine the response category as though it were the original track speed, may reduce the response category and therefore the required inspection time, or delay the required repair. A defect that was re-inspected and found to have not increased in size may continue to be managed in the same way.
Table 3: ETS-05-00 Table 5-16 ARTC inspection and repair response standards by response category
Source: ARTC Engineering Track and Signal Standard – ETS-05-00 Section 5 Track Geometry
Temporary speed restrictions (TSR) could therefore be used to manage and prioritise the inspection and repair of defects.
Use of a TSR to moderate the response category did not require civil engineer approval, and was a common method used by ARTC on the North Coast line at the time of the incident.
It is important to note the defect measurements defined in this guideline were based on isolated geometric defects. However, it also references that a more stringent response may be necessary if deterioration of the infrastructure both at the defect and on adjoining track was evident.
Other related standards
Stable track geometry requires the entire track structure to be designed and maintained to standards. This includes appropriate design and management of the track formation, track structure, ballast, and drainage, taking into consideration local and transient conditions.
ARTC’s ‘RTS 3432, Track Drainage – Inspection and Maintenance’, provided similar guidance on the inspection and maintenance of track drainage as the ETS-05-00 document does for track geometry.
Track drainage is described in this document as necessary, as ‘without adequate track drainage, track formation may become saturated leading to weakening and subsequent failure’, and formation failure may be indicated by ‘repeated top and line problems’ amongst other track instability defects.
Section 5.2.2 described that it is necessary to set priorities for drainage maintenance so that the worst locations can be repaired first, with ratings dependant on a number of factors, including mud pumping through ballast, foul ballast, water ponding and top and line problems. The document also suggested possible remedies for a list of typical problems encountered by type of drainage.
Mud hole guidelines
ARTC’s ‘ETH-10-01 Mud Hole Management Guideline’ described mudholes as ‘areas where ballast had become contaminated with fine materials like dirt or clay’ and provided guidance on the management of mud holes.
The guideline explained that this contamination causes the ballast to retain water, creating a muddy, slurry-like substance around the track sleepers. This mud infiltration can then compromise the stability and integrity of the track structure, leading to uneven track surfaces, reduced load-bearing capacity, with the potential to be hazardous to train operation.
The guideline described the different types of mudholes, their likely causes and possible prevention.
‘Section 3, Assessment of Mudholes’ described that individual mud holes may require ongoing monitoring with increased regular general inspections scheduled.
Ellipse, and the information recorded within it, was to be used for planning and controlling the remedial work in addition to planning and controlling any increased inspections.
Figure 8: Example – soft formation mud hole
Source: ARTC Safety and Systems Track and Civil Guideline – ETH-10-01 – Mud Hole Management Guideline
Ballast code of practice
Similarly, ARTC’s ‘Engineering (Track and Civil) Code of Practice Section 4 Ballast’ specified ballast standards and assessment responses which included increased general monitoring if required.
The standard specified that a knowledge of local factors that may affect the track’s deterioration rate and performance history was required.
If any increased monitoring was determined to be necessary, it would be required to be continued until rectification work was carried out.
Earthworks code of practice
‘Engineering (Track and Civil) Code of Practice Section 8 Earthworks, General Inspection’ specified that scheduled general inspections should be of sufficient detail to observe and document earthwork conditions and changes in condition that affect their vulnerability to instability. This inspection was to include identification of defects and conditions.
General inspections were to be scheduled at intervals appropriate to each location dependant on its nature, condition and other seasonal factors but would not exceed 12 months or as otherwise specified by ARTC e.g. in an approved technical maintenance plan.
Sections of track with identified conditions indicating a vulnerability to earthworks instability were to be nominated and managed as special locations[6] until rectification or earthworks stabilisation work could be carried out. Specialist geotechnical advice together with detailed inspections may have been necessary for this purpose.
Incident site observations and evidence
Track geometry
Onsite photographic evidence of the track at the initial derailment location showed a significant loss of top, line and superelevation/cross level.
Figure 9: Post-incident view of track at point of initial derailment, facing in the down direction
Source: OTSI
There was a sign posted temporary speed restriction in place of 20 km/h between 828.350 km and 828.450 km.
Site photos post‑incident showed significant water saturation of the surrounding area, within the TSR boundaries. There was also notable sinking of the ballast at 2 locations, which had caused visible top depressions of the track.
Figure 10: Post-incident view of track at point of initial derailment, facing in the down direction
Side view of track, demonstrating the loss of top due to sinking soft formation. Source: OTSI
The initial point of mount was located within the TSR at 828.350 km with the wheel flange riding on top of the rail until the initial complete derailment of one bogie (2 wheelsets) at 828.346 km.
Following this derailment, notable damage to track side infrastructure, such as wheel strikes to track sleepers, and impact damage to level crossing plates and guard rails[7] was evident for approximately 2.3 km, indicating that the derailed wagon remained connected to the train for this distance. Significant damage to the wheel treads of 2 wheelsets, examined by the ATSB post‑incident, was consistent with sustained ballast and sleeper strikes.
A final separation event at approximately 826.280 km resulted in the remaining wagons derailing, coming to a rest on the up and down sides of the track.
The front and rear portions of the train which remained on track were then brought to a stand due the subsequent loss of air supply to the train’s automatic braking system following the separation.
Track foundation
ARTC’s post‑incident track condition report noted that ballast condition around the area was observed to be severely fouled and of poor quality, with indications of crushed and undersized ballast, which can decrease water drainage. The formation exhibited areas of saturation consistent with a soft formation defect.[8]
ARTC also noted in their investigation report a drain under the track at 828.420 km that was holding water on the up side (Figure 11). This same drain had water trickling from it on the down side indicating that the formation was holding water.
Post incident, significant saturation within the formation was identified, requiring excavation to obtain a solid foundation on which to rebuild track. (Figure 12).
Track maintenance records for scheduled track inspection and tamping activities that took place at this location prior to the incident made no mention of such significant formation issues, or that soft formation had been considered as the potential cause for repeated track geometry issues (see History and management of track defect).
Drainage culvert directly below initial derailment site (828.420 km) showing pooled water beneath the track and formation. Source: OTSI
Figure 12: ARTC post-incident track works
A significant amount of mud and water was found under the formation during post-derailment rectification works. Source: ARTC
Track geometry measurements post‑incident
Post‑derailment track measurements taken by ARTC, and noted in its internal investigation report, detailed that the track exhibited a significant loss of top track geometry at 2 locations within the TSR with depressions of approximately 150 mm.
Also, track measurements taken between 828.300 km and 828.509 km recorded a combination of twist and superelevation track geometry defects consistent with an E1 category defect as per ARTC Track and Civil Standards. An E1 Category defect required that the track be inspected and repaired prior to the passing of the next train.
Figure 13: Onsite track geometry measurements
Track measurements taken onsite post ‑incident, detailing point of mount, locations of categorised track geometry defects, temporary speed restriction limits and infrastructure details. X‑axis details track measurement station numbers at 2 m intervals from the point of mount at 0. Y‑axis details distance measurement in mm. Source: ARTC Data (graph constructed and annotated by OTSI)
Derailed wheels and bogie inspections post‑incident
Wheel profile measurements were taken by the ATSB at Acacia Ridge following the relocation of the derailed bogies and wheel sets.
Wheel flange[9] height, angle and width measurements were taken with a standard wheel gauge (shown in Figure 14). The examined wheel sets were found to meet the operator’s minimum standards, although one wheelset was identified to have a flange width of 19.5 mm, close to the thin flange defect limit of 19 mm.
This wheelset also exhibited some evidence of arrises[10] on both flanges, although these were also noted as being within tolerance, being less than 1.5 mm in height.
Figure 14: Wheel limiting dimensions
Wheel condemning operational limits are guided by an industry code of practice. Measurement of derailed wheelsets. Source: Rail Industry Standards Board (RISSB) Wheel defects code of practice and ATSB
The wheel tread condition of the derailed bogies was also examined and identified bogie RRXE 649 (lead bogie of the 29th vehicle RQRY 1011W) had sustained the most damage.
A general inspection of that bogie was also carried out and did not identify any bogie suspension, bogie rotation or wheel tread defects outside of the rolling stock operator’s safe operational standard.
Technical maintenance plan (TMP)
‘ETP-00-03 Civil Technical Maintenance Plan’ set out ARTC’s routine inspection requirements for rail track and civil infrastructure in terms of mandatory inspection tasks and inspection intervals. The TMP specified:
which items were to be inspected
what inspection tasks were to be carried out
when inspection was required.
The inspection tasks and inspection intervals defined in this document were mandatory for all ARTC managed track.
The TMP referenced the applicable standards documents, manuals and codes of practice for the associated infrastructure element.
The TMP also contemplated that additional inspection scope or increased frequencies may be required in response to infrastructure condition or accelerated deterioration rates, noting that increasing frequencies could be authorised by the local maintenance management team.
The factors below are what ARTC recommended should be considered when increasing inspection frequencies:
fixed points within the local area (e.g. bridges, turnouts, etc.)
previous track history
effectiveness of local drainage
curves
existence of adjacent or multiple mud holes in the track sections.
These factors were to be considered to assist with the management of local conditions in accordance with the applicable standards and ensure that inspection and measurement of track geometry was done often enough to detect geometry defects and manage any deterioration.
ARTC Track and Civil Standard ‘ETE-00-02 – Track Patrol, Front of Train, General and Detailed Inspections’ set out the standards for the track and civil inspections which were to be carried out on ARTC track and civil assets. ‘Section 3’ detailed the types of inspections, such as track patrol and front of train inspections (see Types of inspections). It describes the purpose of each of these inspections, along with the scope, and reference to the applicable asset element maintenance standard.
‘Section 2.2’ detailed the related responsibilities for maintenance personnel conducting track inspection activities and included specific responsibilities for the corridor manager, area manager and maintenance personnel, and the recording and reporting requirements for individuals in these roles.
It was also specified within this document that during track patrol inspections, specific locations may be subject to General inspection. General inspections were typically visual and included the elements of a track patrol inspection plus inspection of all readily visible elements of the infrastructure and elements known to contain critical defects.
An up-to-date defect list and a list of specific locations requiring attention was recommended to be obtained prior to carrying out the track patrol. Specific attention was to be paid to any deterioration at known defect locations.
Types of inspections
The types of inspections carried out on the ARTC network are detailed in Table 4:
Table 4: ARTC inspection guidelines
Type
Frequency
Method
Scheduled track patrol inspection (Walking or on‑rail vehicle)
All main lines at intervals as specified in the approved Technical Maintenance Plan not exceeding 7 days where not specified.
Loops at intervals as specified in the approved Technical Maintenance Plan not exceeding 28 days where not specified [2]
Visual inspection
On-rail vehicle ride where used
Manual measuring equipment as required
Scheduled on train inspection
All main lines as specified in the approved Technical Maintenance Plan not exceeding 6 months where not specified
Visual inspection
Vehicle ride
Scheduled track geometry car inspection or equivalent
All main lines as specified in the approved Technical Maintenance Plan not exceeding 4 months where not specified
Crossing loops as specified in the approved Technical Maintenance Plan not exceeding 24 months where not specified.
Measuring car with ability to measure gauge, top, horizontal alignment, cross level, short twist, and long twist
Record type, size and location of defects
Un-scheduled inspection in response to defined or other events
As necessary to ensure safety where for any reason (e.g. slips, floods, earthquakes, driver reports, irregularity reports etc.) it may be suspected that the geometry may have been significantly affected.
As required
Source: ARTC Track and Civil Standard – Section 5 Track Geometry (Table 5-13 - Inspection Guidelines)
AK car inspections and data
The ARTC AK car[12] was a set of 3 converted passenger carriages equipped with technology to measure and record track geometry. The cars travelled over the ARTC standard gauge network measuring safety‑critical track parameters.
ARTC supplied data from Ellipse for all track inspections conducted between 13 April 2021 and 31 May 2022 near the derailment site. Three separate AK car inspections were conducted on 22 September 2021, 19 January 2022 and 11 May 2022.
No track geometry exceedances were detected by the AK cars on these occasions in the area where the derailment occurred, between 828.350 km and 828.450 km. There were defects of varying degrees recorded by these AK car runs in the areas surrounding the initial derailment location. The closest to the derailment site was one gauge exceedance located at 828.254 km, approximately 150 metres from the site of the derailment of 2BS4.
The PP163F-01 speed restriction notification form for track between 828.350 km – 828.450 km (the initial derailment site) recorded tamping and resurfacing was performed on 29 April 2022, with an amended 40 km/hr speed restriction applied to the area.
The 40 km/h TSR remained in place at the time of the AK car inspection on 11 May, with the speed board visible on the AK car end of train track recording CCTV.
The PP163F-01 speed restriction notification form showed that on 26 May, 5 days before the derailment, the speed was reduced from 40 km/h to 20 km/h, citing poor track geometry as the reason for this further reduction.
The Ellipse system did not contain any track measurement data, or further information pertaining to these activities.
Noting that a speed restriction was in place when the AK car inspection was conducted, OTSI queried whether the track speed was materially important to the accuracy of the AK car’s track geometry readings. ARTC confirmed in writing that the speed at which an AK car is travelling does not affect its ability to detect rail geometry defects.
Specifically, ARTC indicated that there was not an optimal speed at which an AK car is required to travel to record accurate track data.
Track maintenance
Tamping
Spot tamping (tamping of short lengths of track to improve track geometry or remove specific defects), took place using an excavator with a fitted tamping attachment. This process involved the working and compressing of ballast into the voids beneath sleepers, intended to make the formation more stable and durable. This type of work is generally conducted by the local maintenance team and intended to correct minor defects or temporarily correct track geometry issues.
The ARTC document ‘Engineering (Track and Civil) Procedure PP-135 Mechanised Track Surfacing’ provided technical and operational procedures for mechanised track surfacing, including planning and carrying out surfacing, additional requirements for special situations, description of surfacing machines, guidelines for the operation of surfacing machines, and was referenced in conjunction with ARTC ‘Track and Civil Code of Practice – Track Geometry’.
Engineering (Track and Civil) Procedure ‘PP-135 Mechanised Track Surfacing 2.1 Planning’ detailed that in planning, consideration should also be given to the available budget allocations, and the capabilities and/or limitations of the equipment to be used. In line with this procedure, it would need to be determined during planning by the maintainer whether or not the use of certain methods and equipment for corrective works were appropriate for the task.
Considerations when planning this work should aim to minimise the amount of between ‑cycle spot tamping and/or speed restrictions.
Role requirements of a track maintainer
ARTC described[13] that a track maintainer was required to:
• Implement track maintenance, conduct mandatory systematic inspection, examination, condition monitoring and functional checks on the rail infrastructure and take appropriate action to ensure rail infrastructure was in a safe operational condition, including recording and reporting of defective infrastructure to maintain a valid defect recording system.
During interview the maintenance work group leader described being satisfied with the management of this defect using temporary speed restrictions and monitoring, however described:
The section of track as ‘worse’ in comparison to others.
They noticed that defects at the location would routinely reappear within weeks, sometimes days, of corrective works being undertaken.
They were unclear in their requirement to permanently record information and observations relating to the changing track condition, and where hard-copy forms and notes were stored once submitted.
They were unclear what the process was for escalation should they be concerned about a defect that was consistently deteriorating.
While information was recorded sporadically across multiple entries pertaining to the defect at the initial derailment location, no specific information detailing the recurring fault, deterioration of track, specific corrective actions, TSR implementations or increased monitoring was recorded in the asset management system by the maintainers or area managers responsible for this location.
Project request and possession planning
The corridor managers responsible for infrastructure maintenance were required to submit requests for major works to the asset management team for approval and incorporation into the Asset Management Plan (AMP).
Managers used data and dashboards generated from records in Ellipse to recognise trends and patterns to identify areas on the network that required further investigation and/or major works, and also to prioritise these works.
Requests for work were therefore generated from information in Ellipse recorded by the maintenance team.
Requests for work were required to be supported by appropriate evidence, such as:
known conditions recorded in Ellipse
information on the overall condition of the asset
any other pertinent factors.
Requests for work that were approved by the asset management team were recorded as projects in the AMP interim database. Work Requests (or projects) residing in the AMP interim database were then reviewed and validated by the relevant stakeholders as part of the annual condition inspections.
Planned works of this nature were typically performed under Local Possession Authority (LPA), where a line is closed for a designated period of time, which required significant planning to be submitted and approved under the AMP before budgetary allocations and resources could be determined.
Procedures which define the process of identifying and authorising track access to the ARTC Network, including for possession work, were outlined in ARTC’s Corridor Access Management Procedure – COR-PR-028’. The procedure applied to ARTC workers, contractors doing work for ARTC, and third parties who enter the ARTC Network, and specified the requirements for planning to execute the work safely, and to keep the worksite safe including the method of protection to be used.
ARTC described the procedure as aiming to:
improve safe and effective track access
improve the efficiency of work and minimise impact on train running by effective planning of work, minimising mobilisations and maximising the use of track time
provide details on how we plan on undertaking the work in a safe environment
provide the ability to view all work in the Rail Corridor and address unauthorised access to keep all our staff, contractors and third-parties safe
provide an integrated work plan, providing visibility of what work is occurring, where and when, removing the need for phone calls to provide this information.
Prior to 31 May 2022, no project work requests or formal possession planning had been generated, submitted or undertaken for work to be performed at the site of the derailment of 2BS4.
History and management of track defect
ARTC records indicated a significant increase in maintenance activity at the derailment location in the 2 months prior to the incident. A combination of temporary speed restriction records, tamping activities recorded in the Ellipse system and a train control report were noted in response to known geometry defects at this location. However, there was minimal detail on what was found or what actions were taken in many of these records.
Approximately 13 months prior to the derailment on 13 April 2021 the driver of NSWT XPT service NT31 reported rough riding due to a suspected dip in the track between approximately 828.300 and the 828.500 km mark near Kyogle. The condition was investigated by an ARTC maintainer later that day. The defect was determined to be in tolerance to continue with normal train running, however it was recorded that it would require repairs, and a work order to schedule and complete this work was raised the following day.
Temporary repairs were conducted at this site on 16 April 2021, described in the work order as ‘tamp, line and box up with excavator’, indicating that an excavator was used to correct the alignment of the track and formation supporting it.
Further repairs were conducted at this location on 19 April 2021 under the same work order, where a 40 km/h temporary speed restriction was implemented. This was noted on the track certification form to remain in place for one week, however the 40 km/h TSR remained on this location until 25 May 2021.
It was not noted or explained in the records why the TSR was to remain in place at the conclusion of the work, or why it remained in place for this amount of time.
Following these corrective actions, scheduled track inspections were conducted in this area, at an average interval of one week with the longest gap recorded as 8 days. These scheduled track inspection intervals were compliant with procedures. No further observations or references to any track geometry defects were recorded in the Ellipse asset management system against the assigned jobs for any of these inspection activities, aside from the closing of each work order to indicate the job was complete.
Approximately 2.5 months prior to the derailment a front of train inspection[14] was conducted on 7 March 2022, followed by another scheduled track inspection on 11 March 2022, neither of which recorded any issues with the track.
On 15 March 2022 the driver of Pacific National train 2SB3 reported to the Junee NCO a track geometry issue at 828.400 km at Kyogle. The train was reportedly travelling at 55 km/h before reducing speed after encountering the defect. There was no temporary speed restriction in place at the time with the speed posted at 70 km/h for freight trains for this section of track.
A maintainer attended the defect location 30 minutes after the report and determined that the track would require adjustment and tamping. A 40 km/h temporary speed restriction was implemented. No track measurements were put on record to support this decision.
A scheduled track inspection took place on 18 March 2022, which recorded no issues or defects. There was no record of any works being done between the maintainer’s inspection on 15 March, that identified defects, and the scheduled track patrol on 18 March.
On 23 March 2022, a 20 km/h temporary speed restriction was implemented at this location, with the reason described in the speed restriction notification as ‘poor top and line’ (see Top and line). No other details or measurements were recorded in Ellipse or supplied to support this action, and scheduled track inspections immediately after this activity did not contain any further information.
Several more repair activities occurred at this location over the next 2 months, prior to the derailment, with limited detail recorded on what was done and why. The activities included track tamping conducted on 11 April 2022 and 21 April 2022. The work order related to the most recent TCR was closed, and subsequent scheduled track inspections provided no further detail on the condition of the line.
The area was again tamped with a resurfacing machine on 29 April 2022, one month prior to the derailment, and a 40 km/h temporary speed restriction was implemented. This was described in the ARTC ‘PP163F-01 Speed Restriction Notification’ as ‘tamped by resurfacing machines’, however, no documentation or measurements were provided to support this.
On 26 May 2022, temporary repair works were conducted at the site. A 20 km/h temporary speed restriction was implemented following this work and noted on the track certification form as due to ‘formation issues’, with sections of this form also incomplete. This was described in the ARTC ‘PP163F-01 Speed Restriction Notification’ as ‘poor track geometry’. No further documentation or recorded information was supplied.
The final scheduled track inspection prior to the derailment was recorded in the ARTC asset management system as ‘fully complete’ on 27 May 2022, with no details of the track condition or any restrictions in place at this location, although the 20 km/h temporary speed restriction remained in place at this time, and the previous day’s track certification form showed defects remained in the track geometry.
Figure 15: Extract track certification form
Track measurements before and after corrective works on 26 May 2022 showing outstanding defects. Source: ARTC
Table 5: Notable dates in management of track defect
13 April 2021
Driver NT31 reports ‘rough riding between 828.300 and 828.500 kilometre mark near Kyogle.
16 April 2021
Temporary repairs – ‘tamp, line and box up with excavator’ completed
19 April 2021
Further repairs conducted, 40 km/h TSR implemented
25 May 2021
40 km/h TSR lifted
Regular inspection schedule maintained with minimal recorded observations
7 March 2022
Front of train inspection conducted, no defects recorded
11 March 2022
Scheduled track inspection conducted, no defects recorded
15 March 2022
2SB3 reported track geometry issue to at 828.400 km at Kyogle. 40 km/h TSR implemented – inspected, no measurements recorded
18 March 2022
Scheduled track inspection conducted – no defects recorded
23 March 2022
20 km/h TSR implemented described in the speed restriction notification as ‘poor top and line.’ No further information.
11 April 2022
Track tamping conducted, no details recorded
29 April 2022
Track tamping conducted – 40 km/h TSR implemented, no details recorded
26 May 2022
20-km/h TSR implemented following partial repair – track certification form and speed restriction notification describes ‘poor track geometry’
27 May 2022
Scheduled track inspection marked as ‘fully complete’ – no details of existing TSR or track defect
31 May 2022
2BS4 derails within the 20 km/h TSR location
Although this section of track demonstrated it was vulnerable to earthworks instability, by way of repeated track geometry defects, and subsequent excavator tamping activities, ARTC did not provide evidence that the area was subject to any increased monitoring by the maintenance crew.
There was also no evidence of changes to the standard inspection schedule, engagement of specialist geotechnical analysis or advice, or that the site had been nominated as a special location for additional attention.
Regulatory oversight
The Office of the National Rail Safety Regulator
The Office of the National Rail Safety Regulator (ONRSR) was the regulatory agency for rail in Australia. It was not a government agency, but an independent body corporate established under the Rail Safety National Law Act 2012. Its functions were to regulate the rail transport industry in Australia through its rail safety accreditation regime and the Rail Safety National Law (RSNL). ONRSR set requirements for rail safety management systems (SMS), conducted compliance activities including audits and inspections, and enforced the RSNL.
ONRSR routinely issued guidelines on its website designed to provide key information and clarification to both the rail industry and public on legislative, regulatory and technical matters associated with safe railway operations.
Asset management guidelines
ONRSR Guideline – ‘Asset Management, 13.3 Asset operation and maintenance’ stated in part that Rail Transport Operators (RTOs)[15] ‘should monitor ongoing compliance with their nominated standards and processes in order to ensure that their railway operations continue to be safe and perform efficiently.’
Also, ‘planning should be documented and controlled in a computer maintenance management system’ and that all maintenance tasks are signed off for compliance.
This document also detailed requirements for ‘monitoring asset performance’, ‘failure management and corrective action’ and the management of the life cycle of assets, such as track and signalling infrastructure.
ONRSR also expected RTO’s such as ARTC to have in place:
evidence of ongoing compliance with the RTO’s nominated standards and processes, and management of identified risks
asset maintenance plans and procedures
evidence of identifying and eliminating safety risks
evidence of reporting and managing any performance issues and corrective actions
evidence of the use of trending performance against the predicted strategic life of an asset for tracking performance and planning for renewals
processes for identifying faults and failures and undertaking corrective action
evidence of the consideration of asset management in SMS provisions for: security and emergency management, notifiable occurrences, and interface management.
Safety management systems guidelines
ONRSR Guideline – ‘Safety Management Systems, 6.10 Safety audit arrangements’ described the requirement for a documented internal audit program which is focused around auditing those processes of the SMS which pose the greatest risk to safety.
ONRSR Guideline – ‘Safety Management Systems, 6.20 Process control’ described the requirement to ensure the organisation has a system to define, control and manage the operational and engineering processes to ensure assets are fit for purpose for rail infrastructure and rolling stock operations.
As a minimum ONRSR would expect:
Records of inspections are kept and form the maintenance history of the asset to confirm:
effective monitoring to ensure compliance to standards, operating rules, processes and procedures
the date the inspection has been carried out and by whom
the defects or non-conformances detected (location, description)
defects or non-conformances have been reported for rectification
defects are prioritised, safely managed and reviewed until rectified
condition of the infrastructure/rolling stock (and any restrictions) has been reported to staff responsible for the day’s operation
defects are rectified, checked and dated by staff with the competence and responsibility for ensuring assets are returned to service fit for purpose
the maintenance work carried out on each asset (both routine and rectifying defects) has been recorded (e.g. a maintenance log for each asset)
assurance that technical maintenance plan requirements are met, and the review of work order process or inspection test plan process is undertaken to demonstrate evidence of work being conducted as per standards
back to service, monitoring of human performance, random audits and inspections and other safety observations
that general engineering and operational system safety requirements are complied with.
ARTC indicated that it had various activities and functions in place related to the monitoring and oversight of maintainers responsible for the NSW North Coast corridor, however ARTC was unable to supply any evidence of maintenance team compliance audits or assurance activities specific to this area.
Other standards and guidelines
The Rail Industry Safety and Standards Board
The Rail Industry Safety and Standards Board (RISSB) was a non-government, member ‑based, not-for-profit that developed Australian standards, guidelines, codes of practice and rules on behalf of the Australian rail industry.
RISSB supported the rail industry’s regulation model by providing standards, guidance, and advice which helps industry prove that it is meeting its safety obligations.
RISSB Infrastructure Standard ‘AS-7635 – Track geometry’ was developed to specify track geometry standards for design, construction, commissioning, monitoring, maintenance, and modification of rail tracks in Australia. ‘Section 4 Monitoring and maintenance, 4.1 Inspection’ – frequency and tasks stated ‘at locations with a known history of geometry defects, the frequency of inspections should be increased as determined by the Rail Infrastructure Manager (RIM), or ARTC in this instance.’
When describing the management of track defects using TSR, ‘Section 4.2.1 Speed restriction’ stated ‘speed restrictions may be used to manage the risk from track geometry defects, enabling the increase of timeframes for required response actions’.
The standard advised caution was required though when using speed restrictions to manage twist and cyclic defects, as lower speed can increase the likelihood of vehicle dynamic derailments and makes further mention when discussing geometry defects that reducing speed could increase the risk of derailment.
This guideline also advised that a combination of defects that are considered to act together should also require a more stringent response.
‘Section 4.2.3 Repeat faults’ recommended ‘the RIM may consider a mechanism for monitoring repeat track geometry faults, defined as those recorded during consecutive track inspections. For those sites where the geometry fault has increased in magnitude it is advisable for a supervisory site inspection to be conducted, to ensure that the right method of correction is applied’.
Similar occurrences
RO-2019-004 Derailment of Pacific National coal train MR280 – Baerami, New South Wales, on 6 February 2019
At 0325 Eastern Daylight saving Time on 6 February 2019, a Pacific National loaded coal train, MR280, travelling from Moolarben to Kooragang Coal Terminal, derailed near Baerami on the Ulan branch line on the Hunter Valley Network. All wheels of the leading bogie of the 88th wagon derailed and travelled in a derailed state for approximately 1.83 km. As the derailed train reached the points of the Baerami crossing loop, another 5 wagons derailed and 3 wagons rolled on their side, narrowly missing a stationary empty coal train UL369.
It was considered that the contributing factors to the derailment were a result of individual actions, where personnel had not executed the intent of the ARTC code of practice and/or had not followed procedures as required. As a result of this, and the safety actions taken by ARTC, the ATSB considered it was unlikely that further investigation would identify any systemic safety issues or further important safety lessons for the enhancement of transport safety and the investigation was discontinued.
In response to the incident, the ARTC took safety action, including implementing a daily ‘known conditions review’ meeting at all provisioning centres so that call outs, TCR’s and known conditions could be frequently reviewed with other current information and ensure appropriate controls were in place for the management of defects
RO-2017-014 Derailment of grain train 8838N – Narwonah, New South Wales, on 1 October 2017
On 1 October 2017, a Pacific National loaded grain train 8838N was travelling on the ARTC rail network from Nevertire to Manildra in north-west New South Wales. The train consisted of 2 locomotives and 23 wagons. The train was travelling south at Narwonah when 11 loaded grain wagons located at the rear of the consist derailed. An emergency brake application occurred due to the uncoupling, which brought the front portion of the train to a stand. There were no injuries but there was substantial damage to 9 wagons and track infrastructure.
There were track defects identified in the vicinity of the derailment site prior to the derailment, and the maintenance of defects in this section of track was not successful in preventing the defects from re-occurring.
ARTC committed to several safety actions as a result of this incident, including changes made to the ARTC maintenance system to address systemic issues. ARTC also commenced a work program titled ‘Asset management improvement program’, which focused on improving the functionality of the enterprise asset management system and its supporting business processes.
Safety analysis
Introduction
On 30 May 2022, freight train 2BS4, operated by Pacific National, departed Acacia Ridge, Queensland, for Sydney, New South Wales. The train consisted of 3 locomotives and 56 wagons, hauling a combination of containerised freight and empty wagons.
At approximately 0030 hours on 31 May 2022, while traversing the North Coast line between Casino and Kyogle, New South Wales, 2BS4 encountered a temporary speed restriction of 20 km/h. While passing through this area, a wagon in the consist derailed, dragging for approximately 2 km, where the train then parted and a total of 11 wagons derailed.
It was determined that 2BS4 initially derailed due to a combination of track geometry defects, in an area under temporary speed restriction.
This safety analysis will discuss the track defects responsible for the derailment, and how the condition was being managed, including the use of ARTC’s enterprise asset management system.
Wheel examination of derailed vehicles
Due to the extensive damage to wagons, bogies and track infrastructure it was unable to be determined exactly which wagon separated from the consist first. However, it was likely, due to the damage observed on its wheelsets, that wagon number RQRY1011W, the 29th wagon in the consist, initially partially derailed at the TSR site and dragged for approximately 2.3 km before derailing completely, pulling the 28th wagon RKBY20455Q away from the consist. Once the wagons separated from the front of the train, the momentum of the trailing wagons has then contributed to the subsequent derailment and pile up of the remaining vehicles.
Wheel profile measurements taken by the ATSB at Acacia Ridge following the relocation of the affected bogies and wheel sets measured for flange height, angle and thickness with a standard wheel gauge. The overall condition of the examined wheel sets was found to meet the operator’s minimum standards for safe operation.
One wheelset of bogie RRXE 649 was noted to have the flanges close to the thin flange defect limit of 19 mm and exhibited an arris on both flanges. This type of wheel tread condition was indicative of a bogie with a higher angle of attack, with this likely to produce an increased lateral flange force on the outside rail head in a curve.
However, that condition was unlikely to have been a major factor in contributing to the derailment, as the flange steepness (worn but also within the operator’s standard for safe operation) likely counteracted the effects of an increase in lateral flange force arising from a higher angle of attack.
All bogies were also found to be within minimum operating standards.
Track geometry condition at derailment site
A combination of multiple short and long twist E1 track geometry defects were found at the initial derailment site, along with 2 top defects in the vicinity of the point of mount.
Had these defects been detected prior to the passage of 2BS4, ARTC would have been required to rectify the defects prior to the next train in accordance with their Track and Civil Standard (Table 3).
From the evidence obtained it is likely the derailment occurred due to a combination of track geometry conditions (multiple E1 short and long twists) that resulted in rolling stock wheel unloading, wheel climb onto the rail head and subsequent derailment of both wheels of a single bogie on vehicle RQRY 1011W.
The derailment mechanism was consistent with the outer (high) rail wheels unloading on a single bogie at slow speed that was progressing into a curve with too much superelevation. Those conditions were likely to have decreased the force on those wheels leading to wheel climb and subsequent derailment. The multiple E1 twists over the TRS limit could also have induced vehicle body roll in advance of the point of mount further contributing to the wheel unloading experienced.
The track geometry conditions were due to a soft formation issue at the site as evidenced by poor ballast condition, water saturation, and repeated track geometry issues.
The resulting degradation of the track structure at multiple locations prior to the derailment point of mount was considered to have resulted in both track top and alignment defects on the day, sufficient to initiate the derailment.
Although the contribution of the rolling stock/track interaction was unable to be quantified, the extent of the track structure defects and the rate of their apparent deterioration following maintenance interventions became the central focus of OTSI’s investigation to identify safety learnings.
Progression of track formation defect
Observations of train crew
The driver’s assistant of 2BS4 recalled in interview that the track was worsening in condition since their last trip through the area approximately one week before and described this crossing as far worse than previous trips.
The driver’s assistant described that, in their experience, a 20 km/h speed for this defect was not acceptable, and they had intended to report to network control that the track should have been closed, had the derailment not occurred.
The driver of a previous train to traverse this section the day before described it in interview as the worst TSR they had ever seen in their time, although explained that drivers are generally not qualified to make judgements on whether a track should remain open.
The driver of 2BS4 suggested that, in their opinion, the track should have been closed to rail traffic and assessed, describing visible track geometry issues as it was traversed.
All train crew interviewed in relation to this incident confirmed a worsening of the condition of the track in comparison to their last trip and considered the track to be of an unacceptable standard.
Although there were no train control reports received by network control in the days preceding the derailment of 2BS4, it was suggested by various train crew in interview that driver reports for the same track faults repeatedly, especially when it is being managed by an existing speed restriction, were not taken as seriously by network control and generally not followed up.
It was also suggested that drivers would typically be less likely to report a track defect that is under some form of speed restriction, as this would indicate that the issue with the track has been identified by ARTC and was ‘being managed.
Progression of defect
A track certification form indicated that a temporary and partial repair was conducted at the derailment location on 26 May 2022, 4 days prior to the derailment. This form noted that the track geometry post‑corrective action was suitable for full track speed but also recorded that the repair did not fully rectify the track defects at this location to desired limits after corrective maintenance (see Table 1). Despite the geometry being noted as suitable for full track speed, a 20 km/h temporary speed restriction was put in place citing ‘TSR imposed due to formation issues’. This level of speed restriction on a compliant track indicates that the maintenance team had assessed that the formation issues were severe and the geometry defects likely to re‑occur.
According to ARTC Track and Civil Response Booklet (ETW-00-01), ‘increased monitoring should be continued until rectification work is carried out’. Although the rectification work conducted on this day did not repair the defect, and a speed restriction remained in place, no further inspection or monitoring of this site was conducted, and no further information was entered into the EAMS to suggest that there was a concern over the condition of the track at this location.
Several of the characteristics identified by ARTC as typical of mudholes, or underlying soft formation issues, were consistent with the conditions observed by maintenance personnel in interview and train crews traversing this section of track. Those conditions included water saturation, failing formation and general track instability. However, the area was not subject to any additional monitoring in between routine scheduled inspections.
From the last temporary repair on 26 May 2022, until the derailment, 24 trains traversed this section of track. All trains using this section of track in this timeframe were doing so under a 20 km/h speed restriction, concluding in the derailment of 2BS4, 4 days later.
Rapid deterioration of track geometry had been identified on at least one prior occasion, reported by train crew between the scheduled track monitoring cycle of 7 days, with the train crew’s report resulting in corrective action.
It was likely that the soft formation defect has caused the track geometry to degrade to an unsafe condition in the 4 days following the track’s last repair and inspection, unbeknownst to ARTC in the absence of heightened monitoring or further repair.
Contributing factor
2BS4 derailed on a section of track which had progressed to an unsafe condition since the partial correction of a recurring defect 4 days earlier. The defect had a known history of recurrence but was not subject to increased monitoring.
Planning for rectification works
ARTC advised that a track possession had been planned in which the work intended to correct the soft formation was scheduled to take place. However, ARTC was unable to supply documentation and pre-planning paperwork to support these plans, or evidence that the defect area concerned was included in any plans for the planned possession window. It was found during further investigation that no such documentation existed, and no formal planning had taken place.
Track inspection activities and temporary repairs to the track were not carried out in a systematic manner with inconsistencies in accompanying paperwork. This included track certification forms which were submitted with incomplete track measurements, ambiguous or absent descriptions of work completed, and the absence of manager or supervisor sign-off.
It is unlikely that the information contained within the asset management system alone would have been sufficient to determine the extent of the issue, nor would it have provided the corridor or asset manager with an accurate indication of what resources, such as personnel and equipment, would be required to repair the defect, with no verifiable record of information to inform the severity of it.
Defect management records
OTSI’s review of maintenance records and track measurements taken before and after tamping activities by ARTC found that the TSR location had a history of significant superelevation/cross level loss prior to the derailment, but little information on the defect itself.
ARTC’s maintenance team managed the track defect between 828.350 km and 828.450 km by repeated temporary corrective maintenance and temporary speed restrictions.
However, track condition was not recorded in Ellipse pre or post these activities or recorded after scheduled maintenance activities.
The recording of track conditions within ARTC’s Ellipse system and detailed track inspection records was required by the ‘AMT-PR-010 Enterprise asset management system’ procedures. These records were required to support work requests to the asset management team and to prioritise major works.
The maintenance work group leaders stated lack of familiarity with ARTC’s specific recording and escalation process, (see also Recording requirements of known conditions), along with ARTC’s inability to locate manual defect records likely impeded the dissemination of the defect details, and escalation within the organisation, hindering the ability of management to respond appropriately.
Information that should have been recorded in the Ellipse system as required by ARTC’s procedures may have been used to identify the deteriorating condition and instigate further investigation into the track geometry issues or initiate more stringent monitoring. However, in this instance, that information was either not recorded, or not available to provide reliable insight into the track condition.
Corrective works and tamping
There was no evidence that planning or assessments had taken place in accordance with Engineering (Track and Civil) Procedure ‘PP-135 Mechanised Track Surfacing 2.1 Planning’ to support the ongoing use of tamping at the derailment site.
According to the procedure consideration should be given to the capabilities and/or limitations of the equipment being used.
The recurrence of track defects at the same location over a period of at least 12 months was an indication that the spot tamping approach was insufficient to address the repeated track geometry track defects, and that further exploration of the underlying cause was required to manage the defect.
Track possession planning
In interview, ARTC senior management representatives acknowledged not being fully across the severity of the issue but explained that there was a plan to undertake further corrective work in an upcoming possession window.
In its investigation report ARTC also document that ‘plans to undertake corrective works on the embankment formation were in place to occur on the weekend of 4 and 5 June 2022’.
However, no documentation or formal submission was supplied to the ATSB to support these statements.
ARTC acknowledged in a further information request that the detailed planning for the formation reconstruction had not been completed prior to 31 May 2022. ARTC representatives described in interview that the actual plan was to reallocate resources from a nearby planned track possession and conceded that the necessary pre‑possession work rectification planning for this specific defect had not been completed.
An ad-hoc planning method was therefore being used to scope major works on the line. This may have compromised ARTC's ability to ensure work was being performed as per ARTC’s code of practice and in accordance with its asset management plan, and redirected resources assigned to repair another defect without appropriate risk assessment and prioritisation.
Methodical planning and documenting of planned track work, such as that described in ‘Corridor Access Management Procedure - COR-PR-028’ was, according to ARTC, essential to ensuring that the efficiency and integrity of the work can be monitored and adhered to, and the correct and necessary safety measures specific to the work location and environment can be implemented prior to work commencing. This planning was to ensure that all risks associated with planned work were accounted for and eliminated or mitigated where possible.
Insufficient planning, scoping and resourcing had the potential to increase the health and safety risk to workers and create inefficiencies in work conducted when necessary and essential pre-work planning and risk assessment was not carried out.
Contributing factor
In the absence of appropriate records in the asset management system, no formal planning was in place to permanently rectify the known defect, which was in a state of deterioration.
Detection and management of recurring defects
Track maintenance activities prior to incident
Evidence collected by the ATSB has indicated that scheduled track inspections were carried out in accordance with ARTC code of practice, although there was no evidence of increased monitoring of this site.
There was no indication from information supplied by ARTC that these routine track inspections were detecting anything out of the ordinary occurring with this section of track, which is inconsistent with other sources of information supplied, indicating an increase in corrective work surrounding this defect.
For instance, irregular tamping activities took place to correct track geometry faults on numerous occasions, however evidence supplied to support the decision‑making behind these activities indicated an absence of information which would otherwise allow ARTC to make fully informed decisions.
Enterprise asset management and Ellipse
The information entered into the ARTC Ellipse system relating to work undertaken onsite did not inform responsible personnel that this recurring fault required special attention.
There was no detailed information found in asset management system records, against any of the scheduled track inspection activities at this location. An increase in tamping activities and a greater reliance on temporary speed restrictions may have indicated a more serious issue, which would normally have triggered a more stringent response. However, nothing was noted in these records which indicated it had been raised as a concern.
Speed restrictions were implemented in response to the track condition, however, specific details relevant to the defect were not recorded in Ellipse. Scheduled track inspections conducted immediately before and after tamping, and the introduction or removal of speed restrictions, also recorded no information on the defect.
If track measurements were undertaken by civil staff to determine the level of response required for this defect, details of these were not recorded in the Ellipse asset management system.
The repeated implementation of a 40 km/h TSR at this location following corrective works indicates that the civil representative responsible for this location reasonably anticipated a recurrence of the fault, and that track stability was reduced or compromised. The information describing and explaining this action, however, was not documented in Ellipse as required on any of these occasions.
It was not clear based on the evidence supplied how the data that was retained from track patrols, inspections or corrective works could have informed ARTC of the presence of a defect which could be considered problematic or recurring. The information recorded was not in compliance with the requirements of ARTC’s ‘AMT-PR-010 – Enterprise asset management system’ procedure.
With the limitations in data and information available in the Ellipse system in this case, it is unlikely that ARTC would have had a reliable and informative data set to highlight the necessity for increased monitoring of this defect, and or significant repairs, allowing the underlying soft formation condition to continue to degrade.
This hindered the ability for the necessary planning and resource allocation to take place, as the information needed to inform ARTC of the scale of work and resources required was not accurate, and in some cases non-existent.
These issues with record keeping, the quality of inspections and appropriate repair had been identified previously by the ATSB as safety issues requiring action based on previous similar incidents (see Similar occurrences), specifically the ATSB Narwonah investigation report identified similar issues such as:
ensuring that defect rectification work is undertaken to an acceptable quality
ensuring that inspection activities are thorough
network issues are captured within ARTC’s enterprise asset management system for planning and future rectification
interrogating network data to identify where reoccurring issues are developing and request project work to rectify.
Contributing factor
ARTC did not reliably identify, monitor and analyse recurring track defects which resulted in a reduced capability to:
monitor deterioration of the track
recognise the need to conduct increased unscheduled track patrols
identify capacity to plan for its corrective maintenance. (Safety Issue)
Monitoring and oversight of maintenance activities
Auditing and assurance of maintainers
Along with ARTC’s assurance framework and audit plan (see Asset assurance framework), to ensure the compliance of their maintainers conducting work on rail infrastructure and to inform corridor management on their effectiveness and performance ARTC detail their activities included:
daily visual management centre (VMC) toolbox meetings
scheduled and unscheduled inspections
TCR and train control rail event functions
It was explained that this was how ARTC ensured work was being carried out ‘effectively’. However, no evidence was provided to demonstrate these assurance activities were being carried out, nor any evidence that they had been formalised in documents or procedures.
ARTC relied on a task being marked as complete within the asset management system to validate that the work was completed, with minimal follow up and verification of this task completion.
There was no evidence of any previous auditing activities on rail maintenance personnel conducting rail maintenance tasks in the North/South corridor, suggesting that any safety actions taken in response to previous incidents have likely been implemented in an informal manner.
This informality did not support a proactive approach to managing potential safety issues in the rail corridor, such as the treatment of track defects.
The lack of evident auditing or verification of effective maintenance activities has resulted in a limited visibility at an organisational level within ARTC that the scheduled and unscheduled maintenance tasks being carried out were achieving the desired result. This did not provide the organisation with adequate insight into the thoroughness of its track inspection activities.
Informal meetings and discussions would not provide sufficient assurance that maintainers were applying the appropriate methods to reduce risks, or carrying out essential tasks to completion without a formal auditing or checking system in place as prescribed in the ONRSR guidance, especially where detailed data is lacking.
Contributing factor
While ARTC had a process for monitoring its maintainers when carrying out inspections and rectifications, it was unable to provide evidence of these activities being conducted. (Safety Issue)
Findings
ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors.
Safety issues are highlighted in bold to emphasise their importance. A safety issue is a safety factor that (a) can reasonably be regarded as having the potential to adversely affect the safety of future operations, and (b) is a characteristic of an organisation or a system, rather than a characteristic of a specific individual, or characteristic of an operating environment at a specific point in time.
These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.
From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the derailment involving Pacific National freight train 2BS4, near Kyogle, New South Wales, on 31 May 2022.
Contributing factors
2BS4 derailed on a section of track which had progressed to an unsafe condition since the partial correction of a recurring defect 4 days earlier. The defect had a known history of recurrence but was not subject to increased monitoring.
In the absence of appropriate records in the asset management system, no formal planning was in place to permanently rectify the known defect, which was in a state of deterioration
ARTC did not reliably identify, monitor and analyse recurring track defects which resulted in a reduced capability to:
monitor deterioration of the track
recognise the need to conduct increased unscheduled track patrols
identify capacity to plan for its corrective maintenance. (Safety issue)
While ARTC had a process for monitoring its maintainers when carrying out inspections and rectifications, it was unable to provide evidence of these activities being conducted. (Safety issue)
Safety issues and actions
Central to the ATSB’s investigation of transport safety matters is the early identification of safety issues. The ATSB expects relevant organisations will address all safety issues an investigation identifies.
Depending on the level of risk of a safety issue, the extent of corrective action taken by the relevant organisation(s), or the desirability of directing a broad safety message to the rail industry, the ATSB may issue a formal safety recommendation or safety advisory notice as part of the final report.
All of the directly involved parties were provided with a draft report and invited to provide submissions. As part of that process, each organisation was asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they had carried out or were planning to carry out in relation to each safety issue relevant to their organisation.
Descriptions of each safety issue, and any associated safety recommendations, are detailed below. Click the link to read the full safety issue description, including the issue status and any safety action/s taken. Safety issues and actions are updated on this website when safety issue owners provide further information concerning the implementation of safety action.
ARTC ability to detect and manage recurring defects
Safety issue description: While ARTC had a process for monitoring its maintainers when carrying out inspections and rectifications, it was unable to provide evidence of these activities being conducted.
Glossary
AK car
Track inspection vehicle
Alignment
May be referred to as horizontal or vertical alignment. Horizontal alignment is the design horizontal alignment of track (i.e. straights, curves, etc.), vertical alignment is the design vertical alignment of track (gradients and vertical curves).
Bi-directional Line
A section of track where rail traffic can run in either direction
Bogie
A structure incorporating suspension elements and typically fitted with wheels and axles, used to support rail vehicles at or near the ends and capable of rotation in the horizontal plane.
CAN
Condition affecting the network
Cant
Also referred to as superelevation, is used for intended height difference in the rails (i.e. where the track is inclined in a curve), and the term 'cross level' is used for the unintended height difference (i.e. due to track irregularity). The term used to denote the raising of the outer rail on curved track to allow higher speeds than if the 2 rails were level. Cant compensates for the centrifugal force arising from a train traversing a curve.
DA
Driver’s Assistant
Derailment
An incident in which one or more wheelsets run off the track.
EAMS
Enterprise asset management system
Line
Horizontal alignment of the rails. Line is generally measured using the offset at a defined point along a chord of defined length. For vertical alignment, see top.
LPA
Local possession authority
Maintainer
ARTC infrastructure staff or contractors who detect and repair any defective infrastructure asset
MST
Maintenance schedule tasks
NCO
Network control officer
ONRSR
Office of the National Rail Safety Regulator which accredited the light rail operator under the Rail Safety National Law NSW 2012
RIM
Rail infrastructure manager
RTO
Rail transport operator
RVD
Rail vehicle detection
SMS
Safety management system
Superelevation
Also referred to as track cant, is used for intended height difference in the rails (i.e. where the track is inclined in a curve), and the term 'cross level' is used for unintended height difference (i.e. due to track irregularity). The term used to denote the raising of the outer rail on curved track to allow higher speeds than if the 2 rails were level. Cant compensates for the centrifugal force arising from a train traversing a curve.
Tangent Point
The intersecting point of track center-line tangents between curves, transitions and straight track.
TCR
Train control report
TMP
Technical maintenance plan
Top
Vertical alignment of the rails. Top is generally measured using the offset at a defined point along a chord of defined length. For lateral alignment, see line.
Track gauge
The distance between the inside running (or gauge) faces of the 2 rails making up track, measured between points 16 mm below the top of the rail heads.
Transition curve
A curve of uniformly varying radii used to connect straight and curved tracks or curves of different radii.
TSR
Temporary speed restriction
Sources and submissions
Sources of information
The sources of information during the investigation included:
the driver and driver’s assistant of 2BS4 and another driver who conducted operations for Pacific National
Australian Rail Track Corporation (ARTC)
ARTC North / South rail corridor asset maintenance services personnel
ARTC network control graphs and audio recordings
Pacific National
Bureau of Meteorology (BOM)
Office of the National Rail Safety Regulator (ONRSR)
Rail Industry Safety Standards Board (RISSB)
New South Wales TrainLink
Australian Transport Safety Bureau (ATSB), and previous ATSB rail investigation reports
track maintenance data and track inspection footage
ARTC network rules, procedures, standards and guidelines
front-of-train CCTV footage, onboard event recorder and onsite photographs
Google Earth.
References
ARTC Track and Civil Standards
ARTC Asset Management Procedures and Work Instructions
ARTC Train Control Reports
ARTC Safety & Environment Investigation Report- Derailment of Train 2BS4 826.350 km Kyogle, NSW- 31 May 2022- TCR 6218 2022
RISSB Infrastructure Standard – AS 7635:2023 Track Geometry
ONRSR Guideline - Asset Management
ONRSR Guideline – Safety Management Systems
ONRSR Safety Message: Ad hoc systems and procedures vs Safety Management Systems
Submissions
Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.
A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:
Australian Rail Track Corporation (ARTC)
Pacific National (PN)
NSW TrainLink (NSWT).
Any submissions from those parties will be reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the draft report will be amended accordingly.
A submission was received from:
Australian Rail Track Corporation (ARTC).
The submission was reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.
Rail safety investigations in New South Wales
Most transport safety investigations into rail accidents and incidents in New South Wales (NSW) and Victoria are conducted in accordance with the Collaboration Agreement for Rail Safety Investigations and Other Matters between the Commonwealth Government of Australia, the State Government of NSW and the State Government of Victoria. Under the Collaboration Agreement, rail safety investigations are conducted and resourced in NSW by the Office of Transport Safety Investigations (OTSI) and in Victoria by the Chief Investigator, Transport Safety (OCI), on behalf of the ATSB, under the provisions of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003.
The Office of Transport Safety Investigations (OTSI) is an independent statutory body which contributes to improvements in the safety of bus, ferry and rail passenger and rail freight services in NSW by investigating safety incidents and accidents, identifying system-wide safety issues and sharing lessons with transport operators, regulators and other key stakeholders. Visit www.otsi.nsw.gov.au for more information.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
Investigations under the TSI Act do not apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings.
Under the TSI Act investigations endeavour to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner.
TSI Act investigations are not for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
About ATSB reports
ATSB investigation reports are organised with regard to international standards or instruments, as applicable, and with ATSB procedures and guidelines.
Reports must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner.
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
Publishing information
Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003
Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication
Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.
Creative Commons licence
With the exception of the Commonwealth Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this report is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International licence.
The CC BY 4.0 licence enables you to distribute, remix, adapt, and build upon our material in any medium or format, so long as attribution is given to the Australian Transport Safety Bureau.
Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.
[1]The km distance is measured from Platform 1, Central Station, Sydney, New South Wales.
[2]When the air pressure is lost, the brakes automatically apply to stop the train as a safety measure.
[3] Block: a portion of track with defined limits, usually denoted by fixed lineside signals, between which only one rail traffic movement is permitted at any one time.
[4]A ‘known condition’ is defined by ARTC as a shortcoming or imperfection with an item of equipment, component or part, that may or may not need work or monitoring.
[5]Tamping: a process involving ballast being packed around the sleepers of a track to ensure correct track geometry.
[6]Engineering (Track & Civil) Code of Practice Section 8 Earthworks, 8.3.1 special locations are defined as track sections prone to (e.g. with a history of) earthworks instability.
[7]Guard rails (also known as restraining rails, check rails, or girder rails) are placed inside or outside the running rails, designed to restrain lateral movement of a train’s wheels if it derails, keeping it aligned with the track and preventing it from falling off or damaging nearby infrastructure.
[8]Soft formation of ballast is denoted to occur when there are inadequate drainage systems causing water to accumulate in the track bed, saturating the ballast and subgrade. When these materials become waterlogged, they lose their strength and become soft and depress to form a puddle under the ballast. The ballast sinks into the formation and this leads to loss of track geometry.
[9] Flange: protruding portion of the wheel profile which provides lateral restraint and guidance on the rail.
[10]Arrises: raised lips on the top of the wheel flange caused by metal flow.
[11]The term used to describe the vertical movement of a section of track due to the force of rolling stock traversing it
[12]The AK car was also referred to as a ‘continuous track geometry recording car’,
[14]A front of train (FoT) inspection is an inspection which assists in the assessment of track by enabling the reaction of trains to the track structure to be experienced. The inspection is to be carried out from the Driver’s compartment of the fastest train over the length where this is practical to gather information about infrastructure defects or condition.
[15]Rail Transport Operators defined by Rail Safety National Law and includes Rail Infrastructure Managers (RIMs) such as ARTC.
On 27 May 2022, a Singapore Airlines Airbus A350-941, registered 9V-SHH, was being prepared for a regular public transport flight from Brisbane Airport, Queensland to Changi Airport, Singapore. Just prior to the aircraft being pushed back for departure, a refueller on an adjacent bay informed the licenced aircraft maintenance engineer responsible for the aircraft turnaround that the pitot probe covers were still fitted. Subsequently, the covers were removed just before pushback.
What the ATSB found
The ATSB found that the procedural risk controls for the removal of the pitot probe covers were circumvented when a licenced aircraft maintenance engineer certified for the removal of the covers in the technical log and removed a warning placard from the flight deck without visual or verbal confirmation that the covers had been removed.
Further, a final walk-around of the aircraft by maintenance personnel to ensure it was correctly configured for flight was also not conducted. This represented the last procedural opportunity to identify that the covers had not been removed. Similarly, it was established from closed-circuit television footage of Singapore Airlines turnarounds at Brisbane Airport that the majority of flight crew pre-flight inspections observed around the time of this occurrence were truncated and not undertaken in accordance with company procedures. This included the occurrence flight.
The ATSB also identified that Heston MRO had not yet implemented an acceptable method for accounting for tooling and equipment prior to aircraft pushback, although this had been identified as a safety issue in investigation AO-2018-053. Also, Heston MRO did not track the work hours of personnel who had dual roles within the company for fatigue management purposes, even though there was a requirement in the fatigue management policy to do so.
Lastly, the pitot probe covers fitted to the aircraft were about 3 m above eye height and had relatively short streamers, which were not conspicuous and limited the possibility of incidental identification.
What has been done as a result
Heston MRO no longer requires the Brisbane regional manager position to undertake dual responsibilities, which included aircraft maintenance certification requirements, Further, Heston MRO now tracks the work hours of all employees for fatigue management purposes.
Singapore Airlines has communicated with flight crew about the requirements of their pre-flight walk-around checks and why they are important. In addition, Singapore Airlines has also provided Heston MRO at Brisbane with pitot probe covers that have longer streamers to ensure better conspicuity.
Safety message
Airspeed is a critical flight parameter, which is particularly important to flight crew during take-off and initial climb. It is the basis for their awareness of flight conditions such as the approach of aerodynamic stall and determination of critical decision points. This occurrence demonstrates how assumptions and procedural omissions can lead to unsafe conditions. In this case, the potential for an aircraft to commence a take-off with erroneous or absent airspeed indications due to the pitot probe covers remaining fitted.
Fatigue is a known factor in maintenance errors and can have a range of adverse influences on human performance. Therefore, it is important that organisations appropriately track all hours worked by safety critical employees to ensure they are receiving adequate rest and safeguard against the effects of fatigue.
Finally, this investigation recognises the positive actions of the refueller, who was working on the adjacent bay and had identified that the pitot covers remained fitted. This serves as a reminder that all line personnel have a safety role and should always speak up if they see or feel that something is not right.
The occurrence
On 27 May 2022, a Singapore Airlines Airbus A350-941 aircraft, registered 9V-SHH, was being prepared by maintenance personnel on bay 81 for a regular public transport flight from Brisbane Airport, Queensland to Changi Airport, Singapore, as flight number SQ256.
The engineering maintenance contractor had provided a licenced aircraft maintenance engineer (LAME) and an aircraft maintenance engineer (AME) to conduct its regular receipt, dispatch, certification, and maintenance duties during the aircraft’s scheduled 2-hour turnaround. The LAME (who was also the regional manager) was supervising the AME and assisting with the turnarounds of SQ256 and another aircraft on an adjacent bay. The AME had started with the contractor 3 weeks prior and had not completed all their induction training. On the day, the AME was conducting headset (turnaround coordinator) duties.[1]
Closed-circuit television footage from bay 81 showed that, between 0705 and 0727 local time, the LAME instructed the AME through the external walk-around inspection of the transit check for the aircraft. At 0732, the AME utilised an elevated work platform to install covers on all 4 pitot probes[2] in accordance with airline and company procedures specifically for Brisbane Airport. At about the same time, the LAME entered the flight deck to check the technical log for defects. As part of the pitot cover installation and removal procedures, the LAME made an entry in the technical log that the covers had been fitted and then placed a warning placard on the flight deck engine control pedestal to also show that the pitot covers were fitted.
Between 0852:18 and 0854:03, the first officer conducted a pre-flight walk-around. The walk‑around was truncated from the nose of the aircraft to the right engine, across to the left engine and back to the airbridge. From the footage, the first officer looked up at and likely observed the fitted pitot covers, however, they were required to be fitted at that time as per the operator’s procedure.
At 0859, the LAME arrived back on bay 81 after tending to an aircraft on an adjacent bay. The LAME conferred with the AME about fuel figures and talked to the flight crew via headset to confirm the fuel upload.
About 5 minutes later, the LAME re-entered the flight deck, certified for the transit check in the technical log, cleared the technical log entry for the fitment of the pitot covers, and removed the pitot cover warning placard from the flight deck pedestal. The LAME then returned to the tarmac and placed the placard on the dashboard in their work vehicle.
At 0913, the LAME returned to the tarmac at the nose of the aircraft and conversed with the AME for about 3 minutes. With 4 minutes remaining until the expected pushback[3] time, the LAME told the AME that they were going to the adjacent bay to complete the refuelling of another aircraft. The AME remained at bay 81 to conduct the pushback headset duties (Figure 1).
Around this time, anaircraft refueller on an adjacent bay observed that SQ256 appeared ready to pushback, but the pitot covers were still fitted. When the LAME reached the aircraft at the adjacent bay, the refueller immediately pointed to SQ256 and informed the LAME that the covers were fitted (Figure 2).
Figure 1: Security footage of bay 81 showing SQ256 4 minutes before pushback with the pitot covers fitted and the LAME moving towards the adjacent bay
Source: Brisbane Airport Corporation, annotated by the ATSB
Figure 2: Security footage of the refueller pointing towards SQ256 and informing the LAME that the pitot covers were fitted
Source: Brisbane Airport Corporation, annotated by the ATSB
The LAME returned to SQ256 and alerted the AME that the pitot covers were still fitted. At about the same time, the flight crew requested pushback approval from air traffic control and turned on the aircraft beacons. The aerobridge began to retract away from the aircraft.
The flight crew then notified the AME on the headset that they were ready to pushback. The AME, having just been informed that the pitot covers were fitted, told the flight crew to standby as they were in the process of removing the pitot covers.
With 2 minutes remaining until the expected departure time, the LAME positioned an elevated work platform on each side of the nose and removed the pitot covers (Figure 3).
Figure 3: LAME removing the pitot covers
Source: Brisbane Airport Corporation, annotated by the ATSB
Context
Operator information
Operator arrangements for support services at Brisbane Airport
Much like other international airlines, Singapore Airlines had significantly scaled back services to Brisbane during the COVID-19 pandemic (2020 to 2021), halving its services from 28 to 14 flights per week. The airline had increased services to Brisbane to 21 flights from March 2022.
Singapore Airlines’ Brisbane Airport engineering services were contracted to Heston MRO. The requirements for the services of Heston MRO were also significantly reduced across all airlines it serviced during the pandemic. Therefore, its workforce was significantly reduced, and the remaining engineering staff had their hours decreased considerably. In 2022, when the Australian Government opened its borders to international travel, Heston MRO abruptly returned to normal operations, which equated to a significant increase in demand from airlines requiring their service.
Maintenance personnel information
Licenced aircraft maintenance engineer and regional manager
Qualifications and experience
The LAME joined Heston MRO in July 2021 and had licence coverage on several large aircraft and engine types, and extensive line maintenance experience over several years. The LAME’s main role was as the regional manager for south-east Queensland. In that role, the LAME was responsible for managing engineering operations for Heston MRO at Brisbane, Wellcamp and Gold Coast airports. The LAME also had responsibilities that included certification requirements at Brisbane Airport, storage and movement of aircraft at Wellcamp, and regular LAME functions when there were unscheduled LAME absences.
72-hour history
The LAME indicated that, in the 72-hours prior to the occurrence day (on Friday), they had:
About 6 to 7 hours sleep on Tuesday after a workday average of 12 hours.
On Wednesday, the LAME covered work spanning 2 shifts. One was conducting the return to service of an aircraft at Wellcamp with a commute starting at 0530 and a return to their residence at 1700. The second shift was line duties to cover another LAME’s absence starting at 1900 and working until midnight. Following those shifts, the LAME estimated that they had about 6 hours sleep.
On Thursday, the LAME reported that they worked from home conducting administration duties and slept for about 7 hours before the occurrence shift.
On Friday, the LAME commenced work at 0630.
During interview, the LAME was asked about their level of fatigue on the day of the occurrence utilising an alertness scale. The scale estimated alertness using descriptive anchors numbered from 1 to 7, with 1 being fully alert and 7 being completely exhausted. The LAME stated that they varied between 4 to 6 on the scale but seemed to be ‘moderately tired and let down’ on most days, which is 5 on the scale.
Dual roles
In 2022, the LAME/regional manager's dual roles progressively became more demanding as turnaround services increased, and aircraft were being removed from storage post COVID-19. They were recorded in the roster as working 7.5 hours, Monday to Friday. However, they reported that their workdays were often up to 12 hours with work also being conducted on weekends. Further, in their capacity as a LAME, conducting turnarounds was often required to cover shifts for other LAMEs due to sickness. For example, they reported that they had recently covered a shift for another LAME, following their own long workday. That workday exceeded the maximum work hour requirement and prescribed rest period between shifts.
The LAME also described that they seemed to be constantly in the state of being ‘moderately tired and let down’ due to the demands of their dual roles. The LAME mentioned that family and friends had expressed concern about the LAME’s stress levels and the amount of work they were doing. An internal company report into the occurrence had also noted that the LAME stated:
They could not remember the last time they had a full day of rest. In their own words, ‘’even when at home, they were working to catch up with their duties’’.
The report concluded that:
Based on the statements provided, [the LAME] seemed distracted. It is not clear if this was due to the activities that he assisted the Malaysian Aircraft with or if [they] were struggling with fatigue.
As Heston MRO did not track the LAME’s work hours for fatigue monitoring purposes (as per Heston MRO fatigue management policy, refer to section titled Heston MRO fatigue management program) the ATSB was unable to fully ascertain the extent of the LAME’s level of fatigue and how it may have affected their performance.
Aircraft maintenance engineer
The aircraft maintenance engineer (AME) joined Heston MRO 3 weeks prior to the occurrence and had a total of 2 weeks line experience with the company. The AME had completed a partial induction program, and training that included coordination/headset duties. Prior to joining Heston MRO, the AME had experience working on defence and civilian aircraft (not including the Airbus A350) conducting heavy maintenance. Some turnaround functions were conducted for a period of 6 months, although this was 2 years prior to the occurrence.
An internal Heston MRO report post-occurrence identified that, while the AME had completed a partial induction program and other training, they should not have been undertaking tasks unsupervised.
The AME reported that, on the day of the occurrence, they had just returned from 2 days off, were alert and well rested.
Pitot probes and covers
Pitot probes
Pitot probes (or part of the multi-function probes) are components of the aircraft’s pitot-static system. The Airbus A350 has 4 probes, which are attached to the nose of the aircraft (Figure 4). The pitot probe consists of a tube pointing directly into the airflow, measuring the stagnation pressure called total pressure. This total pressure information and the static pressure delivered by static ports on the fuselage are used to compute the aircraft’s indicated airspeed and Mach number. If the tube is partially or completely blocked, airspeed indications will be inaccurate. Airspeed is a critical parameter for flight.
Figure 4: Airbus A350 aircraft showing left side probes with covers fitted
Source: Airbus
Contamination by mud wasps at Brisbane Airport
Historically, mud wasps have been known to build nests in aircraft pitot probes, entering through the forward-facing opening. Nesting and food material placed in the tube blocks the probe, to the point where it may no longer provide accurate airspeed information. A partial blockage, such as that resulting from the first addition of mud for a nest in the pitot, may be enough to cause anomalous airspeed readings as air flow is disturbed.
The Civil Aviation Safety Authority airworthiness bulletin02-052 (Issue 6) Wasp Nest Infestation – Alert, stated that the potential for pitot probe contamination may arise within 20 minutes of availability. There may not be external signs of the presence of a nest or partial nest within the probe, and there have been numerous occurrences at Brisbane Airport where pitot probes were blocked during turnarounds. For that reason, the Brisbane Airport Corporation recommended the use of pitot probe covers during turnarounds.
Pitot probe covers
Pitot probe covers provide protection from foreign object obstruction when the aircraft is on the ground. The need for pitot probe covers is dependent on several factors, such as the duration the aircraft is on the ground, and local factors such as wildlife and weather. There may be a formal requirement by operators to fit pitot probe covers in these circumstances. As pitot probes are heated in-flight, maintainers need to wait 15-30 minutes for them to cool after landing before fitting covers (Airbus 2016).
Pitot probe covers typically incorporate a ‘remove before flight’ warning streamer (also known as a flag or ribbon) intended to alert relevant personnel of its presence. Several characteristics contribute to the conspicuity of the streamer. Red streamers can provide effective contrast against a white fuselage in good light but may not be as attention-attracting in poor lighting such as night, especially when they are dirty. Reflective materials may be helpful at night.
Another factor is length. Streamers come in various lengths, but its visibility may be improved by fitting an extended streamer or incorporating a lanyard between the cover and its streamer. Shorter streamers are less likely to draw a person’s attention when in their visual field even if they are not paying particular attention to that area. A longer streamer, or one with a lanyard, is more likely to move if wind is present. However, it has been reported that the greater force on longer streamers in strong winds can occasionally drag the covers off.
Figure 5 shows standard pitot probe covers fitted to the lower probes of an Airbus A350, which were estimated to be about 3 m above eye level. The Heston MRO internal report into this occurrence noted that:
The Pitot Cover streamers used at the station were short. They are not long enough to bring about attention to passers-by below the aircraft – refer photos [attached as Figure 5].
Heston MRO and Singapore Airlines had a procedure for the installation and removal of the pitot covers at Brisbane Airport, which is summarised as follows:
During the arrival procedures and after a short period of pitot cool down time, all pitot covers will be fitted.
A warning placard will be placed on the flight deck pedestal stating that the pitot covers are fitted (Figure 6).
An entry will be made in the aircraft technical log stating that the pitot covers have been fitted.
The pitot covers are to be removed no earlier than 30 minutes prior to departure or as directed by the customer (Singapore Airlines is 20 minutes prior to departure).
Following pitot cover removal, the entry in the aircraft technical log can then be closed and the placard removed from the flight deck and returned to the transit toolbox in accordance with Heston MRO’s transit toolbox procedure (below).
Figure 6: Flight deck warning placard
Source: Heston MRO
A review of the closed-circuit television (CCTV) footage for several Singapore Airlines turn arounds showed that the pitot covers were removed, on average about 30 minutes prior to departure, with the latest removal (other than the occurrence turnaround) being 15 minutes prior.
On the day of the occurrence, the LAME had placed the warning placard in the flight deck when the pitot covers were fitted. About 10 minutes prior to departure, CCTV footage showed that the LAME re-entered the aircraft. The LAME removed the warning placard and closed out the entry in the technical log. The CCTV footage also showed that, after leaving the aircraft, the LAME placed the placard on the dashboard of their vehicle rather than the tool control container.
The LAME stated that they had not verified that the pitot covers were removed or requested that the AME remove the covers. However, when the LAME closed out the technical log entry, they had assumed the AME had removed the covers by that time. The AME reported that they had previously been told by another LAME that they should not remove the pitot covers without being instructed to do so and therefore had not removed them.
Transit toolbox procedure
Heston MRO had a documented tool control procedure, which required maintenance personnel to:
record the removal of company tooling from its storage location, and
account for all tooling prior to certifying an aircraft for release to service and at the end of a shift.
It was the responsibility of the regional manager to review the movement of tooling and if any tooling was not returned to its storage location at the end of a shift it was to be recorded in a shift handover diary.
Heston MRO supplied basic tooling specific to aircraft turnarounds in a transit toolbox. This included a headset to communicate with the flight crew, marshalling wands, and a steering bypass pin[4] specific to an aircraft type. Additional items such as pitot probe covers and remove before flight placards could be added to the transit toolbox as required. The relevant procedure required the toolbox removal from its storage location be recorded, and for its return to be recorded along with a condition check of the items it contained. At the time of the occurrence, there was no requirement to check the toolbox for its contents (including pitot covers) before an aircraft was dispatched.
General tool control procedure
Heston MRO had a general tool control procedure in its operational procedures manual titled Maintenance Certifications and Certificate for Releaseto Service, which stated:
A certificate for release [CRS] to service will only be issued after all tooling and equipment used in the maintenance event has been accounted for and removed from the aircraft. The certifier is to ensure that the aircraft has been returned to its original airworthy state before issuing the CRS.
Turnaround inspection procedures
Introduction
There were 4 walk-around inspections required between the aircraft’s arrival and its dispatch. These were the:
post arrival walk-around inspection conducted by maintenance personnel (sometimes incorporated into the transit check)
external component of the transit check conducted by maintenance personnel
external component of the pre-flight inspection conducted by one of the flight crew
final walk-around inspection conducted by maintenance personnel (sometimes included as the final component of the transit check).
Post arrival check
The purpose of this inspection is to identify if there are any defects on the aircraft before or during the flight rather than during the post-flight ground handling functions.
Transit check
Singapore Airlines’ procedures dictated that the aircraft undergo a transit check (a type of engineering general inspection) while in Brisbane. This required certification in the technical log when completed.
The transit check procedure began with tasks mainly related to verifying the aircraft’s airworthiness, and later tasks were primarily concerned with verifying the aircraft’s general condition (that no damage had been incurred during the turnaround) and readiness for flight. The final components of that inspection included the below.
Following the aircraft refuelling, the transit check takes on a preparation for flight aspect to ensure that the aircraft is correctly configured for flight. The inspection titled Final included:
• Remove the protective covers from the aircraft (if installed).
• Record the Transit Check in the aircraft technical log. Make sure an authorized person releases the aircraft [This is the point where the LAME certifies that the transit check has been conducted].
• Ensure Technical Log, Cabin Defect Log, IFE Defect Log, all Deferred Defect Logs, Refuelling Log, Notes To Pilots and Engineers (NPE) and Maintenance Work Sheets are reviewed and completed as necessary. Ensure spare logs stowed on board [This is the point where the LAME certifies for the pitot cover removal].
• Perform final aircraft walk-around:
◦ Make sure that all crew doors, cargo compartment doors and service panel doors are correctly closed and secured.
◦ Make sure that no damage has been caused by ground equipment, during loading and/or servicing. …
Flight crew pre-flight inspection
Singapore Airlines’ procedures stipulated that flight crew must conduct an exterior aircraft inspection (walk-around) about 30 minutes prior to departure. The procedure required that, during the walk-around, flight crew focus on safety critical areas of the aircraft to ensure:
…the general condition of the aircraft is satisfactory and that the visible aircraft components and equipment are safe for the flight…
Maintenance personnel usually inspect the aircraft before the flight. In the absence of maintenance personnel, a flight crewmember performs this walkaround before the flight. Items marked by (*) must be performed again by a flight crewmember before the flight.
The procedure required the extremities of the wings, airframe, and tail section to be inspected. Figure 7 shows the path that flight crew should take when conducting the pre-flight walk-around inspection. The numbers represent pause points to inspect a particular section of the aircraft, and each are associated with certain check items. One of the items to be checked was the condition of the pitot probes. As per the procedure, some of the items did not require checking if they were already inspected by maintenance personnel. However, the inspection path to be followed remained the same.
Figure 7: Schematic showing pre-flight walk-around path in blue with pause inspection points numbered
Source: Singapore Airlines
Maintenance final inspection
A final walk-around inspection of the aircraft was required by Singapore Airlines and Heston MRO procedures. The final walk-around was the responsibility of the headset/turnaround coordinator (the AME) or the turnaround supervisor (the LAME) after all the passenger and cargo doors were closed. It can be combined as part of the final transit check inspection, which was certified by the LAME. The final walk-around inspection was the last opportunity to ensure:
there were no aircraft defects or damage
foreign objects were not located near, in or on the aircraft
doors and panels were secure
all covers and pins were removed.
There was also a reference to check for pitot cover removal in the Heston MRO departure procedures for Brisbane Airport, and the training and testing documentation for dispatching an aircraft.
The AME reported that they completed the final walk-around inspection. However, a review of CCTV footage showed that, while the AME had removed the aircraft chocks, they did not complete the inspection as per the procedure. Likewise, the LAME was not observed conducting the inspection.
Review of other walk-around inspections
A review of the CCTV footage of 5 Singapore Airlines turnarounds at Brisbane Airport around the time of the occurrence showed that none of the pre-flight inspections conducted by flight crew (including the occurrence flight) followed the complete path in accordance with the above procedure. As per Table 1, some of the inspections were substantially truncated and conducted with reduced diligence. For the final engineering walk-around, the day of the occurrence was the only time observed where the inspection was not conducted by maintenance personnel.
Table 1: CCTV footage assessment for flight crew pre-flight inspections and final engineering walk-around
Flight number/date
Flight crew pre-flight walk-around
Final engineering walk-around
SQ256 23-05-22
Partial – Duration 3 minutes 5 seconds. On phone during part of the inspection and did not look in left engine intake.
Completed in full.
SQ256 24-05-22
Partial – Duration 1 minute 45 seconds. Did not inspect the outer wings, empennage or tail.
Completed in full.
SQ256 25-05-22
Partial – Duration 2 minutes 2 seconds. Did not inspect the left side fuselage, left outer wing or engine intake.
Completed in full.
SQ256 26-05-22
Partial – Duration 3 minutes 11 seconds. Did not inspect the left outer wing.
Completed in full.
SQ256 27-05-22 (incident flight)
Partial – Duration 1 minute 45 seconds. Did not inspect the outer wings, empennage or tail.
Not carried out.
Fatigue management
Heston MRO fatigue management program
The Heston MRO safety management system included a section on fatigue management, which stated that:
The Fatigue Management program aims to identify and assess fatigue related risks and issues within the workplace and aid in the implementation of process and procedure to manage and control fatigue.
The Fatigue Management program applies to all HESTON MRO staff and specialist maintenance providers. Fatigue is generally associated with tiredness after work or effort, either physical or mental.
Symptoms of fatigue include weakness, stress, depression, health problems and the tendency to make mistakes or errors.
Excessive hours of work, poor planning, insufficient staff, bad shift scheduling and a work environment without proper control of temperature, humidity or noise are all known to contribute to fatigue.
The Heston MRO process for the management of fatigue was divided into key areas such as:
roster design
hours of work
detection and monitoring fatigue in the workplace
identification of fatigue risks and control measures
fatigue risks strategies
fatigue investigation
training.
Heston MRO utilised a web-based program to manage maximum hours per period worked and the maximum hours per day worked through the establishment of rostered cyclic rules. The rules for the design of rosters included:
no planned shift to exceed 12 hours
no actual (worked) shift to extend beyond 14 hours unless a risk assessment had been performed
the hours of planned work are based on 38 hours per week, 76 hours per fortnight and/or 152 hours per month
shift start times to move forward from one day to the next, that is, early starts and then progress through to starting in afternoons
a requirement for a 10-hour minimum stand-down period between shifts.
The requirements above were incorporated into the design of rosters with the aim of an equal distribution of work hours among employees and the tracking of hours worked for fatigue management purposes.
Heston MRO management responsibilities and accountabilities
In accordance with the Heston MRO fatigue management program, the person in the role of regional manager was responsible for ensuring:
All employees were provided with rostered shifts within the fatigue risk management guidelines.
Employees were aware of the fatigue management procedures and familiar with their responsibilities and accountabilities. In addition, if an employee was required to work beyond the fatigue management guidelines an appropriate risk assessment was performed, with mitigation strategies implemented.
That the hours of work were monitored to include overtime, shift allocation and shift changes with the aim of preventing unacceptable levels of fatigue accrual.
Where there was an operational need to extend shift hours or alter personnel shift patterns, the regional manager was required to perform a risk assessment, implement mitigating strategies in consultation with the human resources manager. The human resources manager provided oversight governance to ensure compliance with legislative requirements.
Noting that the LAME/regional manager was conducting dual roles, the ATSB asked Heston MRO if their total work hours were monitored in accordance with the fatigue management policy. They stated:
[The LAME] is hired as and has the position of [Regional] Manager. As the manager, [the LAME] is required to manage the fatigue levels of all [their] subordinates, and this includes [themselves].
[They] do not sign in/out of work and there is no time monitoring.
[They] are asked regularly about ensuring [they] are receiving sufficient rest – and if [they] are not – to ensure that [they] gets some.
The ATSB further asked if other personnel had dual roles and if all their hours were tracked for fatigue monitoring purposes. Heston MRO indicated that, at the time of the occurrence they had a total of 4 employees who had dual management and aircraft operational roles whose total hours were not monitored for fatigue management purposes. However, all other LAMEs and AMEs not undertaking dual roles had their hours tracked.
During the week of the incident, the LAME/regional manager conducted 2 shifts amounting to about 17 hours on the same day to cover for a LAME who was absent from work. While the LAME/regional manager notified the Quality and Safety manager about the extra shift, a risk assessment was not conducted as per the company’s fatigue management program.
ATSB SafetyWatch - Fatigue management
The SafetyWatch is a set of broad safety concerns that the ATSB has identified through investigation findings and from occurrence data reported by industry. At the time of this report, the ATSB had identified fatigue management as a safety concern and stated:
Despite increased awareness across the transport sector, fatigue remains one of the most relevant ongoing concerns for safe transport. Fatigue impairment has been identified as a contributory factor in numerous aviation, maritime and rail accidents.
Human fatigue is a condition primarily caused by inadequate or bad sleep, or by staying awake for too long. Things like underlying health conditions, medication, and stress can amplify the likelihood and effects of fatigue.
Fatigue can have a range of adverse effects on human performance, including:
• decreased short-term memory
• slowed reaction time
• decreased work efficiency
• reduced motivational drive
• increased variability in work performance
• increased errors of omission
• increased risk tolerance.
These symptoms can occur before an individual experiences the “feeling” of fatigue.
On 18 July 2018, a Malaysia Airlines Airbus A330, registered 9M-MTK, took off on a regular public transport flight from Brisbane, Queensland to Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. As the covers had been left on the aircraft’s 3 pitot probe’s, the instruments showed a red speed flag in place of the airspeed indication from early in the take‑off, and unrealistically low airspeeds afterwards. The flight crew did not respond to the speed flags until the aircraft’s speed was too high for a safe rejection of the take-off, and the take‑off was continued.
The ATSB investigation subsequently identified safety factors across a range of subjects including flight deck and ground operations, aircraft warning systems, air traffic control, aerodrome charts, and risk and change management. The report safety message stated:
The loss of airspeed data due to mud wasp ingress can occur even after brief periods, and the use of pitot probe covers for aircraft turnarounds at Brisbane is largely an effective defence. However, it introduces another risk, which is the potential for aircraft to commence a take-off with pitot probe covers still fitted…
For all individuals working in the aviation industry, the occurrence shows that coordination and diligence can make a difference. Several individuals on the night—as well as their counterparts on other occasions—all acted as though the conduct of various external aircraft inspections was someone else’s responsibility; in fact, all had separate, key roles in detecting problems with the aircraft before departure. Had all such inspections been conducted diligently it is very likely that the pitot probe covers would have been seen and subsequently removed…
As a result of the investigation, a safety issue for Aircraft Maintenance Services Australia (rebranded to Heston MRO in 2019) was identified:
Aircraft Maintenance Services Australia did not have a reliable method to account for tooling and equipment (such as pitot probe covers) prior to aircraft dispatch when providing non-certifying engineering support.
In February 2022, in response to the safety issue, Heston MRO advised that it had implemented a procedure for all toolboxes taken to aircraft. Based on the below, the ATSB closed this safety issue. The procedure required that:
All toolboxes (including the transit toolboxes) will carry a notebook inside the box.
The above notebook will have the below drawn table.
An audit of the contents of the toolbox will be carried out and signed for prior to the use of any of the contents from the toolbox.
After all work on the aircraft and prior to pushback – the contents of the toolbox will be re-audited and signed for to ensure all contents have been returned to the box.
It should be noted that, at the time of this occurrence in May 2022, the procedure described above was not utilised or implemented as advised.
In addition to the above, the ATSB’s investigation also identified the following findings regarding the conspicuity of the pitot probe covers and inspections:
Although suitable for use in most situations, the streamers attached to the pitot probe covers supplied and used for A330 operations by Aircraft Maintenance Services Australia provided limited conspicuity due to their overall length, position above eye height, and limited movement in wind. This reduced the likelihood of incidental detection of the covers, which is important during turnarounds.
Malaysia Airlines flight crew and engineers did not fully complete the required aircraft inspections.
The Malaysia Airlines engineer did not perform a final walk-around inspection of the aircraft, including a check for pitot probe covers, as required by the transit check that the engineer had certified as complete. The engineer assumed that the walk-around would be completed by the support engineer and/or ground handlers.
Safety analysis
Introduction
A Singapore Airlines Airbus A350-941 aircraft was being prepared for a regular public transport flight from Brisbane Airport, Queensland to Changi Airport, Singapore. Just prior to the aircraft being pushed back for departure, a refueller on an adjacent bay noticed that the pitot probe covers were still fitted. The refueller informed the licenced aircraft maintenance engineer (LAME) responsible for the aircraft turnaround and the covers were subsequently removed just before pushback.
This analysis will discuss the actions of maintenance personnel regarding the removal of the pitot probe covers prior to pushback and incomplete walk-around inspections by both maintenance and flight crew. It will also consider tooling control procedures and the conspicuity of the pitot probe covers used. The LAME’s workload and fatigue management of personnel with dual roles will also be examined.
Pitot cover installation and removal procedures
As per the procedure, on arrival of the aircraft at Brisbane, a warning placard was placed on the flight deck and a corresponding entry made in the technical log indicating that the pitot probe covers had been fitted. Prior to departure, the placard was to be removed and the log entry was to be closed once the pitot covers had been taken off. While there was a procedure in place that was designed to ensure that pitot cover removal had occurred, on this occasion, the LAME reported that they had assumed rather than verifying that the covers were removed by the AME. However, the AME, who was new to the organisation, had been told that they were not to remove the covers without instruction from a LAME. While there was no communication from the LAME either to instruct the AME to remove the covers or to visually check that they had been removed, the LAME certified the log entry as completed. Likewise, the closed-circuit television (CCTV) footage showed that the LAME had removed the placard and placed it in their work vehicle, although the covers remained fitted to the aircraft.
Transit toolbox procedure
The primary function of tool control is to prevent tooling remaining on board (or fitted to) an aircraft prior to its departure. Its secondary function is to account for tooling as an asset. The Heston MRO tool control requirements at the time of the occurrence for the transit toolbox were not a reliable means to account for tooling (such as pitot probe covers) prior to aircraft dispatch. This was due to the procedural checks for toolbox contents (including pitot covers and the warning placard) being carried out when returning the tooling at the end of a shift, rather than prior to aircraft dispatch. Therefore, the transit toolbox procedure was not an effective method of tool control, but rather, a check for inventory at the end of a shift.
Tool control was highlighted as a safety issue following a previous incident investigated by the ATSB (AO-2018-053). At the time of drafting the final report into that incident (March 2022) Heston MRO (previously AMSA) advised the ATSB that the tool control procedure had been changed to incorporate a requirement to check for the contents of the transit toolbox before pushback. That safety enhancement was accepted by the ATSB, and the safety issue was closed. However, at the time of this occurrence (May 2022), the ATSB identified that the tool control procedure remained unchanged. Therefore, the same safety issue has been identified as a result of this investigation.
There was a company requirement for a general post‑maintenance tool control check. However, tools used for line maintenance, turnaround and ground handling of aircraft require specific controls to ensure they have been accounted for prior to flight. Had there been a robust tool control procedure in place for the transit toolbox contents, such as the one previously identified by Heston MRO, then it was likely that the pitot covers would have been identified as missing from the transit toolbox and removed in a timely manner, prior to pushback.
Maintenance personnel final walk-around
The LAME left the bay to refuel another aircraft, leaving the relatively inexperienced AME (on aircraft type and at Heston MRO) to dispatch the aircraft by themselves. The AME reported that they completed the final walk-around, however, the closed-circuit television footage showed that they had removed the aircraft chocks but had not completed the inspection as per the procedure. Likewise, and consistent with the footage, the LAME reported that they did not conduct the inspection as they had assumed this had been completed by the AME as part of their headset coordinator responsibilities.
The final walk-around represented the last procedural opportunity to identify that the aircraft was correctly configured for flight with all panels and doors closed, pins and covers removed. Given the AME’s limited experience, direct supervision would have been prudent until such time as the LAME was satisfied that the AME could conduct the turnaround functions effectively. Irrespective, had a final inspection been conducted, it was likely that the pitot covers would have been identified as it was one of the check items in the final walk-around procedure.
Flight crew pre-flight walk-around inspection
Much like final walk-around inspections, flight crew pre-flight inspections are an important risk control to ensure that the aircraft is prepared and configured for flight. If inspections are not done correctly, it increases the risk of defects not being identified and/or the aircraft not being correctly configured for flight.
The closed-circuit television footage of 5 Singapore Airlines turnarounds showed that none of the pre‑flight inspections were completed in full by flight crew in accordance with the company procedure. The pre-flight walk-around inspection was generally conducted about 30 minutes prior to departure. As the pitot probe covers were not required to be removed until 20 minutes prior, the flight crew could expect to see the covers fitted during their inspection. Despite this, pre-flight inspections need to be completed in full and with careful diligence. Each one needs to be conducted with the mindset that it may be the sole opportunity to detect damage or other irregularities and confirm the aircraft’s readiness for flight.
Licenced aircraft maintenance engineer workload and Heston MRO fatigue management
The LAME reported that the workload associated with the dual role of LAME/regional manager had become considerably more demanding post the COVID-19 pandemic This was consistent with observations made by their family and friends, and from their 72-hour work history, which showed some long days including a double shift. Consequently, they were constantly moderately tired.
In addition, while Heston MRO had a fatigue management policy in place, 4 employees who had combined management and operational duties (including the LAME) did not have all their work hours tracked and assessed for fatigue calculation purposes. Therefore, aside from an individual self-reporting, Heston MRO could not assess or assure that those employees were not experiencing the negative effects of elevated fatigue levels. Fatigue has been shown to significantly raise the likelihood of errors and omissions and increase the risk of an incident involving those personnel. While the LAME worked significant hours outside the normal roster periods, the ATSB was unable to accurately determine if they were experiencing a level of fatigue that may have contributed to the occurrence. Regardless, without appropriate tracking of their hours, Heston MRO had no way of knowing if the LAME (and others) were experiencing high levels of fatigue.
Pitot probe cover characteristics
The purpose of a ‘remove before flight’ streamer, attached to an item of ground support equipment such as a pitot probe cover, is to gain the attention of someone who is not primarily looking for the equipment. Several characteristics contribute to the conspicuity of streamers including the colour and length. The streamers attached to the pitot probe covers provided by maintenance personnel were relatively short, and when fitted, were about 3 m above eye height, which may be difficult to detect.
As highlighted in the ATSB’s previous investigation, a human’s perceptual system is sensitive to motion, particularly in their peripheral vision (McKee and Nakayama 1984; Wickens and others 2013). A shorter streamer may not necessarily attract a person’s attention, particularly if they are not focussed on that area, but strong winds may occasionally drag the covers off with a longer stream. Operators need to balance the likelihood of this occurring against the need to ensure their removal before flight through the use of longer streamers.
While the maintenance personnel responsible for the aircraft departure did not conduct a final aircraft walk-around inspection, the limited conspicuity of the pitot probe covers used reduced the likelihood of incidental detection of the covers. There are incidental opportunities that arise for ground crews to notice pitot probe covers while conducting unrelated tasks such as attaching a tug and pushing the aircraft back, or in this case, the refueller working on an adjacent bay. The likelihood of this incidental detection is increased with the use of larger or brighter streamers that hang into the view of ground staff, particularly in positions that are closer to the aircraft. This is especially important when there are increased time pressures and fewer opportunities for their removal during turnarounds.
Refueller identification of pitot probe covers
For this occurrence, it was an incidental detection made with a wider view of the aircraft by a refueller working on an adjacent bay that led to the identification of the covers. The immediate action of the refueller by advising the LAME ensured that the covers were removed prior to pushback, thereby preventing the flight crew commencing a take-off with erroneous or absent airspeed indications.
Findings
ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors.
Safety issues are highlighted in bold to emphasise their importance. A safety issue is a safety factor that (a) can reasonably be regarded as having the potential to adversely affect the safety of future operations, and (b) is a characteristic of an organisation or a system, rather than a characteristic of a specific individual, or characteristic of an operating environment at a specific point in time.
These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.
From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the flight preparation event involving Airbus A350-941 registered 9V-SHH at Brisbane Airport, Queensland, on 27 May 2022.
Contributing factors
The licenced aircraft maintenance engineer certified for the removal of the pitot covers in the technical log and removed a warning placard from the flight deck without visual or verbal confirmation that the pitot covers had been removed.
Heston MRO had not yet implemented a previously proposed and accepted method to account for tooling and equipment (such as pitot probe covers) prior to aircraft pushback. (Safety issue)
Maintenance personnel responsible for the aircraft departure did not conduct a final aircraft walk-around inspection. That inspection was the last procedural opportunity to identify that the pitot covers had not been removed.
Other factors that increased risk
The licenced aircraft maintenance engineer was undertaking dual roles as both regional manager and engineer. This increased the risk of a fatigue-related maintenance error occurring as a result of a significantly expanded workload in the months that preceded this incident.
Heston MRO did not track the work-related hours of personnel with dual management and operational roles (including the licenced aircraft maintenance engineer) for fatigue calculation purposes. Therefore, there was an increased risk of a fatigue‑related incident involving those personnel. (Safety issue)
The majority of Singapore Airlines flight crews (observed around the time of the incident) did not fully complete the required pre-flight walk-around inspections. (Safety issue)
Although suitable for use in most situations, the streamers attached to the pitot probe covers used for the Airbus A350 operations at Brisbane Airport provided limited conspicuity due to their overall length, position above eye height, and limited movement in wind. This reduced the likelihood of incidental detection of the covers, which is important during turnarounds. (Safety issue)
Other findings
The refueller on an adjacent bay identified that the pitot covers were still fitted and advised maintenance personnel to ensure that they were removed prior to pushback.
Safety issues and actions
Central to the ATSB’s investigation of transport safety matters is the early identification of safety issues. The ATSB expects relevant organisations will address all safety issues an investigation identifies.
Depending on the level of risk of a safety issue, the extent of corrective action taken by the relevant organisation(s), or the desirability of directing a broad safety message to the aviation industry, the ATSB may issue a formal safety recommendation or safety advisory notice as part of the final report.
All of the directly involved parties were provided with a draft report and invited to provide submissions. As part of that process, each organisation was asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they had carried out or were planning to carry out in relation to each safety issue relevant to their organisation.
The initial public version of these safety issues and actions are provided separately on the ATSB website, to facilitate monitoring by interested parties. Where relevant, the safety issues and actions will be updated on the ATSB website as further information about safety action comes to hand.
Safety issue description: Heston MRO had not yet implemented a previously proposed and accepted method to account for tooling and equipment (such as pitot probe covers) prior to aircraft pushback.
Safety issue description: Heston MRO did not track the work-related hours of personnel with dual management and operational roles (including the licenced aircraft maintenance engineer) for fatigue calculation purposes. Therefore, there was an increased risk of a fatigue related incident involving those personnel.
Safety issue description: The majority of Singapore Airlines flight crews (observed around the time of the incident) did not fully complete the required pre-flight walk-around inspections.
Safety issue description: Although suitable for use in most situations, the streamers attached to the pitot probe covers supplied and used for A350 operations by Heston MRO at Brisbane Airport provided limited conspicuity due to their overall length, position above eye height, and limited movement in wind. This reduced the likelihood of incidental detection of the covers, which is important during turnarounds.
Safety action not associated with an identified safety issue
Whether or not the ATSB identifies safety issues in the course of an investigation, relevant organisations may proactively initiate safety action in order to reduce their safety risk. All of the directly involved parties are invited to provide submissions to this draft report. As part of that process, each organisation is asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they have carried out to reduce the risk associated with this type of occurrences in the future. The ATSB has so far been advised of the following proactive safety action in response to this occurrence.
Additional safety action Heston MRO
Heston MRO has advised the ATSB that they have implemented an additional procedure, which required the placement of a warning placard on the communications panel where the ground headset connects to (Figure 8).
Figure 8: Warning placard fitted to the ground communication panel
Source: Heston MRO
Glossary
AME
Aircraft maintenance engineer
CCTV
Closed-circuit television
LAME
Licenced aircraft maintenance engineer
Sources and submissions
Sources of information
The sources of information during the investigation included:
the aircraft refueller
the licenced aircraft maintenance engineer
the aircraft maintenance engineer
Heston MRO
Singapore Airlines
Brisbane Airport Corporation
Closed-circuit television footage.
References
Airbus (2016) ‘Pitot probe performance covered on the ground’, Safety First, July, 22: 6–13.
McKee, S. P., & Nakayama, K. (1984). The detection of motion in the peripheral visual field. Vision Research, 24(1), 25–32.
Wickens, CD, Hollands, JG, Banbury, S and Parasuraman, R (2013) Engineering psychology and human performance, 4th Ed. Pearson, United States.
Submissions
Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.
A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:
aircraft refueller
licenced aircraft maintenance engineer
aircraft maintenance engineer
Heston MRO
Singapore Airlines
Brisbane Airport Corporation
Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
Submissions were received from:
Heston MRO
Singapore Airlines.
The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
Terminology
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
Publishing information
Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003
Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication
Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.
Creative Commons licence
With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.
Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.
The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau
Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.
[1]Headset duties, also called turn around coordination, involved communicating between the ground and flight deck via a headset connected in the nose area of the aircraft.
[2]Pitot probes provide air data computers and flight instruments with airspeed information and are ineffective if covered or blocked. The term pitot probes also include the multi-function probes fitted to the Airbus A350, which measure total pressure, total air temperature and angle of attack measurements.
[3]Pushback: using a tug to push an aircraft backwards from the terminal so that it can then taxi under its own power.
[4]A steering bypass pin when fitted to an aircraft allows it to be manoeuvred on the ground.
Preliminary report
Report release date: 19/08/2022
This preliminary report details factual information established in the investigation’s early evidence collection phase and has been prepared to provide timely information to the industry and public. Preliminary reports contain no analysis or findings, which will be detailed in the investigation’s final report. The information contained in this preliminary report is released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003.
The occurrence
On 27 May 2022, a Singapore Airlines Airbus A350-941, registered 9V-SHH, was being prepared on bay 81 for a regular public transport flight from Brisbane Airport, Queensland to Changi Airport, Singapore, as flight number SQ256. Just prior to the aircraft being pushed back for departure, it was identified that the pitot probe covers were still fitted to the aircraft.
The engineering maintenance contractor had provided a licenced aircraft maintenance engineer (LAME) and an aircraft maintenance engineer (AME) to conduct scheduled receipt, dispatch, certification, and maintenance duties during the aircraft’s scheduled 2-hour turnaround.
Apart from performing line maintenance duties, the LAME was also the contractor’s regional manager for Brisbane, Wellcamp, and Coolangatta airports. At the time of the occurrence, the LAME was also supervising the AME and assisting with the turnarounds on SQ256 and another aircraft on an adjacent bay.
The AME had started with the contractor 3 weeks prior and had not completed all of their induction training at the time of the occurrence. On the day of the occurrence, the AME was conducting headset duties.
During the preparation of SQ256, the following events occurred:
Between 0705 and 0727 Eastern Standard Time,[1] the LAME instructed the AME through the external walk-around inspection of the transit check for the Airbus A350. At 0732 the AME utilised an elevated work platform to install covers on all 4 pitot probes[2] in accordance with airline and company procedures specifically for Brisbane Airport. At about the same time, the LAME entered the flight deck to check the technical log for defects. As part of the pitot cover installation and removal procedures, the LAME made an entry in the log that the covers had been fitted and then placed a warning placard on the flight deck engine control pedestal to also show that the pitot covers were fitted.
Between 0852:18 and 0854:03, the first officer conducted a preflight walk-around. The walk-around was truncated from the nose, to the right engine, across to the left engine and back to the airbridge. The aircraft operator’s procedures also required the extremities of the wings, airframe, and tail section to be inspected, however this was not carried out. The first officer looked up at and likely observed the fitted pitot covers, however they were required to be fitted at that time as per the operator’s policy.
At about 0859 the LAME arrived back on bay 81 after tending to an aircraft on an adjacent bay. The LAME conferred with the AME about fuel figures and talked to the flight crew via headset to confirm the fuel upload.
At 0904 the LAME re-entered the flight deck, certified for the transit check in the technical log, cleared the technical log entry for the fitment of the pitot covers, and removed the pitot cover warning placard from the flight deck pedestal. The LAME then returned to the tarmac and placed the placard on the dash in their work vehicle. The LAME stated that they had not verified that the pitot covers were removed, or requested that the AME remove the pitot covers, but assumed that they would have been removed by that time.
At 0913, the LAME returned to the tarmac at the nose of the aircraft and conversed with the AME for about 3 minutes. With 4 minutes remaining until the expected pushback[3] time, the LAME told the AME that they were going to the adjacent bay to complete the refuelling of another aircraft. The AME remained at bay 81 to conduct the pushback headset duties (Figure 1).
An aircraft refueller on an adjacent bay observed that the Singapore Airlines aircraft appeared ready to pushback, but the pitot covers were still fitted. When the LAME reached the aircraft at the adjacent bay, the refueller immediately pointed to the SQ256 and informed the LAME that the pitot covers were still fitted (Figure 2).
The LAME returned to SQ256 and alerted the AME that the pitot covers were still fitted. At about the same time, the flight crew requested pushback approval from air traffic control and turned on the aircraft beacons. The aerobridge began to retract away from the aircraft.
The flight crew then notified the AME on the headset that they were ready to pushback. The AME, having just been informed that the pitot covers were fitted, told the flight crew to stand by as they were in the process of removing the pitot covers.
With 2 minutes remaining until the expected departure time, the LAME positioned an elevated work platform on each side of the nose to remove the pitot covers (Figure 3). Pushback commenced just after the covers were removed.
Figure 1: Security footage of bay 81 showing SQ256 4 minutes before pushback with the pitot covers fitted and the LAME moving towards the adjacent bay
Source: Brisbane Airport Corporation, annotated by the ATSB
Figure 2: Security footage of the refueler pointing towards SQ256 and informing the LAME that the pitot covers were fitted
Source: Brisbane Airport Corporation, annotated by the ATSB
Figure 3: LAME removing pitot covers 1 minute prior to departure time
Source: Brisbane Airport Corporation, annotated by the ATSB
The security video footage did not show that the required final walk-around of the aircraft was conducted by either the LAME or the AME prior to dispatch.
Related occurrence
Mud wasp are a well-known hazard at Brisbane Airport. They can rapidly build nests in pitot probes and, accordingly, operators and related organisations need to ensure they fit pitot probe covers when aircraft are parked at the airport. Similarly, these organisations need to have procedures to ensure the covers are removed before the aircraft commences taxiing for take-off. An aircraft being cleared to commence taxiing and then take-off with all pitot probe covers still fitted is a serious event.
On 18 July 2018, a Malaysia Airlines Airbus A330, registered 9M-MTK, took off on a regular public transport flight from Brisbane, Queensland to Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. Covers had been left on the aircraft’s 3 pitot. The instruments showed a red speed flag in place of the airspeed indication from early in the take‑off, and unrealistically low airspeeds afterwards.
The flight crew did not respond to the speed flags until the aircraft’s speed was too high for a safe rejection of the take-off, and the take‑off was continued. The flight crew’s initial radio announcement of an urgency situation was not heard by the air traffic controller.
The ATSB investigation subsequently identified safety factors across a range of subjects including flight deck and ground operations, aircraft warning systems, air traffic control, aerodrome charts, and risk and change management. In its Safety message section, the ATSB report stated:
The loss of airspeed data due to mud wasp ingress can occur even after brief periods, and the use of pitot probe covers for aircraft turnarounds at Brisbane is largely an effective defence. However, it introduces another risk, which is the potential for aircraft to commence a take-off with pitot probe covers still fitted…
For all individuals working in the aviation industry, the occurrence shows that coordination and diligence can make a difference. Several individuals on the night—as well as their counterparts on other occasions—all acted as though the conduct of various external aircraft inspections was someone else’s responsibility; in fact, all had separate, key roles in detecting problems with the aircraft before departure. Had all such inspections been conducted diligently it is very likely that the pitot probe covers would have been seen and subsequently removed…
Further details of this investigation can be found on the ATSB website.
Further investigation
To date, the ATSB has interviewed the engineers and refueller, and reviewed the airport security video footage of the SQ256 turnaround.
The investigation is continuing and will include examination of:
flight crew pre-flight inspection procedures
engineering final walk-around procedures
induction training procedures
training records for the LAME and AME
Heston MRO fatigue management policies and procedures
Heston MRO change management policies and procedures
security video recordings of aircraft turnarounds
Should a critical safety issue be identified during the course of the investigation, the ATSB will immediately notify relevant parties so appropriate and timely safety action can be taken.
A final report will be released at the conclusion of the investigation.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
Terminology
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
Publishing information
Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003
Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication
Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.
Creative Commons licence
With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.
Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.
The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau
Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.
At about 0311 local time on 4 May 2022, the 225 m bulk carrier Rosco Poplar was transiting the Great Barrier Reef via Hydrographers Passage under the conduct of a coastal pilot. Upon suddenly noticing that a reef sector light was indicating red, the pilot ordered a course correction. This was followed almost immediately by the activation of an alert from the ship’s electronic navigational equipment indicating that the ship was passing less than 200 m from Bond Reef (normal clearance was about 1,500 m). The ship's course was corrected and the remaining pilotage was conducted uneventfully.
What the ATSB found
The ATSB found that during the early stages of the pilotage, one of the ship’s 3 GPS units began outputting incorrect positional data, likely due to an antenna malfunction. Because the bridge navigational equipment, including the electronic chart display and information system (ECDIS), radars and automatic identification system (AIS), were receiving a single position input from the same GPS unit, the ship’s position was incorrectly displayed on all these systems. However, no alarms were triggered from the failure because the GPS unit incorrectly indicated that position accuracy was within acceptable limits.
The investigation found that the pilot and bridge team solely relied on GPS positioning to monitor the ship’s progress and did not maintain a proper lookout through use of radar and visual observations. As a result, they did not identify that the position reported on the ECDIS units was incorrect and that the ship had deviated significantly from the planned track.
It was also identified that the pilot had not correctly configured their portable pilot unit (PPU) to be independent of the ship’s position sensors. This resulted in the PPU displaying the same incorrect position as the ship’s ECDIS units.
Additionally, ineffective pilotage and bridge resource management (BRM) contributed to the occurrence. An inadequate master-pilot information exchange did not establish individual roles and responsibilities for watchkeeping and communication, while the second mate was given tasks which distracted them from their duties for monitoring the passage plan and maintaining a proper lookout. As a result, the pilot and bridge team’s situation awareness progressively declined in the absence of adequate communication and a shared mental model of the pilotage.
The ATSB also identified that, following receipt of an unusual grounding alert display associated with the Rosco Poplar’s GPS malfunction, the vessel traffic services operator assessed it as erroneous. Consequently, the pilot and ship’s crew were not provided with timely advice of the indicated proximity to Bond Reef.
Finally, the ATSB identified that the check pilot system implemented by the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) did not provide the intended competency assurance. The investigation identified significant variations in the application of assessment standards between individual check pilots, indicating that assessment outcomes were not a valid and reliable indicator of competency. Further, due to the absence of any processes for analysing assessment results, AMSA had not identified these inconsistencies.
What has been done as a result
While in Australia, the ship’s bridge navigational system was updated by shore technicians with new GPS units and a reconfigured wiring system to interconnect the electronic navigational aids. The update facilitated multiple GPS inputs for the different aids, providing greater redundancy in the event of single GPS unit failures.
AMSA advised that a review of coastal pilotage under the current legislation was underway. As part of this review, AMSA intended to review the effectiveness and assurance provided through the check pilot framework with a view to making recommendations for improvements.
The ATSB issued a safety recommendation to AMSA to address factors limiting the effectiveness of its check pilot framework as a system for coastal pilot competency assurance.
Safety message
The occurrence highlights that the various concepts, techniques, and attitudes that together comprise bridge resource management are essential defences against human error. In confined waters such as compulsory pilotage areas, the margins for navigation errors are significantly reduced. Effective communication and coordination between the pilot and bridge team are necessary requirements for establishing a shared mental model of the pilotage so that evolving and critical situations can be identified and appropriately managed.
Compulsory coastal pilotage remains an essential defence against serious shipping accidents in the Great Barrier Reef. It is therefore important that coastal pilots meet necessary competency and performance standards. Furthermore, any assessment system that assures those standards must produce consistent and accurate outcomes. If sufficient measures are not implemented to ensure assessment standards are interpreted and applied consistently irrespective of the assessor, the outcomes are unreliable.
Summary video
The occurrence
On the evening of 3 May 2022, the 225 m bulk carrier Rosco Poplar arrived off Blossom Bank pilot boarding ground to embark a coastal pilot by helicopter for its transit of the Great Barrier Reef via Hydrographers Passage (Figure 1). The ship was in ballast and bound for Hay Point to load coal.
Figure 1: Navigational chart showing Blossom Bank pilot boarding ground
Source: Australian Hydrographic Office, annotated by ATSB
At 2300 local time, Rosco Poplar’s master arrived on the navigation bridge (bridge) and discussed preparations for the pilotage with the officer of the watch (second mate). Checks of the ship’s main engine, steering gear and navigational equipment were conducted. Meanwhile, crewmembers on the main deck prepared for the helicopter’s arrival.
The ship was equipped with 2 electronic chart display and information system (ECDIS) units. Global positioning system (GPS) data for both ECDIS units and the radars was provided by one of the 3 GPS units.
At 0140 on 4 May 2022, pilot helicopter landed on the ship’s helicopter landing cargo hold hatch cover and the pilot disembarked. By 0145, the pilot had joined the bridge team, which included the master, second mate and an able seaman at the helm. The pilot ordered ‘maximum speed’[1], then checked the ship’s position and course on the ECDIS and gave helm orders to take it towards the compulsory pilotage limits and join the 218° (T) course inbound for Hydrographers Passage (Figure 2). Visibility was clear, with the only other traffic in the area being another inbound ship, Camellia Island, about 6 nautical miles (miles)[2] ahead (Figure 3). The tide was ebbing with high water at Bugatti Reef having occurred at 2355 on 3 May, with a height of tide of 2.72 m above chart datum.[3] Tidal stream data[4] indicated that the strongest predicted tidal stream would be about 5.4 knots setting in a 016° (T) direction in the vicinity of Bond Reef at 0255.
Figure 2: Entrance to Hydrographers Passage
Source: Australian Maritime Safety Authority, annotated by ATSB
At 0149, the pilot identified that the waypoints for the planned route had been input into the ECDIS units but not the radars or the GPS units. The pilot then told the master that the passage plan required the route to be programmed into all of the ship’s navigational systems and asked for the waypoints to be entered into both radars.
The pilot then connected his portable pilot unit (PPU) to the automatic identification system (AIS) pilot plug, located at the forward part of the bridge. After connecting the PPU, the pilot set up a tablet device (iPad) next to the secondary ECDIS console on the chart table, located in the aft part of the bridge. The PPU connected wirelessly to the iPad, which displayed GPS and AIS information on electronic navigation chart (ENC) software installed on it (see the section titled Portable pilot unit).
While setting up the PPU, the pilot became aware that the master had not previously transited Hydrographer’s Passage so he advised the master that there was a 7-8 knot opposing current and reiterated the ‘maximum speed’ requirement.
Meanwhile, the master and second mate determined that the waypoints would need to be manually entered for each radar. The second mate began the task, starting with the s-band radar, located on the starboard side of the bridge.
At 0158, the pilot asked the master if the pilotage provider company’s standard master-pilot information exchange (MPX) checklist had been received. When the master advised that it had not, the pilot told the master that all bridge team members had to read and sign the checklist. The pilot then produced a copy of the checklist and conducted an MPX with the master confirming that all the ship’s machinery and equipment was in working order and there were no defects. When the MPX concluded at about 0204, the pilot asked the master to make a hard copy of the checklist after it had been signed.
At 0215, the second mate informed the pilot that the waypoints had been input into the s-band radar. Shortly after, as the ship approached the compulsory pilotage limit near Blossom Bank, the pilot ordered a heading[5] of 218° to line up the ship along the 218° (T) leading line indicated by the White Tip Reef lights ahead (Figure 3). At 0218, the pilot made a ‘pilot commencing duties’ report to the coastal vessel traffic service (REEFVTS) via VHF radio and advised the master that he was taking over the conduct of the ship.
Figure 3: Navigational chart with Rosco Poplar’s radar display overlaid (grey) at 0217
Source: Australian Hydrographic Office, annotated by ATSB
At about the same time, the second mate moved to the x-band radar to input waypoints. The pilot reported that at this time, he was monitoring the ship’s progress visually and on the 2 ECDIS displays, which the pilot compared to the position displayed on the PPU. At 0234, the second mate completed the waypoint input for the x-band radar and returned it to operational mode.
At 0239, the master alerted the second mate to discrepancies between the ship’s heading displayed on the radar and ECDIS units. They discussed those discrepancies in their native language (Mandarin) over the next 20 minutes with no resolution. During this discussion, the master recalled experiencing a similar error on board the ship on a previous voyage. Neither raised any concern with the pilot, nor did he ask them what they were discussing.
As the ship passed the Ferris Shoal waypoint at 0246, the pilot ordered a 202° heading towards the next waypoint to track the ship 0.8 miles to the west of Bond Reef light beacon (Figure 4). According to the pilot, he saw that Little Bugatti Reef sector light was white at the time (the white and red sectors indicate safe and unsafe waters, respectively).
Figure 4: Standard planned routes near Bond Entrance (inbound tracks are blue)
Source: Australian Maritime Safety Authority, annotated by ATSB
About 2 minutes later, the pilot ordered a heading of 195°and over the following 20 minutes, continued to give heading orders ranging from 193° to 202°. Meanwhile, at 0301, the second mate carried out a position crosscheck by using the line of position (LOP) function on the ship’s ECDIS, using the range and bearing of Little Bugatti Reef sector light directly from the ECDIS, which indicated the ship was on the planned track. During this period, the master observed that the flashing white light fine on the port bow had closed until it was almost directly ahead of the ship. The master did not query the pilot to identify the light and assumed it was not Bond Reef beacon but some other light.
At 0307, the pilot ordered a heading of 190°. Then, at 0311, having suddenly noticed that the Little Bugatti Reef sector light was indicating red, the pilot ordered 205°.
About 1 minute later, multiple GPS and AIS status alarms sounded and the GPS input source displayed on the ECDIS briefly changed from ‘GPS1’ to ‘DR’ (dead reckoning[6]) mode. Camellia Island’s AIS return also disappeared from the radar and ECDIS displays. While these alarms were sounding, the pilot repeated the previous 205° heading order. At 0313, when Rosco Poplar’sGPS position reappeared on the ECDIS and the PPU displays, it was 1 cable (185 m) west of Bond Reef beacon - the ship’s indicated GPS position had almost instantaneously moved about 0.92 of a mile (1,704 m) to the east (Figure 5). As the ship passed abeam of Bond Reef, the pilot and bridge team saw its light very close to port.
Figure 5: Rosco Poplar’s track, as displayed on the ship’s ECDIS
Source: RP ECDIS, annotated by ATSB
The pilot noted that the PPU and ECDIS displays both showed that the indicated position had suddenly shifted and said to the master ‘captain, your waypoint is off; we were here, now suddenly we are here – that’s why we were looking at this light’. While the ship remained on a heading of 205° to return to the planned route, the pilot, master and second mate discussed the error.
Meanwhile, at 0313 a series of alerts, including a potential grounding alert, were generated by the REEFVTS decision support tool (DST)[7]. The duty vessel traffic service operator (VTSO) noted that these alerts were associated with multiple dead reckoning (DR) targets for Rosco Poplar (Figure 6). The VTSO assumed this was due to a DST system error. The VTSO checked the ship’s displayed position and track to determine if intervention was required.
Figure 6: Rosco Poplar's track information at 0313, as displayed at REEFVTS
Source: Australian Maritime Safety Authority
At 0313, the VTSO noted that the ship’s position had suddenly shifted close to Bond Reef, after which it had started tracking away from the reef. The VTSO decided against calling the pilot/ship’s crew and began investigating the suspected DST system error. From about 0321, the VTSO made several internal calls to Gladstone VTS and others, which seemed to confirm a possible system error. At 0330, the VTSO started calling the ship (on VHF channel 11) but could not establish contact until 0336 (on VHF channel 14). In the subsequent discussion with the pilot, it was confirmed that the ship had in fact passed close to Bond Reef.
The pilotage continued uneventfully until its conclusion at 0836, when the ship departed the compulsory pilotage limit near Tern Island (Figure 1). The pilot made a ‘ceasing pilot duties report’ to REEFVTS before departing the ship by helicopter at 0854. The ship proceeded to the anchorage area off Hay Point where it anchored at 1230.
Events following the pilotage
Following the pilotage, the master and REEFVTS submitted incident reports for the near-miss grounding to the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA). Rosco Poplar remained at anchor over the following days where 2 obsolete GPS units and their antennas were replaced by shore technicians (this work had been scheduled a few weeks earlier).
On 31 May 2022, AMSA conducted a port state inspection and detained the ship on the grounds that the master and mates demonstrated inadequate operational proficiency with respect to safe navigation.
On 9 June 2022, following remedial training of the officers to the satisfaction of AMSA and the ship’s classification society, the ship was released from detention. The following day, the ship berthed at Hay Point coal terminal and began cargo operations. While it was berthed, ATSB investigators attended the ship to collect evidence for its investigation.
On 10 June, after completing loading its cargo of coal, the ship sailed and transited Hydrographers Passage outbound uneventfully.
Context
Rosco Poplar
Rosco Poplar was built in 2008 by Oshima Shipbuilding, Japan, registered in Hong Kong and classed with China Classification Society (CCS). At the time of the occurrence, the ship was owned by the Poplar Shipping Company, Hong Kong and managed and operated by Bernhard Schulte Shipmanagement, China.
Rosco Poplar had an overall length of 225 m, a moulded breadth of 32.26 m and a depth of 20.05 m. At its summer draught of 14.43 m, the ship had a deadweight of 82,331 tonnes. Propulsive power was provided by a single Kawasaki Heavy Industries 2‑stroke, single‑acting diesel engine that developed 9,373 kW at 88 rpm. The main engine drove a single, fixed-pitch propeller, which gave the ship a service speed of 14.5 knots.
Crew
Rosco Poplar had a crew of 21 Chinese and Burmese nationals, including the master.
The master had 16 years of seagoing experience and held a master’s certificate of competency, issued in 2017. The master’s seagoing experience had primarily been on container ships, having transitioned to bulk carriers in 2020. The master gained their first command in 2021 and had joined Rosco Poplar in March 2022.
The second mate had over 10 years of seagoing experience, with 4 years at that rank. The second mate had previously worked on container ships and bulk carriers, served on Rosco Poplar in 2017 as third mate and joined the ship as second mate in March 2022.
The able seaman had over 10 years seagoing experience and joined Rosco Poplar in late 2021.
Bridge equipment layout and configuration
Rosco Poplar was equipped with 2 Furuno EC3000 electronic chart display and information system (ECDIS) units. The primary unit was situated on the starboard side of the bridge, between the s-band and x-band radar units (Figure 7). The secondary ECDIS unit was fitted on the chart table behind the primary unit and radars. The automatic identification system (AIS) unit was located beneath the bridge window panels, forward of the primary ECDIS unit.
Figure 7: Rosco Poplar's navigational equipment
Source: ATSB
At the time of the occurrence, 2 Japan Radio Company (JRC) differential[8] GPS units and a Furuno GPS unit were installed on the chart table near the secondary ECDIS unit. The data output feed from each GPS unit was connected to a 3-way selector switch, adjacent to the units (Figure 7 and Figure 8). A single output feed from the selector switch was connected via a JRC data buffer to a secondary buffer which distributed the data to the navigational equipment, including both ECDIS units, both radars, AIS unit and the voyage data recorder (VDR). The JRC JCY 1800 type VDR recorded bridge and communication audio, radar images and various other navigational data.
Figure 8: Diagram of bridge equipment configuration
Source: ATSB (adapted from Taylor Marine)
While the secondary buffer was equipped with dual data input ports, the single data output from the JRC buffer had been split into 2 parallel outputs, which were then connected to each port. This configuration meant that all the ship’s navigational equipment derived a single source of positional data from the GPS unit selected via the 3-way switch at that time.
The antennae for the JRC GPS units were located on the ship’s monkey island, on top of the bridge. They were slightly to starboard of the ship’s centreline and in line with the forward part of the bridge structure. The Furuno GPS antenna was fitted to the port side upper railing of the monkey island and positioned aft of the JRC antennae.
Global positioning system
The master and second mate both reported that ‘GPS 1’ was selected during the pilotage, this being one of the JRC units (Figure 9). Due to the location of the 3-way switch, files obtained from the VDR and ECDIS following the occurrence were unable to provide GPS source information necessary for confirming which of the 3 GPS units was selected during the pilotage.
Figure 9: Arrangement of the GPS units
Source: Taylor Marine, annotated by ATSB
The JRC units consisted of a JLR 7700MKII differential GPS, paired with a JLR 4331 differential GPS‑capable antenna. The manufacture of both the GPS and antenna were discontinued in 2012, and with spare parts no longer available for some time before the occurrence, were considered obsolete. In January 2022, the ship’s management company decided to replace the JRC units during the ship’s call at Hay Point.
The antenna contained the GPS module, which output pre-processed positional data to the bridge equipment. The output data included time and date, ship’s position, position type and accuracy information, set datum information and the GPS-calculated speed over ground (SOG) and course over ground (COG).
The last date rollover[9] for the JRC units occurred in April 2019 and both had been appropriately adjusted by the ship’s crew in accordance with the manufacturer’s operating manual.
Automatic identification system
The AIS unit was a JRC JHS-182 model. While the transponder for the AIS unit contained its own GPS sensor, the unit had an optional input for an external position sensor. The data for this external input was supplied from the secondary buffer. The AIS unit had been programmed to reference the Furuno antenna location to accurately indicate the ship’s position. This meant that whenever either of the JRC GPS units were selected via the 3-way switch, there was an offset to the ship’s indicated position by about 10 m to starboard and 6 m forward of its actual position, reflective of the distance between the JRC unit and Furuno antenna locations.
Electronic chart display and information system (ECDIS)
An ECDIS is a type or class of electronic chart display system. The International Hydrographic Organization (IHO) stated that an electronic chart display system is a ‘general term’ for a configuration of electronic equipment, software, and nautical chart data capable of integrating position, speed and heading data to display the vessel’s position and movement through the water, superimposed on an electronic chart.[10] The 2 classes of electronic chart display systems comprise ECDIS and electronic chart systems (ECS). A key distinction between them is that while ECDIS can be used to meet SOLAS[11] chart carriage requirements, ECS cannot and is only to be used to assist navigation.
Rosco Poplar was equipped with ECDIS as its primary means of navigation. An ECDIS was first recognised as being able to meet the SOLAS chart carriage requirements in 2002 and by July 2018, the fitting of ECDIS became mandatory for almost all ships. An ECDIS, as defined in the IMO ECDIS performance standards,[12] means:
a navigation system which, with adequate back-up arrangements, can be accepted as complying with the up-to-date chart required by regulations V/19 and V/27 of the 1974 SOLAS convention, as amended, by displaying selected information from a system electronic navigational chart (SENC) with positional information from navigation sensors to assist the mariner in route planning and route monitoring, and if required display additional navigation-related information.
Since electronic systems cannot be considered completely failsafe, IMO performance standards for ECDIS require that the ‘overall system’ includes both a primary ECDIS and an adequate, independent back-up arrangement that provides:
independent facilities enabling a safe takeover of the ECDIS functions to ensure that a system failure does not result in a critical situation
a means to provide for safe navigation for the remaining part of the voyage in case of ECDIS failure.
The performance standards allow for considerable flexibility in respect to how the ECDIS is integrated on board the ship to meet the back-up requirements. The IHO identifies 2 common interpretations in respect to the minimum functional requirements and what constitutes ‘adequate’ back-up arrangements:
a second ECDIS, connected to an independent power supply and a separate GNSS[13] position input
up to date paper nautical charts sufficient for the intended voyage.
Rosco Poplar was equipped with 2 ECDIS units with independent power supplies and 3 GPS units available to provide data to the ECDIS units. While this may have satisfied the IMO performance standards with respect to back-up arrangements, the configuration of the installation meant that only one GPS unit could provide a single source of positional information to both ECDIS units at any one time and selection between each GPS unit required manual input using the 3-way selector switch.
The pilot
Rosco Poplar’s pilot became a coastal pilot in 2009, following a long career as a merchant seafarer, including 24 years as master on ships trading in Australia and New Zealand. The pilot had worked exclusively in Hydrographers Passage and held an unrestricted pilot licence for this pilotage area.[14] The pilot had conducted 1,684 pilotages through Hydrographers Passage, including 840 inbound voyages, before the occurrence.
Since 2015, the pilot had undertaken 4 pilot check voyages[15] in Hydrographers Passage, each assessed by a different check pilot. On each occasion, no deficiencies were identified with respect to the pilot’s performance.
Auriga
Under the Australian Maritime Safety Authority’s (AMSA) Marine Order 54 (Coastal pilotage) (MO54), coastal pilots must be engaged through AMSA-licenced pilotage providers. The duty of a licensed pilotage provider is to provide pilots and pilot transfers to ships and maintain a safety management system to ensure the safe navigation of the ships in compulsory pilotage areas.[16]
Rosco Poplar’s pilot at the time of the occurrence had been engaged through Auriga, one of 2 private companies which provided coastal pilotage services throughout the Great Barrier Reef (GBR). Auriga was formed in 2021 when the Western Australia-based marine pilotage and logistics services provider, Argonaut Marine Group, merged with Australian Reef Pilots (ARP). At the time of the merger, ARP was an established pilotage provider in the GBR, having formed in 1993 when the provision of Queensland coastal pilotage services was privatised. Auriga employed about 40 pilots for its pilotage operations in the GBR.
Auriga had in place a pilotage operations safety management system (SMS), designed to meet the regulatory standards necessary for the company to hold its licence. The SMS had last been revised in June 2020, when the company traded as ARP. It contained a set of standard operating procedures to assist and guide pilots in their daily practical pilotage tasks. A key objective of the SMS was to minimise the risk of a major accident resulting in personal injury, environmental harm or property damage or loss.
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park
The Great Barrier Reef is a vast network of coral reefs, shoals and islands off Australia’s north‑east coast, stretching for over 1,200 miles from Bundaberg in the south to Cape York in the north (Figure 10). It is the world’s largest and most diverse reef ecosystem, internationally renowned for its scientific, cultural and environmental importance. In 1981, the GBR was inscribed on the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) world heritage list for its outstanding universal value.
Figure 10: The Great Barrier Reef region (Designated Shipping Areas are highlighted)
Source: Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority
The GBR region has been protected as a multi-use marine park since the enactment of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975. The legislation established the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority (GBRMPA) and provided a framework for the long-term protection and conservation of the marine park, including management of the various activities that occur within it. The authority carries out its function through the formulation of policies, enforcement of regulations, education initiatives, establishment of partnerships, research, monitoring and reporting.
Of necessity, ships must travel through navigationally complex channels within the marine park to gain access to 11 regional ports situated along the Queensland coast. The local and Australian economies are heavily dependent on the considerable volume of trade conducted through these ports, particularly the export of bulk cargoes.
In 1990, the IMO declared the GBR region as the world’s first particularly sensitive sea area (PSSA)[17] in recognition of the environmental importance of the GBR and the need for special measures to protect it against pollution from ships. These measures include restrictions on discharges from ships, ship routeing practices, compulsory pilotage, mandatory ship reporting and monitoring, coastal vessel traffic services and an extensive network of visual and electronic navigation aids.
Designated Shipping Areas (DSA) in the marine park were established by GBRMPA as shown in Figure 10. The DSAs are designed to help minimise environmental impacts from shipping, while having regard for the shipping industry and Australia’s international maritime obligations. The total area available for ship navigation is approximately 80% of the marine park. Additionally, the Australian Government introduced the Marine Parks (Great Barrier Reef Coast) Zoning Plan in 2003 to complement existing protection mechanisms. The plan divides the marine park into areas that fall into one of 8 zones, with different activities allowed and/or prohibited in each zone. Ships are only permitted in the ‘general use’ zones which, in addition to the DSA, makes up the area within which navigation through the marine park is allowed.
Hydrographers Passage falls within the DSA and ships seeking to transit the area are subject to the rules and regulations made under both international and domestic regulatory instruments.
Hydrographers Passage
Hydrographers Passage provides a deep-water shipping route through the GBR between Blossom Bank pilot boarding ground (PBG), near the entrance to the passage, and the Cumberland Islands, northeast of Mackay (Figure 11). It is the shortest route to the Coral Sea from ports located on the coast of central and southern Queensland, including those at Mackay and Hay Point. Hence, most of the seaborne trade between these ports and ports abroad, particularly the export of coal from Hay Point, passes through Hydrographers Passage.
Figure 11: Map showing Hydrographers Passage (shipping route is indicated in red)
Source: Australian Reef Pilots, annotated by ATSB
The distance along the route from Blossom Bank to the port limits of Mackay and Hay Point is about 115 miles. At its narrowest point, the route is about 1 mile wide and has a minimum charted depth of 25 m. It is navigable by any size of ship visiting the region’s ports.
Ships passing through Hydrographers Passage can encounter strong currents which interact with the geography of the reefs on either side of the route. The flood tide sets south‑south‑west and the ebb tide sets north‑north‑east, the rate varying between spring and neap tides. Between Ferris Shoal and Bond Reef, streams of over 5 knots during spring tides can be encountered, with sets across the track occurring near the time of high and low water. As navigation through the narrow Hydrographers Passage can be challenging, AMSA provides an integrated network of fixed and floating visual and electronic aids in the area, which is also covered by a coastal vessel traffic service.
Pilotage is compulsory through Hydrographers Passage for ships over 70 m, as well as for loaded oil and chemical tankers and gas carriers, irrespective of size. The compulsory pilotage area extends from Blossom Bank PBG to the vicinity of Tern Island. The distance along the shipping route between these two locations is about 80 miles and the pilotage typically takes 5 to 7 hours. Pilot transfers usually occur in the vicinity of Blossom Bank PBG and Tern Island and are conducted by helicopters operating from Mackay Airport.
The pilotage
Global positioning system failure
Mode and accuracy
The GPS data recorded by the Rosco Poplar’s VDR included accuracy as a parameter, displayed as a horizontal dilution of precision (HDOP) value. If the HDOP was reported in the data sentence as having a value greater than 4, this would trigger a visual alert on the radar and ECDIS units, indicating insufficient accuracy for navigation. Additionally, these data sentences would report the GPS mode that was displayed on the radar and ECDIS.
During the pilotage, prior to the time of failure, the HDOP value varied between 1 and 7 and HDOP alerts were displayed on the radar units. The GPS mode alternated between differential GPS and standard GPS (values 2 and 1 respectively), until changing to 0 (invalid fix) at 0312:15 local time.
Time of failure
Following the occurrence, the ATSB reconstructed Rosco Poplar’s actual track during the approach to Bond Reef using the ship’s x-band radar display images recorded by the VDR with corresponding navigational chart features in the vicinity (Figure 12).
Figure 12: Position indicated by GPS at 0305 vs actual position (radar overlaid in grey)
Source: Australian Hydrographic Office, annotated by ATSB
The x-band radar display images captured by the VDR indicated that at 0218, the radar was switched to standby mode when the route waypoint input task was commenced. At 0218:07, the last captured image of the radar screen prior to the waypoint input displayed 2 AIS virtual aid‑to‑navigation returns, and the nearby ship Camellia Island, and each had coincident radar and AIS returns. This indicated that the GPS position input to the radar was accurate at that time. Just prior to this, at 0217:40, the HDOP value changed from 5 to 1, with a change in satellites-in-view also recorded. After 0217:40, no further changes to the HDOP value and satellite-in-view were recorded until the GPS position was lost at 0312:15.
Following the completion of the waypoint input, and returning the radar to active mode, the radar image captured at 0234:52 showed a separation of Camellia Island’sradar return from its reported AIS position, indicating that the selected GPS unit was no longer providing an accurate position (Figure 13). This separation gradually increased and the ship began to deviate from the planned route towards Bond Reef beacon (visible on the radar display) as the pilot’s heading orders were based on the erroneous position and track displayed on the ECDIS and PPU. Assessment of the ship’s reconstructed actual track indicates that by about 0256, it had deviated far enough from its planned track to be within the red zone of Little Bugatti reef sector light ahead.
Figure 13: Radar image at 0235
Source: Rosco Poplar, annotated by ATSB
From the approximate time at which the GPS unit began providing inaccurate positional data, until the loss of GPS signal altogether at 0312:15, the ship’s actual position deviated approximately 0.92 miles (1,704 m) from the position indicated by its GPS. The invalid position placed the ship on the planned 202° (T) track rather than indicating its actual position, with the deviation gradually increasing over this period as the ship actually made good a course of approximately 195° (T) (Table 1).
Table 1: Deviation distance of ship from reported position
Time
Deviation of ship from reported position (nautical miles)
2:52:07
0.54 (1,000 m)
2:54:07
0.56
2:56:07
0.59
2:58:07
0.64
3:00:07
0.67
3:02:07
0.72 (1,333 m)
3:04:07
0.75
3:06:07
0.81
3:08:07
0.83
3:10:07
0.89
3:11:07
0.92 (1,704 m)
Failure mode
The ATSB attended the ship after the scheduled removal and replacement of the JRC GPS units and their antennae was completed. As a result, inspection and testing of the GPS units to determine the exact cause of the failure was not possible.
The GPS units’ manufacturer, JRC, advised that the likely cause of the error was an internal failure related to the antenna of the selected GPS unit. From the time the GPS unit began to malfunction until 0312:15, when the GPS position was lost, the unit continued to send processed data of invalid position, without updating the accuracy information. Hence, the invalid position data did not generate any positional error alerts on the GPS unit, which would also have triggered alerts on connected navigational aids. It was not until the GPS position was lost that the ECDIS units started displaying that the GPS unit had regressed to dead reckoning mode (to indicate that it had reverted to estimating position based on the ship’s heading and log speed). The exact reason why the GPS unit did not detect the positional error could not be determined due to the limited available data.
While the manufacturer noted that spoofing or jamming were potential sources of interference in older model GPS units, no other vessels in the area at the time of the pilotage reported an error.
There were no potential interactions identified between the crew and the ship’s navigational aids that could be considered to have led to the gradual degradation of the GPS position accuracy.
Correction of position
Data from the ship’s VDR indicated that, after the GPS status changed from 1 to 0 at 0312:15, the GPS provided blank data sentences containing no data for a period of about 36 seconds. This resulted in multiple audible bridge alarms being triggered, which were also displayed on the ship’s radar and ECDIS units. The invalid position indicated by the GPS aligned with the time at which these alarms were triggered. At 0312:51, the GPS status changed from 0 to 1 and the GPS position of the ship began displaying accurately on the ECDIS units and PPU, indicating it was 0.92 of a mile (1,704 m) to the east of its previously indicated position.
The cause of this reset could not be determined. The GPS unit may have performed an internal correction and reset itself or alternatively, someone on the bridge may have reset the unit or used the 3-way GPS selector switch to change over to a different GPS unit to provide input to the ECDIS units and other navigational equipment.
The master reported to AMSA that they switched over to a different GPS unit when they realised the ship was perilously close to Bond Reef, but this could not be confirmed when ATSB investigators interviewed the master later. While selection to a different GPS unit would usually result in the GPS signal being continual, a reset would normally take approximately 30 to 60 seconds to complete.
Bridge resource management
Bridge resource management (BRM) can be defined as the effective management and utilisation of all resources, human and technical, available to the bridge team to ensure the safe completion of the vessel’s voyage.[18]
Effective BRM facilitates communication, cooperation and coordination among the individuals involved in a ship’s navigation to counter the risks associated with single-person errors. Features of effective BRM include, but are not limited to, passage planning, appropriate information exchange, delegation of duties, situation awareness and effective communication.
Ships are generally exposed to higher risks in pilotage areas because of the smaller margins of safety due to factors which include the reduced depth and width of fairways, increased traffic, tidal variations and stronger currents. Despite the duties and obligations of a pilot, their presence on board does not relieve the master or officer of the navigational watch from their duties and obligations for the safety of the ship.[19] It is essential that pilots and bridge team members observe effective BRM practices and work closely together to execute the passage plan and actively monitor the ship’s progress.
It is a requirement of the STCW that deck officers be competent in BRM principles. Similarly, MO54 required coastal pilots to undertake BRM training every 4 years as part of their continual professional development.
Many serious maritime accidents during pilotage have been attributed to ineffective BRM and in many such incidents, it was found that the master and deck officers ceased to monitor the navigation and position of the ship once the pilot had boarded.
Passage plan
The agreed passage plan, its understanding and the establishment of a ‘shared mental model’ by the entire bridge team forms the basis of a safe voyage under pilotage conditions.
Rosco Poplar’s passage plan for the pilotage followed the Queensland Coastal Passage Plan (QCPP). The QCPP was first developed in 2011 as the standard industry passage plan by AMSA and the coastal pilot working group (CPWG) under a different title and updated and renamed in 2013. Under MO54, the QCPP is the approved passage plan for pilots and ship masters.
A key aim of the QCPP is to improve the readiness of ships transiting coastal pilotage areas by ensuring that passage plans, waypoints and other planning is completed in a standardised manner. The QCPP provides detailed guidance for:
standard routes (a set of relevant waypoints) and planning chartlets
REEFVTS and reporting requirements
preparation for pilot boarding
master-pilot information exchange
under-keel clearance (UKC) and draught restrictions
bridge resource management.
In the days prior to Rosco Poplar’s arrival at Blossom Bank PBG, Auriga provided the master (via email) the passage plan waypoints and information to assist with preparation for the pilotage passage. When the pilot boarded, the waypoints had been input into the ECDIS units, but not into the radars and GPS units, as required by the passage plan.
Position and track monitoring
When navigation is planned through coastal or restricted waters, the ship’s progress along the planned track must be continuously monitored.
While the introduction of modern electronic aids for real-time position monitoring such as ECDIS and PPUs enhance situation awareness and provide multiple monitoring tools, their effectiveness depends on the accuracy of the sensors providing heading, position, and speed data. Traditional navigation methods involving visual transits, clearing ranges and techniques, such as parallel indexing (PI) in particular, provide real-time position and cross-track monitoring, independent of these GPS position sensors. Therefore, the effective use of these techniques remains essential for navigation within coastal or confined waters and are required competencies for coastal pilots under AMSA’s check pilot assessment framework (see the section titled Check pilot system).
The Auriga pilotage operations safety management system (SMS) required its pilots to use visual observation of transits and radar techniques, including PI and clearing ranges to complement a PPU and ECDIS. Accordingly, the company’s standard passage plan for Hydrographers Passage included details of the specific transits, PI and clearing ranges for each leg of the route.
Rosco Poplar’s SMS also included guidance for position monitoring and crosschecks by fixing the ship’s position at regular intervals using radar and visual observations to confirm the accuracy of the ECDIS. The prescribed frequency of crosschecks depended on the ship’s area of operation. For inland navigation, including navigation in confined, restricted and pilotage waters, the procedure recommended a crosscheck at least every 30 minutes. The SMS provided that if there were any doubts regarding GPS position accuracy, then more frequent crosschecks were to be carried out.
Master-pilot information exchange
The early exchange of information between the pilot, master and bridge team should ensure that all personnel have a common understanding of the passage plan and their individual roles and responsibilities for executing it. An aim of the exchange is to bring the resources of the pilot together with those of the ship’s bridge team in a structured and team-orientated way. This ensures that all personnel maintain a shared mental model of the pilotage, during which critical decisions and actions are based on accurate information and challenged where necessary to elicit appropriate responses.
Auriga had implemented a master-pilot information exchange (MPX) checklist and aide memoire, which were specific to its coastal pilotage operations and adopted from standardised procedures promulgated by AMSA. The checklist was designed to prompt the pilot and master to agree on the passage plan and discuss important information about the ship and its equipment to ensure all systems were in working order and appropriately configured for the pilotage. The accompanying aide memoire document included discussion topics relating to BRM principles, including bridge organisation, watchkeeping and communication requirements during the pilotage, including challenge and response. Under Auriga’s pilotage operations SMS, a key aim of the MPX was to clarify each bridge team member’s roles and responsibilities for the pilotage.
Prior to taking over the conduct of Rosco Poplar, the pilot used the checklist to verify some aspects of the ship’s preparedness for the pilotage. Bridge audio obtained from the VDR captured the MPX conversation. The master informed the pilot of the gyro error and advised that the ECDIS was operating normally with appropriately updated charts. The pilot checked the rudder indicator and noted that the bridge was not equipped with a functional rate of turn (ROT) indicator. The master informed the pilot that the main engine and steering gear were in working order and advised that both anchors were available and ready for emergency use.
After establishing that the master had made the mandatory ‘pre-entry report’ to REEFVTS, the pilot checked that the magnetic compass light was functional and verified the ship’s draught of 7 m, thereby concluding the MPX.
While the aide memoire was signed by both the pilot and master, its contents were not referred to during the exchange. Significantly, the MPX had not established each bridge team member’s roles and responsibilities in respect to monitoring the ship’s progress.
Situation awareness and distraction
Situation awareness may be defined as the ability of an individual to possess a mental model of what is going on at any one time and to make projections as to how the situation will develop.[20] Situation awareness provides the foundation for effective decision‑making and response measures in the event of the situation changing. In team environments where individuals are required to perform different, interdependent tasks essential for accomplishing a common goal, effective collaboration and coordination between the individuals are critical factors for the acquisition and maintenance of situation awareness.
Situation awareness on ships can be degraded by distractions, which interrupt an individual from their primary tasks, increasing the likelihood for error. Distractions may be related to the task or from some external, unrelated source or event. While distractions may be commonplace and can usually be managed, it is easy to become drawn into a distraction and overlook much more critical events with serious implications for the safety of the ship.[21]
While modern ships are equipped with multiple technical information sources aimed at reducing human error, these systems can also increase workload and create distractions when not managed effectively.
Lookout
The International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, as amended (COLREGs) provide internationally agreed rules and measures to prevent collisions. The COLREGs generally apply to all vessels at sea. With respect to keeping a lookout, Rule 5 of the COLREGs (Look-out), stated:
Every vessel shall at all times maintain a proper look-out by sight and hearing as well as by all available means appropriate in the prevailing circumstances and conditions so as to make a full appraisal of the situation and of the risk of collision.
In this context, available means included radar and AIS.
The International Convention of Standards for Training, Certification and Watchkeeping[22] (STCW) also provided that the lookout must be able to give full attention to the keeping of a proper lookout and no other duties shall be undertaken or assigned, which could interfere with that task.
Rosco Poplar’s SMS included procedures for keeping a proper lookout, which were consistent with the COLREGS and STCW requirements. Auriga’s pilotage SMS contained similar provisions with respect to keeping a lookout during pilotage, including emphasis on the STCW guidance that the lookout is not given tasks which could interfere with their lookout duties. The procedure also required that the pilot’s PPU was not to be used to the exclusion of other navigational aids, and that keeping a proper lookout through visual observations and proper use of radar were the primary means for maintaining a proper lookout.
Communication
Recorded bridge audio data indicated that, after the early exchanges between the pilot and bridge team, there was no further communication regarding the ship’s progress until immediately after its near grounding. Following the MPX, the pilot had continued to give helm orders while the second mate and master discussed discrepancies between the ship’s heading displayed on the radar and ECDIS units.
When interviewed by the ATSB after the occurrence, the master stated that as the ship proceeded from Ferris Shoal, he observed that the relative bearing of a flashing white light had been closing on the port bow and was almost directly ahead of the ship. Being unfamiliar with the area, the master did not query the pilot to identify the light and assumed it was not Bond Reef beacon but some other light.
Bridge audio data indicated that at 0311, the pilot ordered a course change to 205° after sighting the red sector light on Little Bugatti Reef. It was not until 0313, after the GPS position had reset and started indicating that the ship was significantly off the planned track that the pilot discussed the event with the master.
Portable pilot unit
A PPU is an aid to pilotage operations with the intent to improve safety and efficiency of the operation. Its primary use is to provide independent, accurate GPS position, course and speed information. A PPU also provides other information such as charts, passage plan and AIS information.
While PPU technology continues to become more sophisticated, a basic PPU typically consists of a tablet or laptop device loaded with electronic chart software, and a sensor to provide GNSS positional and AIS data. The sensor may have its own independent antenna to obtain the data, or it may connect to the ship’s pilot plug to obtain positional, heading and AIS data from its navigational equipment.
The use of these units during pilotages can provide an additional level of information to the pilot, aiding situation awareness. While PPU use is broadly encouraged by pilotage associations worldwide, several guidelines have been published to inform pilots on best practice for PPU use and highlight the potential risks involved with their improper set-up and use.[23]
Set-up and use
The PPU used by the pilot at the time of the occurrence was a KSNTEK brand, model number KSN55-C (Figure 14). The unit was a dual-channel AIS receiver, with in‑built GNSS and rate of turn (ROT) capability. The unit could operate independently or be connected to the ship’s navigational systems via the pilot plug. The unit displayed position, speed, course, heading and ROT information on its own LCD screen and was also capable of displaying that information on a tablet or computer device equipped with electronic navigational charts (ENC). Auriga provided its pilots with tablet devices and SEAiq Pilot software.[24]
Figure 14: KSN55-C model PPU and example SEAiq chart display on a tablet device
Source: Auriga
When connected via the ship’s AIS pilot plug, the PPU’s inbuilt AIS receiver was designed to automatically switch off and the unit would then receive data from the ship’s AIS unit. This data included position, speed over ground (SOG), course over ground (COG), heading, and, if available, ROT information. In addition, AIS data for other ships in the area could also be displayed. After connection to the pilot plug, there was an option to continue transmitting and displaying positional data derived from the PPU. The selection could be made through the unit’s display menu.
These settings allowed the user to determine the source of each parameter for the ship (position, SOG, COG, heading and ROT), which was displayed via a status bar on the pilot’s tablet device. The PPU instruction manual stated that the PPU heading was not recommended for use, with a preference for the ship’s AIS unit data for this parameter, but that the ROT from the PPU should be used.[25]
The pilot stated that the PPU was connected to the ship’s AIS plug. The pilot incorrectly believed the PPU’s GPS data was independent of the ship’s GPS input with only AIS data sourced from the ship’s unit. The pilot also stated that they were unaware of the ability to change these settings.
Following the occurrence, neither the pilot nor Auriga were able to provide raw PPU data files for the pilotage. Therefore, the specific settings used by the pilot could not be determined. However, SEAiq data provided by Auriga for the time of the occurrence included the same positional data recorded by the ship’s VDR and communicated via the AIS to REEFVTS.
Alarms
The SEAiq pilot software included alarm and data verification options. These included a ‘show device GPS’ option, which displayed the pilot’s tablet device’s internal GPS position along with the position from the selected PPU or AIS source. The option, if enabled, was intended to be used to help validate information reported from independent sources.
Separately, the software also included a verification alarm. If enabled, an alarm would sound if the PPU internal GPS position differed by more than 100 m from the position derived via the AIS pilot plug. The alarm could be silenced by the pilot, however, it would only remain disabled for one minute if the condition continued to exist.
Training and procedures
The Auriga pilotage operations SMS provided that the PPU was a supplementary aid to be used in conjunction with traditional pilotage methods and ship navigational equipment. It also emphasised that because the accuracy and reliability of ships’ position sensors cannot be easily verified, the PPU should be configured to utilise its own independent position sensor. A further requirement was that the pilot regularly check the positional accuracy of the PPU by comparing its position with leading and sector lights and radar ranges of charted features.
Auriga also trained pilots in the use of the PPU and SEAiq software, including implementation of an induction presentation. This presentation emphasised the importance of ensuring that the unit’s internal GPS be used to avoid ship system errors. While the presentation contained detailed information about using the software, it did not contain information about multiple PPU settings and how these were selected during set-up.
Vessel traffic service
Vessel traffic service (VTS)[26] providers in Australia are authorised and appointed by AMSA in accordance with its obligations as a competent authority under SOLAS Chapter V/12 and IMO Resolution A.1158.32 (20). Additionally, AMSA is responsible for ensuring any VTS provider it authorises complies with the relevant requirements of the Navigation Act2012 and Marine Order 64 – Vessel Traffic Services, especially in relation to the conditions imposed on its authorisation.
The Great Barrier Reef and Torres Strait vessel traffic service (REEFVTS) is a coastal VTS provided by Queensland’s maritime safety regulator, Maritime Safety Queensland (MSQ). As the appointed VTS authority, MSQ is responsible for its day-to-day operation and delivery. While AMSA has no direct involvement in the day-to-day operations of REEFVTS, it maintains a high‑level strategic role for service provision. The respective responsibilities of AMSA and MSQ, as well as their joint arrangements for REEFVTS governance and funding, are set out in a memorandum of understanding between the 2 organisations.
The traffic service had VTS centres at Townsville and Gladstone, which were manned 24 hours a day by vessel traffic service operators (VTSOs). The declared objectives of REEFVTS were to enhance navigational safety in the area by interacting with shipping, to minimise the risk of a ship‑related incident, environmental damage and pollution and to provide the ability for a quicker response to an incident. Unlike air traffic control in the aviation industry, REEFVTS does not control or direct traffic. The service’s main role is to assist shipping by providing relevant information and advice.
The 2 major components of REEFVTS are a ship reporting system and monitoring and surveillance systems incorporating the use of AIS, automated position reporting via Inmarsat‑C[27] polling, VHF radio reports and radar. These monitoring and surveillance systems were integrated into a decision support tool (DST) known as maritimeCONTROL, implemented in 2020 to replace and improve on the previous system.
The DST traffic image display used ENCs on which ship position and track information was displayed in real time using data from AIS and, where available, radar, in addition to Inmarsat‑C polling reports. The DST allowed for the configuration of boundaries to areas of critical interest, including potential grounding locations, unplanned route deviations and critical turn locations.The establishment of the boundaries enabled the DST to generate visual and audible alerts to notify the duty VTSO of developing situations potentially dangerous to navigation. These automatic alerts were intended to enhance the duty VTSO’s situation awareness and enable timely interaction with a ship if necessary.
Procedures were established by REEFVTS for responding to DST alerts and assessing whether an unsafe situation was developing. While these provided that a ship’s unplanned deviation from its planned route or proximity to shallow water could be indicative of an unsafe situation, the duty VTSO was to use their professional judgment in deciding whether to interact with the ship, such as instances where the ship’s current track indicated a risk of grounding. This reflected guidance from the International Association of Marine Aids to Navigation and Lighthouse Authorities (IALA) which provided that ‘before navigational support is provided and if time permits, a VTS should make an assessment of capabilities and conduct other relevant checks’.[28]
The primary technology used by the DST to track ships in real time was AIS, the carriage of which is mandatory on all international-voyaging ships over 300 gross tons and all passenger ships. A ship’s AIS transponder contains a VHF transmitter which automatically broadcasts information such as its position, speed, and navigational status. This information is electronically exchanged with that of other nearby ships, as well as with AIS base stations that relay the information to the relevant VTS provider. As such, the effectiveness of AIS as a tool for VTS monitoring purposes depends on the accuracy of the transmitted information, such as GPS data, and the ship’s compliance with reporting procedures including static data, such as voyage details. While AIS transmissions can be vulnerable to different sources of interference, advancements since its introduction in the early 2000s have resulted in it being widely used for VTS traffic monitoring.
Unlike AIS, shore-based radar stations allow for independent traffic surveillance and monitoring by VTS. Radar coverage is generally limited by weather conditions and the number and range of radar stations. Additionally, it does not provide information about the identity of a ship, its particulars or planned route, and a VTS needs to obtain such information from other sources. Some DST systems, such as the one used at REEFVTS, can combine both AIS and radar information to provide greater accuracy and certainty in respect to a ship’s position and progress.
Before 2015, REEFVTS operated 5 radar stations positioned at significant locations across the Great Barrier Reef region, such as DSAs. Each radar station had an effective operational range of 36 miles, which resulted in an effective radar coverage of less than 20% of the REEFVTS area.
In 2015, the REEFVTS Management Group, consisting of AMSA and MSQ personnel, decided to decommission all radar stations, except the one at Hammond Island covering part of the Torres Strait. The group reasoned that AIS had proven sufficiently reliable as REEFVTS’ primary real‑time monitoring technology, while radar use was mostly limited to detecting ships not reporting via AIS, which had become increasingly infrequent (although less so in the Torres Strait).
By June 2017, 4 radar stations had been decommissioned, including the one located at Penrith Island in 2015. This radar station was some 70 miles from the outer reaches of the Hydrographers Passage and slightly less from its entrance (Bond Entrance, where this incident occurred), which meant those parts of the pilotage area were outside its effective 36 mile radar coverage.
Regulation of coastal pilotage
Compulsory pilotage requirements for the Inner Route of the GBR north of Cairns and Hydrographers Passage were established in 1991 and later extended to areas of the Whitsundays and Torres Strait (Figure 15).
Figure 15: Great Barrier Reef and Torres Strait compulsory pilotage areas
Source: Australian Maritime Safety Authority
Although complemented by measures, such as REEFVTS and a comprehensive system of navigational aids, coastal pilotage is a key defence against shipping incidents within the GBR and Torres Strait. Ships are generally exposed to higher risks in these confined waterways, where factors such as the reduced depth and width of fairways, increased traffic, tidal variations and stronger currents leave little margin for navigational errors. Therefore, it is essential that the service provided by coastal pilots are as safe and effective as possible.
Since 1993, AMSA has been responsible for the regulation of coastal pilotage. In carrying out this function, AMSA has implemented a regulatory framework for coastal pilotage operations under MO54. Its provisions set out the licence requirements for pilots and pilotage providers, the performance of pilot duties and safe operating standards for both pilots and providers. The check pilot system is a core component of the regulatory framework.
Check pilot system
In 2003, AMSA implemented the check pilot system declaring it an important initiative for the ongoing professional development of coastal pilots and a tool for maintaining pilot competency.[29] Under the system, all coastal pilots are required to undertake a check pilot voyage in the area, or areas, for which they are licensed, at least every 2 years. A check pilot voyage is defined by MO54 as ‘a voyage on which a pilot’s competency is being assessed by a check pilot’. While the assessments are conducted on behalf of AMSA, the check pilots conducting assessments are current pilots employed by either of the 2 pilotage providers. Usually, the check pilot and the pilot being assessed are from the same provider.
Check pilot concept and reliability challenges
The check pilot concept has its origins in the aviation industry. Since 1999, check pilot systems in the Australian aviation sector have been underpinned by a competency-based training and assessment (CBTA) framework.[30] Under a CBTA approach, a person is trained to meet specified standards that define the skills, knowledge and behaviours required to safely and effectively perform a task in a particular context and is then assessed for competence against those standards.[31] Australian vocational education and training (VET) has been ‘competency-based’ since the late 1980s and is built upon the Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF), which forms the basis for educational and professional assessment requirements.[32] In the context of coastal pilotage, the AMSA check pilot system was developed to reflect applicable AQF competency level criteria[33] and established CBTA principles.[34]
The specific competency standards used for assessing coastal pilot competency were captured in the AMSA Form 15 checklist titled ‘Check voyage / assessment transit details’ (Appendix A). The checklist contained 79 performance elements under 10 different performance criteria, developed to reflect best coastal pilotage practice. The criteria covered:
personal safety
master and pilot information exchange (MPX)
passage planning and execution
availability of nautical charts and publication
VHF radio use
bridge resource management (BRM)
rest management
contingency planning
navigation and electronic equipment use
pilot licencing and legal requirements.
The Form 15 criteria were similar to standards used for assessing pilot proficiency in aviation in that they consisted of both technical skills, such as knowledge and equipment use, and non‑technical skills (NTS).[35] The NTS were most prevalent in criteria relating to BRM and MPX, which incorporated performance elements involving situation awareness, decision-making, communication and teamwork.
A guidance document supplemented the checklist with rules and principles for check voyages assessments. This document contained information about how assessments were to be conducted, the construct of performance elements and the prescribed remedial actions if significant deficiencies were identified.
Generally, assessment of the human factors inherent in NTS performance relies on the observation of behaviours which contribute as evidence of competency.[36] In the aviation industry, this requirement has led to the development of comprehensive training and assessment systems which typically provide a framework of behavioural markers. These are aimed at assisting assessors to make valid and reliable judgements regarding competency and performance, particularly in respect to NTS.
Consistent and accurate application of assessment standards is fundamental to ensuring the quality of any assessment system. If assessors cannot be trained to be interchangeable, then assessment outcomes will depend more on the assessor than the behaviours of those being observed.[37] Overly harsh applications of assessment standards may give rise to needless additional training and costs, while having a negative effect on the career and motivation of the person being assessed. Alternately, assessing a person as competent when they have in fact underperformed could have serious safety implications.
Research indicates that reliable assessment of airline pilots’ NTS has at times proven difficult, with some studies revealing unacceptably low inter‑rater reliability (IRR)[38] in the assessment of flight crew performance.[39] In one 2013 study it was observed that assessors of the same performance often applied the same or similar reasons to arrive at different assessment outcomes or used different reasons to arrive at the same outcome.[40] Such variability in the application of standards poses a risk to the desired competency assurance objectives of the assessment process.
Factors which may influence IRR can be complex and include the experience, biases, motivations and perceptions of the assessor, the nature of the task or scenario and the particular dimension being observed, such as factors involving cognitive and social performance.[41] Variation between assessors in respect to cognitive criteria including situation awareness may also arise due to the unspecific construct of the assessment criteria, requiring them to speculate about what is going on in the mind of the person being assessed instead of focusing on observable performance.[42]
In recognition of the importance of IRR, aviation regulators have sought to ensure it is considered in the development and monitoring of operators’ training and assessment systems. In a 2011 advisory publication concerning non‐technical skills training and assessment[43], the Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA) advised:
Any behavioural rating system must be underpinned by adequately trained assessors. The training of raters is quite a complex undertaking. Instruction should develop thorough understanding of the science of rating scales, the characteristics of the actual rating system used, sources of rater bias, the concept of inter-rater reliability, debriefing skills, and procedures to calibrate and optimise the accuracy of observations and ratings.
In the maritime industry, research concerning how NTS are assessed, particularly in respect to pilotage, has been relatively limited. The Australian Marine Pilots Institute (AMPI) developed a code of good practice for pilot competency and performance.[44] Last revised in 2020, it is noted within the document that:
AMPI has identified the need to develop better processes for assessing the performance of marine pilots. The intent is to offer support and remediation to pilots where this is appropriate.
This AMPI Code identified 9 competencies representing pilot best practice and 25 associated behavioural markers which AMPI has used for its competence and performance guide. The Code identifies behavioural markers indicative of both good and bad performance for each competency. AMPI notes that:
Markers of good behaviour can provide guidance to pilots regarding exemplary behaviour whereby they may be seen as a role model for trainees or other pilots. Markers of poor behaviour may help to identify early evidence of underperformance and provide a basis for support and remediation of underperforming pilots before safety or standards are compromised. It should be noted that the good and poor behavioural markers represent the extremes of pilot performance. There is a wide spectrum of normal and appropriate pilot behaviour between these extremes – the ‘shades of grey’ of pilotage practice. Patterns of behaviour, behavioural markers, performance measures, resources and supports are identified for each of the AMPI Competencies. The behavioural markers do not represent an exhaustive list but are examples of what may be considered in ‘good’ and ‘poor’ behaviour.
Like the studies conducted in the aviation industry, the AMPI guidance highlights the complexity of assessing NTS aspects of pilot competency and performance. The AMSA check pilot system, which comprised the Form 15 checklist and accompanying guidance, did not feature a framework of behavioural markers to guide check pilots in interpreting the performance elements contained within the checklist.
For a competency-based assessment system to be a valid and reliable measure of competency, assessors must be provided with adequate training, instruction and guidance to ensure assessment standards are consistently interpreted and applied, irrespective of the assessor conducting the assessment. In practice, achieving this consistency can be a complex and difficult undertaking requiring appropriate consideration of all the various factors, which have the potential to limit the effectiveness of the system overall.
Check pilot licencing and training
According to AMSA,[45] check pilot licence eligibility requirements under MO54 were intended toensure coastal pilots with extensive operational experience were engaged to assess coastal pilot performance. Applications for a check pilot licence were endorsed and submitted to AMSA by the respective pilotage provider on behalf of the pilot.
Applicants were required to hold an unrestricted coastal pilot licence and to have performed the duties of a licenced pilot during a sufficient number of transits of the relevant pilotage area, as specified under MO54. Additionally, applicants were required to undertake an oral examination, an AMSA-approved psychometric assessment and a workplace assessment training course from an approved training provider.
The workplace assessment training consisted of 4 assessment-specific units from a certificate IV level course in workplace training and assessment, accredited under the Australian qualifications framework. The course content was designed to be generic for all VET purposes and applicable to many professions and industries. As such, it did not include specific training for assessing any of the competencies, skills or behaviours unique to coastal pilotage. However, from 2020, as an alternative to the workplace assessment training course, AMSA began accepting the completion of a more specific ‘Assess Competency as a Marine Check Pilot’ course. This course was delivered by a Queensland-based maritime training provider and was designed to include training for assessing competencies, skills and behaviours for all maritime pilots, including coastal pilots.
Previous ATSB findings relating to pilot checking
In February 2009, the oil tanker Atlantic Blue grounded on Kirkcaldie Reef in the Torres Strait while a coastal pilot was conducting it. A subsequent ATSB investigation (report MO-2009-001) found that, in addition to other contributing factors, the pilot’s passage plan and piloting system, did not define off-track limits or make effective use of recognised BRM tools (the pilot was also a licensed check pilot). More importantly, that investigation found that regular assessments of the pilot’s procedures and practices under the check pilot system, conducted over several years, had not resolved these apparent deficiencies.
Following the release of the ATSB’s findings in the Atlantic Blue investigation, the ATSB was advised that AMSA, AMPI and a number of coastal pilots held concerns that systemic issues, which could impact on the safe operation of coastal pilots and the ability to fully develop a safety culture, may exist. Consequently, the ATSB initiated a broad scope systemic safety issue investigation into coastal pilotage, which also examined the check pilot system. During this investigation (report MI-2010-011), the ATSB reviewed all 550 check voyage assessments conducted since the system’s introduction, interviewed a number of industry stakeholders and surveyed all 82 pilots to analyse potential safety issues.
Analysis of the 550 check voyage assessments and supporting evidence identified a significant safety issue. No pilot had ever been deemed unsatisfactory, with a 100% pass rate since the introduction of the check pilot system. The ATSB concluded that the system was ineffective as a measure to assess the adequacy of the individual systems of coastal pilotage and pilot competency, with the following factors limiting the effectiveness of the system:
absence of uniform assessment standards against which to make an objective assessment because there is no pilotage safety management system with standard, risk-analysed pilotage procedures and practices;
conflicts of interest as a result of the check pilot being remunerated by the pilotage provider to assess a peer on behalf of AMSA;
conflicts of interest as a result of the working relationships between the pilots and between pilots and their provider; and
lack of a formal review process for each assessment to ensure corrective action is taken and for continuous improvement.
Over the next few years, AMSA provided the ATSB 6 updates on the progress of safety action that it was undertaking to address the safety issue. In October 2012, AMSA advised that it had developed a common industry passage plan (the QCPP) and standard operating procedures for coastal pilots. It also stated that it was conducting a review into check pilotage and training requirements, including an investigation into the potential use of simulators for training purposes. The issue relating to independence of check pilots, including how they were engaged and remunerated was to also feature in AMSA’s review.
In 2013, AMSA further advised it had implemented an electronic process to track and develop reports based on check pilot assessments, providing it with the means to identify potential trends and then work to address those trends. In the same update, AMSA stated that it was also seeking to improve the check pilot system through successive meetings with the coastal pilot training working group (CPTWG) that included coastal pilots and representatives from pilotage providers and AMSA.
In subsequent updates, AMSA advised that the check pilot framework was considered an item for ongoing review and that it continued to work with the CPTWG to make improvements. It also stated that ‘the check pilot framework, incorporating aspects related to check pilot selection, training, check runs, check assessment criteria and the use of simulation, has been agreed by the CPTWG as one of the key areas of the group’s future work and focus.’
In 2015, a new requirement was introduced for pilotage providers to endorse, via nomination, prospective check pilot applicants to AMSA (as opposed to individual pilots nominating themselves). This requirement was to ‘address inconsistencies between the aspirations of individual pilots, and the commercial ramifications related to internal remuneration arrangements for check pilots.’
In February 2016, AMSA provided its last update and advised that it had reviewed the contents of the guidance notes for check pilot assessment voyages and the Form 15 checklist. The review resulted in incremental and relatively minor changes to the checklist, considered to improve the form by simplifying the completion requirements and removing duplication of information. This update stated that assessments were ‘registered and reviewed in full by AMSA for consistency, detection of any trends and/or behaviours and whether any further action may be required.’
In March 2016, after assessing the residual risk from the safety issue taking into account the various safety actions that AMSA advised had been taken, the ATSB closed the safety issue as having been adequately addressed.
In March 2023, during the course of this investigation, AMSA advised that no trend analysis of assessment outcomes had been conducted, citing the extremely low frequency of deficiencies identified in assessments as the principal reason for not doing so. The ATSB obtained check voyage assessment records since 2017 to analyse and verify this claim (see the section titled Assessment outcomes since 2017).
Check voyage assessment construct
For each of the 79 performance elements contained in the Form 15 checklist, of which 37 were denoted as safety critical, pilots were to be assessed as either ‘satisfactory’ (S), ‘satisfactory with deficiencies’ (SWD) or ‘unsatisfactory’ (U). A pilot would receive an overall U assessment if they were assessed as U in any safety critical performance element. An overall SWD assessment would result if the pilot was assessed as U in any element that was not safety critical, or if assessed as SWD in more than 25% of the elements in any single performance criteria.
When completing the checklist, a check pilot could include optional notes in a section provided for each of the 10 performance criteria, where considered necessary. Assessment outcomes were documented in the Form 15 checklist and submitted to the pilotage provider and AMSA. Completed assessments were to be reviewed by AMSA to determine if any remedial action was required.
If a pilot received an overall assessment result of U, they were required to cease pilotage duties until they completed an AMSA-approved remedial training program and successfully performed an additional check pilot voyage. If a pilot received an SWD overall assessment, they could continue pilotage duties but were required to complete remedial training, with another check voyage recommended within 3 months of the initial assessment. Digital copies of completed assessments were retained by AMSA in its electronic Certification and Pilotage System (CPS) database.
Assessment outcomes since 2017
The ATSB reviewed 490 check voyage assessments conducted between 2017 and 2023 across all compulsory pilotage areas, including Hydrographers Passage. These assessments related to 103 individual pilots from the 2 pilotage providers and had been conducted by 30 individual check pilots.
The review identified that no pilot had ever been assessed as U for any performance element, criteria or overall assessment. An overall SWD assessment occurred on one occasion. Sixty‑two assessments contained one or more SWD scores under various performance elements, which translated to 13% of the assessments identifying any deficiencies or areas for improvement. Of the 103 pilots assessed, 47 (46%) received at least one SWD score for a performance element on at least one check voyage.
Of the 62 check voyage assessments that contained one or more SWD scores, a total of 159 SWD scores were recorded against individual performance elements, with some assessments recording multiple SWDs. This number represented 0.41% of the total number of elements that were assessed across all 490 check voyages conducted during the period (Table 2). Additionally, for each of the 10 performance criteria, the number of SWD scores recorded against elements in each criteria did not exceed 0.69% of the total number of elements assessed during the period.
Table 2: Percentage of SWD scores identified in all check voyage assessments
Performance criteria (# of performance elements)
Total number of times elements were assessed in 490 check voyages
Number of elements marked as SWD
% of total elements in all assessments marked SWD
PC 1: Personal Safety (2)
980
0
0%
PC 2: Master/Pilot Exchange (MPX) (2)
980
2
0.20%
PC 3: Passage Planning & Execution (18)
8,820
37
0.42%
PC 4: Availability of Nautical Charts & Publications (5)
2,450
13
0.53%
PC 5: VHF Radio Usage (7)
3,430
7
0.20%
PC6 - Bridge Resource Management (BRM) (9)
4,410
20
0.45%
PC7 - Rest Management (11)
5,390*
1
0.09%
PC8 - Contingency Planning (3)
1,470
6
0.41%
PC9 - Navigational and Electronic Equipment Usage (12)
5,880
41
0.69%
PC10 - Pilot Licence Conditions and Legal Requirements (10)
4,900
32
0.65%
PC 1 – PC 10 (79)
38,710
159
0.41%
* It was noted that on shorter check pilot voyages, such as those through Hydrographers Passage, ‘rest management’ criteria were assessed as ‘not applicable’ since pilots were not required to take rest breaks on these voyages.
Source: Australian Maritime Safety Authority, as assessed by ATSB
In order to better understand the extremely low numbers/proportion of deficiencies indicated by the data, the ATSB reviewed the number of deficiencies identified by each check pilot. A significant difference in the application of assessment standards between individuals was identified (Figure 16), which was characterised by the following notable features:
Two (2) check pilots (from different pilotage providers) conducted 7.7% of the total number of assessments and accounted for 58% of the total deficiencies identified.
Eight (8) check pilots conducted 25% of the total number of assessments and accounted for 90% of the total deficiencies identified
Twelve (12) check pilots conducted 32% of the total number of assessments and never identified any deficiencies
Figure 16: Proportion of deficiencies identified by each check pilot
Source: ATSB
The ATSB applied the Kruskal-Wallis[46] test to the data to determine whether there was a statistically significant difference between the application of assessments between individual check pilots. This test showed that the probability of obtaining the distribution of such assessment results by random chance alone would be less than 1 in 10,000. That is, the distribution was likely influenced by differences in how individual check pilots conducted their assessments.
Further, data analysis indicated that the rate of deficiencies identified per check voyage did not vary significantly between individual pilots being assessed, or which pilotage provider they were from. The check voyage assessment outcomes were predominantly a function of the individual check pilot conducting the assessment, regardless of which provider they worked for.
Safety analysis
Introduction
At about 0313 local time on 4 May 2022, the 225 m bulk carrier, Rosco Poplar, came within 200 m of grounding on Bond Reef while under pilotage through Hydrographers Passage, in the Great Barrier Reef. At about the same time, the ship’s 2 electronic chart display and information system (ECDIS) units that displayed its position suddenly shifted 0.92 miles (1,704 m) from the last displayed position, which had been on the planned track. The pilot and bridge team visually verified that the ship had narrowly missed Bond Reef. The pilot then conducted the ship back towards the planned track and completed the pilotage without further incident.
The ATSB investigation found that the ship had been deviating from its planned track for a significant period without the navigational error being detected by anyone on the bridge, or by the coastal vessel traffic service monitoring its progress. This analysis examines the factors and circumstances leading up to the near grounding, including the malfunction of the global position system (GPS) unit and the installation configuration of the ship’s electronic bridge navigational equipment. Factors relating to the effectiveness of bridge resource management (BRM) and the pilotage, including use of the pilot’s portable pilot unit (PPU) are also discussed. Additionally, the effectiveness of the Australian Maritime Safety Authority’s (AMSA) check pilot system as a framework for providing pilot competency assurance is analysed.
GPS antenna fault
The GPS unit providing positional data to the ship’s electronic bridge navigation equipment, including both ECDIS units, radars and automatic identification system (AIS), malfunctioned and began sending invalid positional data. The error gradually increased as the pilotage progressed, however, no alarms were communicated as the unit also incorrectly reported that position accuracy was within acceptable limits.
Analysis of the available data identified that the fault occurred between 0218 and 0235. During that period, the ship was approaching the entrance to Hydrographers Passage and was at a critical stage of the pilotage. While the exact error mode could not be determined, it was most likely caused by a GPS antenna fault and not by any external GPS interference or intervention by a bridge team member.
The correction of the GPS position observed at 0313 was most likely a result of the GPS unit resetting automatically or being manually reset by the master.
Sole reliance on GPS positioning
The pilot and bridge team placed sole reliance on GPS positional data to monitor the ship’s progress exclusively using the ECDIS and PPU displays without anyone verifying this information via radar and/or visual observations and position fixing. The pilot gave heading orders solely based on incorrect information from these displays, assuming that a strong ebb tidal stream was setting the ship across the track. The predicted stream was actually setting in a 016° direction nearly reciprocal to the ship’s heading. As a result, the inaccuracy of the GPS position and subsequent deviation from the planned track was not identified.
During the pilotage, the second mate was distracted from their lookout duties after being tasked by the pilot to input waypoints into the ship’s 2 radars. The master was also intermittently distracted by this task, which took some 45 minutes to complete, concluding at 0234. As the second mate occupied one radar unit at a time during this period to complete the task, a radar unit was always available to monitor the ship’s progress and verify its position. However, since neither the pilot nor any bridge team member was using radar to monitor the position, they did not identify that the AIS and radar returns for the nearby ship, Camellia Island, were diverging increasingly apart (indicating a discrepancy with the ship’s plotted AIS position), or that the ship was deviating from the planned track and towards the radar return of Bond Reef light.
Similarly, adequate visual observation of Bond Reef light and the sector light at Little Bugatti Reef would have provided a clear indication that the ship was deviating from the planned track. However, as this means was also not used, it was not until at least 37 minutes after the ship began deviating off course that the pilot visually identified that the ship was displaced to the east of the planned track.
Configuration of the ship’s navigational equipment
While Rosco Poplar’s electronic navigation system configuration complied with the relevant International Maritime Organization requirements and performance standards, it was inherently vulnerable to single GPS unit failures. Because the ECDIS units, radars, AIS and Global Maritime Distress Safety System (GMDSS) were only able to receive the same single GPS data input from either of the 3 GPS units at any one time, the invalid position output from the malfunctioning GPS unit was received and displayed by all these navigational aids.
If multiple GPS outputs had been available to each navigational aid, with alternate GPS units selected on each aid, it is likely that one of them would have displayed the ship’s position accurately and the discrepancy would have been identifiable. Further, most modern ECDIS units facilitate multiple position sensor inputs. These can be configured to cross reference positional data inputs and trigger alarms in the event of a deviation between those inputs. Such set-ups provide a defence against navigational errors resulting from single GPS failures.
Vessel traffic service surveillance
The coastal vessel traffic service (REEFVTS) decision support tool (DST) was dependent on ships’ AIS information to monitor traffic in real time. Rosco Poplar’s AIS-transmitted position continued to incorrectly show the ship was near the planned track after the GPS unit malfunctioned and, therefore, REEFVTS remained unaware of its deviation from the track. When the GPS unit reset, the transmitted position correctly indicated that the ship was about 200 m from Bond Reef. This resulted in the decision support tool (DST) triggering alerts, including a potential grounding alert.
The unusual nature of the ship’s AIS-transmitted GPS position error and the associated series of alerts resulted in the VTSO thinking they were due to a DST system error. They therefore decided to investigate the assessed error (no other position sensor, such as radar, was available to crosscheck) and this consumed significant time. Consequently, about 23 minutes elapsed before the VTSO contacted the ship and was advised that the ship had actually come close to grounding and the associated alert had been correctly generated.
While REEFVTS procedures allow reasonable flexibility for VTSOs to appraise the situation before intervening, and while the observed unusual alerts, ship position and tracking information may have been associated with a system error, checking with the pilot/ship’s crew is always the safest and most efficient course of action when the alert could be legitimate. In this instance, the closest point of approach to Bond Reef had already been passed by the time the alert was received, and so a dangerous navigational situation was not imminent. However, in order to maximise the safety benefit from vessel traffic services, prompt contact with the ships’ crew whenever there is doubt about the validity of an alert could avoid a future serious occurrence, such as a grounding.
Conduct of the pilotage
Bridge resource management
The prevention of errors during pilotage is primarily dependent on effective BRM to establish coordination between the pilot, master and bridge team, taking due account of the ship's systems and the equipment available to the pilot. However, BRM during this pilotage was ineffective. The master-pilot information exchange (MPX) did not establish adequate coordination between the pilot, master and second mate and communication on the bridge was minimal. As a result, the situation awareness of the pilot and bridge team progressively declined in the absence of a shared mental model.
While a key aim of the MPX was to establish individual roles and responsibilities for watchkeeping and expectations for communication during the pilotage, these requirements were neither discussed nor implemented. The subsequent lack of coordination on the bridge meant that greater priority was given to the task of inputting waypoints into the radars as instructed by the pilot without any mutual understanding as to who was doing what in respect to the more critical task of monitoring the ship’s progress. Neither the pilot nor the ship’s bridge team used either radar for parallel indexing and other monitoring techniques, such as clearing ranges or visual transits. As a result, when the GPS unit malfunctioned, no-one had sufficient situation awareness to identify the error.
The master had doubts regarding the position of the ship and the accuracy of its navigational equipment, but these were not communicated to the pilot. Had the master raised these concerns, a subsequent appraisal of the situation might have identified the erroneous GPS position. If the expectations for challenge and response had been established during the MPX, the master might have felt more inclined to voice concerns to the pilot. Similarly, had the pilot alerted the bridge team after identifying at 0311 that the ship was displaced to the east of the planned track, a more urgent appraisal of the situation might have been undertaken.
Configuration of the portable pilot unit
The use of portable pilot units (PPU) is widely encouraged as an additional source of information to improve safety, efficiency and situation awareness during pilotage. However, the improper set‑up of the pilot’s PPU at the time of the occurrence likely compounded the pilot’s degraded mental model of the pilotage.
Contrary to industry guidance and Auriga’s pilotage operations safety management system, the pilot did not ensure the GPS output from their PPU was independent of the ship’s navigation equipment once it was connected to the AIS pilot plug. As a result. both the ECDIS units and the PPU displayed the same invalid positional data from the ship’s malfunctioning GPS unit. Believing that the PPU was independently reporting its position, the pilot may have been misled into believing the PPU and ECDIS units were accurate.
If the PPU had been configured by the pilot as intended, the use of the independent PPU GPS would have identified a difference in the location between the PPU and the incorrect position reported via the AIS. Additionally, had alarm systems on the PPU been enabled, these may have alerted the pilot to the invalid GPS position. However, in the absence of sound pilotage practise and effective BRM, the incorrect configuration of the PPU was not identified.
Check pilot system
The construct of the AMSA check pilot system and its accompanying guidelines indicate that it was a competency-based assessment framework, intended to provide assurance of coastal pilot competency. However, analysis of 490 assessment outcomes for check voyages conducted between 2017 and 2023 revealed that the system did not provide such assurance. Of note, significantly inconsistent application of assessment standards between individual check pilots was evident. The extent of this inconsistency indicates that varying assessment outcomes were dependent on the individual check pilot conducting the assessment rather than being reflective of pilot competency.
Throughout the period in which the 490 check voyages were conducted, the system produced a near 100% pass rate, with no ‘unsatisfactory’ results recorded. A negligible fraction of the total performance elements assessed were recorded as ‘satisfactory with deficiencies’ and there were no instances where formal remedial actions under the system were triggered and initiated. A previous ATSB systemic investigation (MI-2010-011) had also identified the check pilot system’s unrealistic 100% pass rate. That investigation’s finding was based on all 550 check voyage assessments conducted since the system’s introduction.
Overall, the results of analysis of the large amount of check pilot data showed that the check pilot system had not resulted in any significant benefit to coastal pilot competency by way of formalised corrective action and continual improvement. As AMSA has never conducted any trend analysis of the check voyage assessments, stating that this was primarily due to the low number of deficiencies identified overall, it did not identify the inconsistent application of assessment standards by individual check pilots. In the absence of sufficient monitoring of check pilot practices, factors which may have limited the system’s effectiveness such as assessor bias, unclear assessment standards and insufficient training and guidance for assessors, had not been identified and corrected.
Findings
ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition, ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors.
Safety issues are highlighted in bold to emphasise their importance. A safety issue is a safety factor that (a) can reasonably be regarded as having the potential to adversely affect the safety of future operations, and (b) is a characteristic of an organisation or a system, rather than a characteristic of a specific individual, or characteristic of an operating environment at a specific point in time.
These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.
From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the near grounding of Rosco Poplar off Bond Reef, Hydrographers Passage, Queensland on 4 May 2022.
Contributing factors
Rosco Poplar’s GPS unit probably malfunctioned due to a fault with its antenna, resulting in erroneous ship’s position data. This incorrect data was then provided to all navigational aids, including both electronic chart display and information system (ECDIS) units, automatic identification system (AIS) and the pilot’s portable pilotage unit (PPU).
The PPU had not been configured as required to source position data independent of the ship’s GPS unit.
The pilot and the ship’s bridge team were relying solely on the PPU and ECDIS units to monitor the ship's progress. Consequently, they did not identify that the ship had deviated from the planned track until the GPS unit reset and began indicating the correct position, which was about 200 m from Bond Reef.
The pilotage was not conducted appropriately, including effective track monitoring and proper bridge resource management, due to a combination of:
an inadequate master and pilot information exchange
roles and responsibilities not being properly defined
an absence of monitoring using visual bearings and radar, including parallel indexing
non-essential tasks for the pilotage phase that distracted the bridge team
the absence of a shared ‘mental model’ of the pilotage.
Other factors that increased risk
The configuration of Rosco Poplar's electronic navigation equipment was vulnerable to single GPS unit errors because, at any given time, only one of the ship’s 3 GPS units could be selected to provide positional data to all the ship's navigational equipment.
Following receipt of an unusual grounding alert display associated with the Rosco Poplar’s GPS malfunction, the vessel traffic service operator assessed it as erroneous. Consequently, the pilot/ship’s crew were not provided with timely advice of the indicated proximity to Bond Reef.
The check pilot system was ineffective in providing the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) assurance of the competency of coastal pilots, mainly due to the inconsistent and unreliable application of assessment standards between different check pilots. Further, AMSA had not implemented a system to identify the inconsistent application of standards or the trends in assessment outcomes readily apparent in the data that it had held for many years. (Safety issue)
Safety issues and actions
Central to the ATSB’s investigation of transport safety matters is the early identification of safety issues. The ATSB expects relevant organisations will address all safety issues an investigation identifies.
Depending on the level of risk of a safety issue, the extent of corrective action taken by the relevant organisation(s), or the desirability of directing a broad safety message to the marine industry, the ATSB may issue a formal safety recommendation or safety advisory notice as part of the final report.
All of the directly involved parties were provided with a draft report and invited to provide submissions. As part of that process, each organisation was asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they had carried out or were planning to carry out in relation to each safety issue relevant to their organisation.
Descriptions of each safety issue, and any associated safety recommendations, are detailed below. Click the link to read the full safety issue description, including the issue status and any safety action/s taken. Safety issues and actions are updated on this website when safety issue owners provide further information concerning the implementation of safety action.
Safety issue description: The check pilot system was ineffective in providing the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) assurance of the competency of coastal pilots, mainly due to the inconsistent and unreliable application of assessment standards between different check pilots. Further, AMSA had not implemented a system to identify the inconsistent application of standards or the trends in assessment outcomes readily apparent in the data that it had held for many years.
Safety recommendation description: The Australian Transport Safety Bureau recommends that the Australian Maritime Safety Authority takes safety action to identify and address factors limiting the effectiveness of its check pilot framework as a system for coastal pilot competency assurance.
Glossary
AIS
Automatic Identification System
AMSA
Australian Maritime Safety Authority
CASA
Civil Aviation Safety Authority
CBTA
Competency Base Training and Assessment
COLREG
Convention on the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea
ECDIS
Electronic Chart Display and Information System
ECS
Electronic Chart System
ENC
Electronic Navigational Chart
GBRMPA
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority
GMDSS
Global Maritime Distress Safety System
GNSS
Global Navigation Satellite System
GPS
Global Positioning System
IMO
International Maritime Organisation
MPX
Master and pilot information exchange
MSQ
Maritime Safety Queensland
NSCV
National Standard for Commercial Vessels
OOW
Officer of the Watch
PPU
Portable Pilot Unit
PSSA
Particularly Sensitive Sea Area
QCPP
Queensland Coastal Passage Plan
REEFREP
Great Barrier Reef and Torres Strait Ship Reporting System
REEFVTS
Great Barrier Reef and Torres Strait Vessel Traffic Service
SMS
Safety management system
SOLAS
The International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended.
STCW
Standard for Training Certification and Watchkeeping
VDR
Voyage Data Recorder
VTSO
Vessel Traffic Service Operator
Sources and submissions
Sources of information
The sources of information during the investigation included:
the pilot of Rosco Poplar
the master, second mate and able seaman on board Rosco Poplar
records, documents, manuals, and logbooks from Rosco Poplar
records, documents and manuals from Auriga
Australian Maritime Safety Authority
Maritime Safety Queensland
Great Barrier Reef and Torres Strait Vessel Traffic Service
Bernhard Schulte Shipmanagement China
recorded information from Rosco Poplar’s voyage data recorder
Japan Radio Company
References
International Hydrographic Organization, 2018, Publication S-66, Facts about electronic charts and carriage requirements, Edition 1.1.0, IHO, Monaco. Available at https://iho.int/.
International Maritime Organization, 2006, Revised performance standards for electronic chart display and information systems (ECDIS), Resolution MSC.232 (82), IMO, London.
Australian Maritime Safety Authority, 2014, Marine Order 54 – Coastal pilotage, AMSA, Canberra.
Focus on Bridge Resource Management, Washington State Department of Ecology, 2007.
International Association of Marine Aids to Navigation and Lighthouse Authorities, January 2022, Guideline G1089; Provision of a VTS, Ed 2.0.
International Maritime Organisation, Recommendations on training and certification and on operational procedures for maritime pilots other than deep-sea pilots, Resolution A.960 (23).
International Maritime Organisation, The International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers 1978, as amended, IMO, London.
Australian Maritime Safety Authority, 2014, Marine Order 54 – Coastal pilotage, AMSA, Canberra.
Alexander L, Casey M J 2008, Use of Portable Piloting Units by Maritime Pilots, Canadian Hydrographic Conference.
Civil Aviation Safety Authority, Advisory Circular AC 61-09 v1.0, Competency-based Training and Assessment for Flight Crew, April 2002.
Professional Standards Councils, Competency-based Frameworks and Assessment.
International Marine Pilots Association, Guidelines on the Design and Use of Portable Pilot Units, 2016.
Australasian Marine Pilots Institute, PPU Code of Good Practice – For the Implementation and Use of Portable Piloting Units, 2nd Ed. 2020.
Australian Maritime Safety Authority, 2019, Marine Order 63 (Vessel reporting systems) 2019, AMSA, Canberra.
Australian Maritime Safety Authority, Pilot Advisory Notes 10/03 and 01/04, Check Pilots and Check Pilot Voyages.
Civil Aviation Safety Authority, Advisory Circular AC 61-09 v1.0, Competency-based Training and Assessment for Flight Crew, April 2002.
Flin R, Martin L 2001, Behavioural Markers for Crew Resource Management: A Review of Current Practice, The International Journal of Aviation Psychology, 11(1), 95–118.
Franks P, Hay S, Mavin T 2014, Can Competency-based Training Fly?: An Overview of Key Issues for Ab Initio Pilot Training, International Journal of Training Research 12(2): 132–147.
Weber D E, Mavin T J, Roth W M, Henriqson E, Dekker S W A (2014), Exploring the Use of Categories in the Assessment of Airline Pilots’ Performance as a Potential Source of Examiners’ Disagreement, Journal of Cognitive Engineering and Decision Making, 8(3), 248–264.
Weber D E, Roth W M, Mavin T, Dekker S W A 2013, Should we Pursue Inter-rater Reliability or Diversity? An Empirical Study of Pilot Performance Assessment, Aviation in Focus – Journal of Aeronautical Sciences, 4. 34-58.
Gontar J, Hoermann H J 2015, Inter-rater Reliability at the Top End: Measures of Pilots’ Non‑Technical Performance, The International Journal of Aviation Psychology, 25(3/4), 171-190.
Civil Aviation Safety Authority, CAAP SMS-3(1): Non-Technical Skills Training and Assessment for Regular Public Transport Operations.
Australasian Marine Pilots Institute, Code of Good Practice – Marine Pilot Competence and Performance, 2nd Ed. 2020.
Submissions
Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.
A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:
Australian Maritime Safety Authority
Maritime Safety Queensland
The pilot of Rosco Poplar
Auriga
the master, second mate and able seaman of Rosco Poplar
Bernhard Schulte Shipmanagement China
Submissions were received from:
Australian Maritime Safety Authority
Maritime Safety Queensland
Auriga.
The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.
Appendices
Appendix A
Check Voyage / Assessment Transit Details (AMSA Form 15)
An extract (first 3 pages) from the Australian Maritime Safety Authority Form 15 pilot check voyage checklist used by check pilots to assess and record coastal pilot competency.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
Terminology
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
Publishing information
Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003
Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication
Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.
Creative Commons licence
With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.
Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.
The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau
Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.
[1]The pilot’s pilotage plan stated the transit would be at full sea speed, which is the speed when on passage at sea.
[3]Predicted low water was at 0612 with a height of tide of 1.23 m above chart datum.
[4]Nautical chart Aus 802, Australian Hydrographic Office.
[5]All ship’s headings are reported in degrees true unless specified otherwise.
[6]Dead reckoning (DR) is a method for determining the estimated position of a ship by advancing from a known fix of position along the ship’s ordered course and speed.
[7]Decision support tools (DST) are used by VTS providers to help enhance situation awareness and the decision‑making process of VTS personnel by providing analysis and insight to developing or emergency situations, in real time, near real time and for long-term planning (see the section titled Vessel traffic service).
[8]Differential GPS utilises a network of fixed ground stations to enhance the accuracy of location data collected by a GPS.
[9]GPS units calculate dates utilising a week counter. In older systems, the counter resets after every 1,024 weeks (referred to as ‘GPS rollover’, and systems need to be manually adjusted, usually via a software upgrade, when the rollover occurs so that they remain accurate.
[10]International Hydrographic Organization, 2018, Publication S-66, Facts about electronic charts and carriage requirements, Edition 1.1.0, IHO, Monaco.
[11]The International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) 1974, as amended.
[12]International Maritime Organization, 2006, Revised performance standards for electronic chart display and information systems (ECDIS), Resolution MSC.232 (82), IMO, London.
[13]Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) is a broad term encompassing the various types of satellite-based positioning, navigation and timing (PNT) systems used globally, of which GPS is one such type.
[14]For Hydrographers Passage, an unrestricted pilot licence issued under coastal pilotage regulations permitted the licensee to pilot all types of ships through the pilotage area with no restrictions in respect to draught or type of ship. Pilots may obtain an unrestricted licence once they have accrued the necessary experience and training while holding a trainee licence and a restricted licence, which precluded them from piloting certain types of ships.
[15]The Australian Maritime Safety Authority Marine Order 54 (Coastal pilotage) stated ‘a pilot check voyage is a voyage on which a pilot’s competency is being assessed by a check pilot’.
[16]AMSA, 2014, Marine Order 54 – Coastal pilotage, Canberra.
[17]An area of the marine environment that needs special protection through action by the International Maritime Organization (IMO) because of its significance for recognised ecological, socio-economic or scientific attributes where such attributes may be vulnerable to damage by international shipping activities.
[18]Focus on Bridge Resource Management. Washington State Department of Ecology, 2007.
[19]IMO, Recommendations on training and certification and on operational procedures for maritime pilots other than deep‑sea pilots, Resolution A.960 (23).
[20]Hetherington C 2006, Safety in Shipping: The Human Element, Journal of Safety Research vol. 37, 401–411.
[22]IMO, The International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers 1978, as amended, IMO, London.
[23]See for example, International Marine Pilots Association, Guidelines on the Design and Use of Portable Pilot Units, 2016, and, Australasian Marine Pilots Institute, PPU Code of Good Practice – For the Implementation and Use of Portable Piloting Units, 2nd Ed. 2020.
[24]SEAiq Pilot is a software application designed specifically for use by pilots in navigating ports and pilotage areas. It provides navigation tools, position information of own and other vessels, with information displayed over nautical charts.
[25]Heading from ship source will be more accurate; ROT is not always available in AIS transmissions.
[26]IMO Resolution A.1158.32 (20) defines a vessel traffic service (VTS) as a service implemented by a Government with the capability to interact with vessel traffic and respond to developing situations within a VTS area to improve safety and efficiency of navigation, contribute to the safety of life at sea and support the protection of the environment.
[27]Inmarsat-C is a two-way store and forward communication system transmitting messages from ship-to-shore, shore‑to‑ship and ship-to-ship, operated by telecommunications company Inmarsat.
[28]International Association of Marine Aids to Navigation and Lighthouse Authorities, January 2022, Guideline G1089; Provision of a VTS, Ed 2.0.
[29]AMSA, Pilot Advisory Notes 10/03 and 01/04, Check Pilots and Check Pilot Voyages.
[30]Franks P, Hay S, Mavin T 2014, Can Competency-based Training Fly?: An Overview of Key Issues for Ab Initio Pilot Training, International Journal of Training Research 12(2): 132–147.
[31]Civil Aviation Safety Authority, Advisory Circular AC 61-09 v1.0, Competency-based Training and Assessment for Flight Crew, April 2002.
[32]Professional Standards Councils, Competency-based Frameworks and Assessment.
[33]AQF levels and the AQF levels criteria are an indication of the relative complexity and/or depth of an achievement and the autonomy required to demonstrate it.
[34]AMSA 15 (07/19), Guidance Notes for Check Pilot Assessment Voyages.
[35]Non-technical skills are interpersonal skills which include communication skills, leadership skills, teamwork skills, decision-making skills and situation awareness skills.
[36]CASA, Advisory Circular AC 61-09 v1.0, Competency-based Training and Assessment for Flight Crew, April 2002.
[37]Flin R, Martin L 2001, Behavioural Markers for Crew Resource Management: A Review of Current Practice, The International Journal of Aviation Psychology, 11(1), 95–118.
[38]Inter-rater reliability (IRR) is a sensitivity measure of how closely a group of raters agree with each other. This does not refer to a standard grading but measures the results of the assessors’ gradings against one another.
[39]Weber D E, Mavin T J, Roth W M, Henriqson E, Dekker S W A 2014, Exploring the Use of Categories in the Assessment of Airline Pilots’ Performance as a Potential Source of Examiners’ Disagreement, Journal of Cognitive Engineering and Decision Making, 8(3), 248–264.
[40]Weber D E, Roth W M, Mavin T, Dekker S W A 2013, Should we Pursue Inter-rater Reliability or Diversity? An Empirical Study of Pilot Performance Assessment, Aviation in Focus – Journal of Aeronautical Sciences, 4. 34-58.
[41]Gontar J, Hoermann H J 2015, Inter-rater Reliability at the Top End: Measures of Pilots’ Non-Technical Performance, The International Journal of Aviation Psychology, 25(3/4), 171-190.
[42]Weber D E, Mavin T J, Roth W M, Henriqson E, Dekker S W A (2014), Exploring the Use of Categories in the Assessment of Airline Pilots’ Performance as a Potential Source of Examiners’ Disagreement, Journal of Cognitive Engineering and Decision Making, 8(3), 248–264.
[43]Civil Aviation Safety Authority, CAAP SMS-3(1): Non-Technical Skills Training and Assessment for Regular Public Transport Operations.
[44]Australasian Marine Pilots Institute, Code of Good Practice – Marine Pilot Competence and Performance, 2nd Ed. 2020.
[46] The Kruskal-Wallistest is a rank-based nonparametric test that can be used to determine if there are statistically significant differences between 2 or more groups.
NSW TrainLink passenger service ST21 was running from Sydney, New South Wales, to Melbourne, Victoria, on the ARTC standard gauge interstate network. The service departed Sydney on the evening of 23 May 2022 and was approaching Melbourne the following morning, 24 May.
A temporary speed restriction (TSR) had been applied on the standard gauge track at the Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge, about 24 km from Melbourne. The TSR was an interim safety measure in response to a rough ride report made by the driver of an earlier train. Trains were being warned of the speed restriction by radio call from train control through a procedure known as a condition affecting network (CAN) warning. The CAN issued for the TSR advised of a 40 km/h speed restriction between 24 km and 24.4 km.
On the standard gauge route to Melbourne, track distances between 27 km and 16 km were repeated to accommodate a divergence of the standard gauge and broad gauge routes on the approach to Melbourne. For Melbourne-bound trains on the standard gauge route (such as ST21), track kilometres decreased down to 16 km before stepping back up to 27 km and then again reducing towards Melbourne. Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge was located about 3 km after this step change in track kilometrage.
ST21 received the CAN warning for the TSR. However, the train was slowed at the wrong location and crossed the Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge (the location of the TSR) at about 0703 travelling at between 100 km/h and 110 km/h. Soon after passing over the bridge, the driver recognised they may have slowed at the incorrect location and contacted ARTC train control.
What the ATSB found
The CAN warning issued to the driver of ST21 was ambiguous as it identified only the kilometrage without any further location description. The kilometrage of between 24.0 km and 24.4 km specified in the warning occurred twice on the path of train ST21, about 11 km apart. ST21 was slowed at the first 24.4 km location encountered and subsequently proceeded at high speed through the TSR location at the Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge.
The method of warning trains of a TSR was an administrative control which relied on the effective communication of information between train controllers and drivers, and its correct application. It was found that the administrative processes used by ARTC to warn train crew about temporary speed restrictions were vulnerable to errors in creation and communication. There were opportunities to improve existing processes and to adopt technology-supported solutions to reduce risk associated with the implementation of temporary speed restrictions.
What has been done as a result
ARTC has implemented an electronic system for generating CAN warnings that prompts train controllers to provide 2 types of location identification information. This is now the primary method ARTC uses for generating CAN warnings and should reduce the risks associated with missed information during creation of the warnings. ARTC also plans to upgrade the electronic system to enable digital transmission of CAN warnings to train crew. When implemented, this has the potential to reduce the risks associated with communication of warnings.
In addition, ARTC has undertaken several associated actions including the briefing of network controllers to raise awareness of kilometrage changes and the importance of including location information in CAN warnings. Briefings have been supported by the dissemination of updated information to controllers and other rail safety workers.
Safety message
In the Australian rail context, administrative processes have often been established for long periods of time while technology has improved. Opportunities exist for safety improvement in rail safeworking through the modernisation of administrative controls and adoption of technology-supported solutions.
The occurrence
Prior to the incident
On 23 May 2022, at about 2120 local time, the driver of a V/Line train experienced a rough ride at the Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge in the local government area of Merri-bek[1] in Victoria (Figure 1). This occurred while the train was travelling towards Melbourne on the Australian Rail Track Corporation (ARTC) interstate network.
Figure 1: A NSW TrainLink XPT on the Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge
Source: Schony747
The driver reported the rough ride to the ARTC network control officer (NCO) responsible for the section of standard gauge track which included the Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge. This NCO controlled train movements between Somerton which was north of the bridge, and Melbourne to the south.
In response to the report and following discussion with maintenance personnel, the NCO placed a temporary speed restriction (TSR) of 40 km/h on a section of track between 24.0 track km[2] and 24.4 track km covering the Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge. For Melbourne-bound trains, the TSR commenced at 24.4 km and continued until the train passed 24.0 km.
The TSR location was on the standard gauge track about 3 km south of a step change in track kilometres at the Jacana flyover (see Location information). The step change was due to the longer route of the standard gauge line to Melbourne after it diverged from the broad gauge line at the flyover. This step change resulted in there being two 24.4 km locations about 11 km apart, one either side of the change at the flyover (Figure 2).
Figure 2: A schematic of the railway routes around the Jacana flyover
The schematic shows the kilometre change at Jacana flyover, the northern and southern 24.4 km locations and the northern limit of the NCO’s area of control. It is not drawn to scale. Source: Office of the Chief Investigator (OCI)
Journey of passenger train ST21
ST21 was a scheduled XPT passenger train service, operated by NSW Trains trading as NSW TrainLink,[3] from Sydney, New South Wales, to Melbourne in Victoria. It travelled from Sydney to Junee in southern New South Wales without incident, arriving at about 0228 on 24 May. At Junee, there was a driver change and the incoming driver was tasked to complete the journey to Melbourne. ST21 departed Junee soon after and crossed into Victoria about 2 hours later, continuing its journey to Melbourne.
At about 0605, while passing Seymour, the driver of ST21 was contacted on the railway network radio by the NCO responsible for the Somerton to Melbourne section. This was not the same NCO who had initially received the rough ride report as a shift change had occurred. This second NCO advised that they needed to provide the driver with a condition affecting network (CAN) warning for a location between Somerton and Tullamarine.[4] The driver replied that their train was currently a long way away from there and they would contact the NCO when the train was closer (Figure 3).
Figure 3: Map of train ST21’s route
The map shows the Donnybrook to Melbourne section with the full journey from Sydney inset. It is not drawn to scale. Source: Digital Atlas of Australia,annotated by OCI
Subsequently at 0641, the driver stopped ST21 at Donnybrook (at about 38 km) and called the NCO to receive the CAN warning. The NCO issued the CAN warning to the driver, informing them that there was a 40 km/h TSR in place between 24.0 km and 24.4 km. This exchange involved the driver of ST21 transcribing the verbal advice received from the NCO onto their CAN form and reading it back. Descriptive location information, such as the applicable line section, or that the TSR was on a bridge was not discussed during this exchange.
After the radio exchange, ST21 resumed its travel towards Melbourne. The driver recalled that they placed their copy of the CAN warning form onto the driving console and began monitoring the kilometre markings that the train passed, comparing them to the kilometrage for the TSR location on the form. They recalled that they saw the 26 km post and prepared to slow their train.
At about 0653 the driver reduced the train’s speed to just under 40 km/h as ST21 approached the 24.4 km location north of the Jacana flyover. This reduced speed was maintained until, after passing 24.0 km, the speed of the train was increased to resume normal speed running.
ST21 continued its journey, passed Somerton and made a scheduled stop at Broadmeadows. It departed Broadmeadows with about 50 passengers on board and proceeded over the Jacana flyover, where the standard gauge track kilometres changed, resetting to 27 km.
ST21 overspeed
At about 0703, ST21 approached 24.4 km near the Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge (south of the Jacana flyover). The driver recalled seeing 2 track workers as the train approached the bridge. In response the driver sounded the horn to warn them of the train’s approach. The workers acknowledged the horn with an ‘all clear’ hand signal and the train proceeded across the bridge. The train’s speed was not reduced, and it went through the TSR location at between 100 km/h and 110 km/h. The driver recalled the transit felt rougher than usual.
Soon after, the driver sighted the 21 km post.[5] They recalled that this prompted them to consider their location, the rough ride, and the workers at the bridge. They realised that the CAN warning may have been for the section of track across the Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge, rather than the location where they had reduced speed earlier.
At about 0705 the driver called the NCO responsible for the section to clarify where the CAN warning applied and reported that they had reduced speed at the other 24.4 km location. This was a third NCO as another shift change had occurred.
The train continued and arrived at its destination, Southern Cross Station in Melbourne, at 0831. The CAN warning was cancelled at about 0836 by the duty NCO. This was done in response to a track work group reporting that they had found and repaired a track geometry issue associated with the rough ride report. No further trains passed over the location after ST21 while the CAN warning was in effect.
Context
Location information
Overview
The standard gauge route between Sydney and Melbourne is part of the interstate rail network managed by the Australian Rail Track Corporation (ARTC). For much of its length in Victoria, it runs parallel to (and east of) a broad gauge route that is used by both the Melbourne metropolitan network (to Craigieburn) and the Victorian regional network (to Seymour). However, when approaching Melbourne from the north, the standard gauge track took a more circuitous route to the south‑west that was 11 km longer than the broad gauge route (Figure 3).
North of the Jacana flyover, the same track kilometrage was used for the parallel broad gauge and standard gauge tracks. The kilometres on these parallel routes were based on the distance to Melbourne travelling on the broad gauge route. An adjustment was required on the standard gauge track to accommodate its longer route to Melbourne. This adjustment was made at the Jacana flyover at which point kilometrage changed from 16 km back up to 27 km in the direction of travel of ST21 towards Melbourne (Figure 4).
Figure 4: Kilometre change notification on the standard gauge track at Jacana flyover
The figure shows the standard gauge track a short distance after it had passed over the broad gauge tracks at the Jacana flyover. The signage indicates a change (from 16 km) to 27 km and then kilometrage decreasing towards Melbourne. Source: OCI
Location of the TSR
The Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge was a heritage listed steel trestle bridge which was first constructed in the 1920s. It carried a standard gauge track and a dual gauge track which formed part of the Tullamarine crossing loop. The dual gauge track was not used by either the V/Line train that reported the rough ride or ST21.
The 40 km/h temporary speed restriction between 24.0 and 24.4 km encompassed the full length of the bridge (Figure 5). The normal speed for the standard gauge track in this location was 115 km/h. In the direction of travel of ST21, immediately prior to the bridge was a curve with a 95 km/h speed limit.
Figure 5: The location of the TSR at the Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge
Source: OCI
Network control
Sections of control
Train movements on the standard gauge route from Sydney to Melbourne were controlled by ARTC. The route was comprised of several sections with a network control officer (NCO) designated to each section. Within Victoria, there were 2 sections of control:
The section between Albury (New South Wales) and Somerton (Victoria). This section of control was referred to as ‘Main South C’ and was controlled by NCO located in Junee in New South Wales.
The section between Somerton and Southern Cross Station (Melbourne). This was grouped with some other related sections that were together referred to as ‘Melbourne’. The group was controlled by NCO based at Mile End in South Australia.
The changeover between these 2 sections of control occurred at Somerton signal SOM 4, about 6 km north of the Jacana flyover.
Safeworking
Rail safeworking describes the system of operating rules and procedures used to provide safe operation of rail traffic and protection of people and property. ARTC operating rules for Victoria were defined in the ARTC Code of Practice for the Victorian main line operations (CoP).[6]
Section 1 of the CoP included rules related to reporting and responding to a condition affecting network (CAN). This included the need for:
train drivers and track workers to report ‘conditions that can or do affect the safety of rail operations’ to the responsible NCO
NCO’s to ‘give written warning to rail traffic crews using a CAN form’ in circumstances where ‘temporary speed restrictions have been reported and no signs erected’.
The CoP contained rules and procedures relating to the use of the CAN form and an example of the blank form.
ARTC also published a procedure relating to temporary speed restriction (TSR).[7] The procedure described that when train drivers reported a fault, the NCO was to notify a maintainer. The maintainer was to determine the appropriate response including the speed of any required TSR and the time required for implementing speed warning signs and inspection.
Rough ride report
Train drivers could report a rough ride to the relevant NCO when they considered that the dynamic response of their train to the geometry of the track had been excessive. It was sometimes also described as a ‘rough track’. On the evening prior to the occurrence the driver of a V/Line train had experienced a rough ride. They reported to the NCO that this occurred ‘at the approach to the bridge at 24.2’. The NCO asked for and received clarification from the driver that the location was at the Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge.
In response, the NCO contacted the track inspector for this track section (the maintainer) and informed them of the reported rough ride at the Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge. The track inspector recommended that a 40 km/h TSR be applied between 24.0 km and 24.4 km until the track could be inspected. The NCO recorded the location of the TSR on the train control graph.[8]
Condition affecting network (CAN) warning
The NCO prepared a CAN warning, to be issued to the drivers of trains that would pass through the location while the TSR was in place. The ARTC CoP required the CAN warning, as a TSR had been placed with no other method (such as signage) implemented to warn train drivers of the speed restriction.
The blank CAN warning form[9] included spaces in the relevant section for the NCO to enter the speed and location limits of the TSR. Within the spaces for the location limits was light grey text that read ‘location and km’ (Figure 6). There was no further instruction that described how to fill out this section of the form or supported the need to provide 2 methods of identifying locations (location and kilometres).
Figure 6: Extract from a blank CAN warning form with boxes for specifying TSR limits
This CAN form extract shows the space provided for specifying TSR limits and some instruction on the required content in light grey text. Source: ARTC, annotated by OCI
The detail recorded by the NCO on the form was ‘40 km/h between km 24.000 and km 24.400’ (Figure 7). No other location information was included. The NCO had noted ‘no signs erected’ in section 5, to identify to drivers receiving the warning that speed warning boards were not present.
Figure 7: Sections 4 and 5 of the CAN warning form, as prepared by the NCO
Source: ARTC
Issue of CAN warning
The NCO who prepared the CAN warning form did not issue it to any train drivers as there were no rail movements through the location before the end of their shift. The NCO who replaced them on the following shift issued the CAN warning to 6 train drivers, the last being the driver of train ST21. A third NCO, on the subsequent shift, issued the CAN warning to a single train driver before cancelling the warning following advice from track workers that a track issue related to the rough ride report had been repaired.
In all cases, the CAN warning was issued to train drivers by voice communication over network radio. Recordings of the network radio communication indicated that the NCO who issued the CAN multiple times followed a pattern. On 4 of 6 occasions,[10] including for ST21, they first contacted the train to inform them that a CAN warning was required for ‘Somerton to Tullamarine’. The CAN warning was then issued in a separate radio call. For ST21, the time between radio calls was long, about 36 minutes. However, for the 3 other trains, the time between the first contact and issuing the CAN warning was short, ranging from less than 1 minute to about 6 minutes.
Each time the NCO issued the CAN warning they read the contents of the form to the train driver. The driver transcribed it onto their own copy of the form and read it back to the NCO. The NCO then either confirmed that the readback was correct or appropriate corrections were made. Location information was not discussed during the issue of any of the CAN warnings other than the as written limits ‘between km 24.000 and km 24.400’.
Recorded information
Event recorder
The XPT train used Hasler RT data recorders fitted to the leading and trailing power cars. The tape from the leading power car (XP2003) showed the train speed from when the driver stopped the train to receive the CAN warning, at Donnybrook, until after it passed the location where the TSR was applied (Figure 8).
Figure 8: The tape recording from XP2003 showing train speed
This figure shows the approximate train speed after departing Donnybrook. The location where the train slowed to below 40 km/h (the northern location) is shown in blue, and the location of the TSR (the southern location) is shown in orange. Source: NSW Trains, annotated by OCI
ST21 slowed at the first 24.4 km location encountered (the northern location). After travelling over the Jacana flyover where the kilometrage reset to 27 km, it then passed the southern 24.4 km location, where the TSR started, travelling at between 100 km/h and 110 km/h. This was below the normal 115 km/h speed limit and consistent with ST21 accelerating out of a preceding curve that had a 95 km/h speed limit.
ICE radio GPS speed
All trains operating on the ARTC network were required to be fitted with an In-Cab Communication Equipment (ICE) digital train radio system. ICE was specifically designed for the rail industry and integrates both voice and electronic (data) transmission and a GPS unit. The equipment on board the trains broadcast position and speed information, which was received and recorded by ARTC. Although the GPS recording frequency and precision were low, it provided an estimate of train speed.
Five other trains (all freight) were issued the CAN warning and passed over the rough ride location while the TSR was active and before ST21. The GPS recordings from these trains showed 3 had slowed to below 40 km/h while 2 exceeded this speed by substantial margins (Table 1).
Table 1: Estimated train speed
Train number
Nearest km post
Estimated speed (km/h)
Average speed (km/h)
2CM7
25
24
74
78
76
1BM4
25
24
56
62
59
2CM3
25
24
39
32
36
2MB9
23
25
33
28
30
2SM7
25
24
35
36
35
Track geometry
The vertical track geometry at the rough ride location was measured by track workers on the day of the occurrence. They recorded that a 25 mm vertical geometry irregularity was present when measured at the mid-point of a 6 m chord. When compared to ARTC’s defect limits,[11] this irregularity was a defect requiring maintenance. ARTC reported that it was subsequently repaired by hand tamping, a process of lifting the track and packing ballast under the sleeper to support it.
Track geometry was also regularly measured by the track recording vehicle (the AK car). The most recent measurement was on 4 April 2022, about 7 weeks prior to the occurrence. ARTC’s exceedance report for this measurement did not include a geometry defect at or near the rough ride location.
Electronic transmission of TSR
ARTC’s code of practice permitted CAN warnings to be issued ‘using electronic transmission’. However, this was not an implemented method on ARTC track in Victoria at the time of the occurrence. Instead, the NCO provided the warning to the driver of ST21 by dictation and readback of a written CAN warning form using radio voice communication.
The standard radio installed on trains on the ARTC network was the ICE radio which was capable of providing both voice and electronic (data) to train drivers. The electronic transmission capability of the ICE radio system could transmit safeworking information, including notification of TSR locations. If electronic transmission was used, the information could be provided to drivers to read and respond to on an in-cab display. As the system monitored train locations by GPS, it could also provide an alert to drivers when their train was approaching a location with a TSR applied.
At the time of the incident, another Australian railway was using the ICE radio electronic transmission capability as part of its safeworking system (Hjort 2015). The system, as implemented, provided an alert to train drivers when they were approaching a TSR location.
Repeated track kilometres
The ARTC standard gauge network in Victoria contained at least 6 other locations where there was a step change in kilometrage at a fixed location. None occurred for the same reason as the change at Jacana flyover (alignment with a parallel track). However, at least 2 locations (at Pyrenees and Newport) created the realistic possibility of ambiguous location identification. This was because repeated kilometrage was separated by moderate distances.[12]
Some other railways have adopted kilometre identification processes that addressed this type of ambiguity. For example, a freight railway in the Pilbara region of West Australia used a prefix on kilometre markings that avoided duplication (Figure 9).
Figure 9: An example location marked using the ‘C’ prefix on an Australian railway
Source: Monash Institute of Railway Technology
On the Pilbara network, 2 parallel tracks deviated from each other and took different routes (with different path lengths) before realigning. There was a step change in track kilometres on the longer route when the tracks realigned that resulted in repeated kilometrage. Ambiguity was avoided as the kilometres on the longer route within the deviation were described with a ‘C’ prefix. The second instance of the same kilometres that occurred after tracks realigned were described without a prefix.
Studies and other occurrences
RAIB Safety digest: South Wales overspeeds
In 2025 the British Rail Accident Investigation Branch (RAIB) published a report into overspeed occurrences during blanket speed restrictions (RAIB Safety digest 03/2025). The report emphasised the importance of robust and effective processes for delivery of safety-critical messages about speed restrictions. Additionally, it encouraged the use of available technology (such as automatic radio broadcasts) to reinforce existing processes.
ATSB Safety study: Safe work on track
In 2017, the ATSB published the results of a safety issue investigation into reported notifiable occurrences while maintenance work was being performed on or near railway tracks (ATSB investigation RI-2014-011).
The study considered occurrences over a 5-year period between July 2009 and June 2014. It found that incorrect identification of worksite location (either position or limits) was one of the highest occurrence categories in terms of risk exposure to track workers. More than 50% of the occurrences in this category were assessed as having increased or high-risk exposure.
Although the study was related to work on track rather than train running, it quantified the risk associated with incorrectly identifying and communicating locations in systems of safeworking.
Relevant occurrences
Wallan derailment February 2020
In February 2020 near Wallan in Victoria, train ST23 proceeded through a turnout with a 15 km/h speed limit at high speed and derailed (ATSB investigation RO-2020-002). The investigation identified that the driver probably expected to remain on the straight track through Wallan (which was not speed restricted), rather than be routed through the loop at a restricted speed. Information on the routing of ST23 through Wallan Loop was provided to the driver in a paper document. The investigation highlighted an over‑reliance on administrative controls and the missed opportunities to use existing and emerging technologies to manage risk associated with human error.
TSR location errors in June 2023
On 8 June 2023, ARTC reported 2 occurrences[13] of incorrect location information being given to train crews on CAN warnings. They occurred in the context of a high workload for the NCO following track geometry measurements which required TSR’s at several locations at short notice.
In the first instance, at about 1100, a TSR was requested between 90.5 km and 90.7 km in the track section between Gheringhap and Inverleigh. However, the NCO recorded the location on the CAN warning form as between 95 km and 97 km. A train driver was issued the CAN warning and their train proceeded through the intended location of the TSR at normal speed before slowing at the location described on the CAN warning.
About one hour later, another TSR was requested, this time between 161 km and 161.7 km, although no additional location description was provided to the NCO. The NCO recorded that this was within the Barwon Park to Wingeel Loop track section on the CAN form, however the kilometrage was not within this section. A train driver was issued the CAN warning and their train proceeded through the location of the geometry defect at normal speed. As the train approached Wingeel Loop the train driver realised that the kilometre and section descriptions given did not match and reported the issue.
Safety analysis
Introduction
On 24 May 2022, the driver of train ST21 travelling from Sydney to Melbourne reported that they had unintentionally travelled over the Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge at high speed while a 40 km/h temporary speed restriction (TSR) was in place.
This analysis discusses:
the warning for the temporary speed restriction
train driver response to the warning
systems used for temporary speed restrictions
reporting of speed exceedance.
The warning for the temporary speed restriction
The location of the required 40 km/h TSR was at the Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge. The first NCO established that this was the location in communication with the reporting V/Line train driver. The NCO also conveyed this to the track inspector who specified the kilometre limits of the TSR which encompassed the bridge.
A CAN warning was then prepared by the NCO with the limits of the speed restriction described as being between 24.000 km and 24.400 km. This was inconsistent with the CAN form design which indicated that the limits of the TSR should include both km and location information. It was probably not an uncommon practice to include kilometre limits only, and none of the drivers issued with the CAN warning questioned the absence of a location description.
However, the specified limits could apply to 2 locations for rail traffic, due to the step change in kilometrage that occurred at the Jacana flyover. These locations were about 11 km apart and both were on the path of train ST21 from the location where the driver received the warning.
Both the NCO who created the CAN warning and the NCO who issued the warning to ST21 controlled the ‘Melbourne’ area of the ARTC network. This area included the 24.4 km location south of the Jacana flyover. It did not include the other 24.4 km location north of Somerton. This probably contributed to a belief by both NCO’s that the kilometre limits alone adequately described the location.
Contributing factor
The warning for the temporary speed restriction identified the location using kilometrage, without a location description. The specified kilometrage occurred twice along the path of train ST21, about 11 km apart.
Train driver response to the warning
The driver of ST21 described that, after receiving the CAN, they began monitoring the approaching kilometre posts. Around the 26 km post, they commenced slowing in anticipation of arriving at 24.4 km. The train’s event recorder indicated that it slowed to 40 km/h as it approached the first (northern) 24.4 km location.
After observing the 24 km post, ST21 resumed normal speed. The driver believed that the CAN warning had been complied with and no longer actively monitored kilometre markings for the TSR location. Subsequently, they did not slow at the location of the TSR. Instead ST21 accelerated from 100 km/h to 110 km/h through the second (southern) 24.4 km to 24.0 km location.
There was additional information available to the driver of ST21 relating to the location of the TSR. In a conversation about 36 minutes before receiving the CAN warning, the NCO advised the driver of the need to issue a warning for the section ‘Somerton to Tullamarine’. In addition, the communicating NCO was only responsible for the section south of Somerton which did not include the first (northern) 24.4 km location. It is unlikely that the driver considered the earlier conversation with the NCO or the NCO’s area of control when receiving and implementing the CAN warning.
Contributing factor
Train ST21 was slowed at the first 24.4 km location encountered and subsequently proceeded at high speed through the second 24.4 km location where the temporary speed restriction applied.
Systems used for temporary speed restrictions
A CAN warning was the method used by ARTC to immediately slow rail traffic in response to the rough ride report. It was implemented until any potential risk associated with the rough ride report could be assessed and appropriately addressed. It was an administrative control which relied on the effective communication of information between NCOs and drivers, and the correct application of the information.
The hierarchy of controls is a commonly understood concept that describes the relative effectiveness of different types of risk controls. Administrative controls include work methods or procedures that are designed to minimise exposure to a hazard as well as the information, training and instruction needed to ensure workers can work safely (Safe Work Australia 2018). Administrative controls are recognised as having comparatively low effectiveness but are used when higher levels of control such as engineering controls or elimination are not available. They can be vulnerable to unintentional error including in implementation and communication.
The vulnerability of administrative systems to unintentional error has been highlighted in research, other investigations and repeat events. A report into overspeed occurrences in the United Kingdom emphasised the importance of robust and effective processes for the delivery of safety-critical communication of speed restrictions. A further study showed that incorrect identification of location was one of the event categories that commonly exposed track workers to high safety risk. Occurrences on the ARTC network in June 2023 are further examples of the vulnerability of its administrative systems for applying TSR.
In this occurrence, the communicated location information was ambiguous. This was due to the presence of duplicated track kilometres in this area and the omission of other forms of location description. Opportunities to reduce the likelihood of ambiguity using existing controls included:
the use of prefixes on duplicate kilometre markings to create distinction, as implemented by another Australian railway
improvement in the CAN warning form design by creating separate fields for km and location, reducing the likelihood of omission
greater clarity in work instructions to reinforce the requirement to describe location.
There was also opportunity to implement technology-supported solutions with the potential to reduce risk associated with the implementation of temporary speed restrictions. This included solutions utilising ICE radio (as fitted to all trains on the ARTC network). Another local network utilised ICE radio to alert drivers as they approached a TSR location. If well designed, such systems provide opportunities to reduce or eliminate many of the possible location‑related errors that may occur.[14]
Other factor that increased risk
The administrative controls used by ARTC to warn train crew about temporary speed restrictions were vulnerable to errors in creation and communication. There were opportunities to improve the effectiveness of existing controls and adopt technology-supported solutions. (Safety issue)
Reporting of speed exceedance
The driver voluntarily reported the overspeed to train control immediately after becoming aware that it had occurred, as they were concerned that other trains may also overspeed through the TSR location. Their action, and the motivation for it, was representative of a commitment to safety.
Other finding
The driver of ST21 self-reported the overspeed to train control, promptly informing others of the risk.
Findings
ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition, ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors.
Safety issues are highlighted in bold to emphasise their importance. A safety issue is a safety factor that (a) can reasonably be regarded as having the potential to adversely affect the safety of future operations, and (b) is a characteristic of an organisation or a system, rather than a characteristic of a specific individual, or characteristic of an operating environment at a specific point in time.
These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.
From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the exceedance of temporary speed restriction by XPT ST21 in Merri-bek, Victoria, on 24 May 2022.
Contributing factors
The warning for the temporary speed restriction identified the location using kilometrage, without a location description. The specified kilometrage occurred twice along the path of train ST21, about 11 km apart.
Train ST21 was slowed at the first 24.4 km location encountered and subsequently proceeded at high speed through the second 24.4 km location where the temporary speed restriction applied.
Other factors that increased risk
The administrative controls used by ARTC to warn train crew about temporary speed restrictions were vulnerable to errors in creation and communication. There were opportunities to improve the effectiveness of existing controls and adopt technology-supported solutions. (Safety issue)
Other findings
The driver of ST21 self-reported the overspeed to train control, promptly informing others of the risk.
Safety issues and actions
Central to the ATSB’s investigation of transport safety matters is the early identification of safety issues. The ATSB expects relevant organisations will address all safety issues an investigation identifies.
Depending on the level of risk of a safety issue, the extent of corrective action taken by the relevant organisation(s), or the desirability of directing a broad safety message to the Rail industry, the ATSB may issue a formal safety recommendation or safety advisory notice as part of the final report.
All of the directly involved parties were provided with a draft report and invited to provide submissions. As part of that process, each organisation was asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they had carried out or were planning to carry out in relation to each safety issue relevant to their organisation.
Descriptions of each safety issue, and any associated safety recommendations, are detailed below. Click the link to read the full safety issue description, including the issue status and any safety action/s taken. Safety issues and actions are updated on this website when safety issue owners provide further information concerning the implementation of safety action
Safety issue description: The administrative controls used by ARTC to warn train crew about temporary speed restrictions were vulnerable to errors in creation and communication. There were opportunities to improve the effectiveness of existing controls and adopt technology‑supported solutions.
Glossary
ARTC
Australian Rail Track Corporation
CAN
Condition affecting network
CoP
Code of Practice
ICE
In-Cab communications equipment
NCO
Network Control Officer
TSR
Temporary speed restriction
Sources and submissions
Sources of information
The sources of information during the investigation included the:
ARTC
Driver of ST21
Network Control Officer
References
Hjort, G., (2015). Implementation of electronic train order working on the NSW country regional network. AusRAIL 2015.
Safe Work Australia, (2018). Code of Practice – How to manage work health and safety risks.
Submissions
Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.
A draft of this report was provided to directly involved parties. The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.
Rail safety investigations in Victoria
Rail safety investigations in Victoria are conducted by the Office of the Chief Investigator (OCI) in accordance with a collaboration agreement with the ATSB.
OCI is the operational office of the Chief Investigator, Transport Safety, a statutory position established in the Transport Integration Act 2010 (Vic) to provide independent, no-blame investigation of transport safety matters in Victoria.
Under the collaboration agreement with the ATSB, OCI staff exercise powers and perform functions under the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003 (Cth), and reports are approved for release under the TSI Act by the ATSB Commission.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
Investigations under the TSI Act do not apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings.
Under the TSI Act investigations endeavour to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner.
TSI Act investigations are not for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
About ATSB reports
ATSB investigation reports are organised with regard to international standards or instruments, as applicable, and with ATSB procedures and guidelines.
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
Publishing information
Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003
Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication
Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.
Creative Commons licence
With the exception of the Commonwealth Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this report is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International licence.
The CC BY 4.0 licence enables you to distribute, remix, adapt, and build upon our material in any medium or format, so long as attribution is given to the Australian Transport Safety Bureau.
Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.
[1]At the time of the occurrence, the Local Government Area of Moreland had commenced a process to select a new name. It was subsequently renamed Merri-bek in September 2022.
[2]Track kilometre (track km): refers to the distance along a track from a known location. On the Victorian section of the interstate rail network the 0 km reference is Southern Cross Station in Melbourne. References to km in this report are track km.
[3]NSW Trains was an agency of the NSW State Government and within a division of Transport for NSW (TfNSW). It operated regional passenger services throughout New South Wales and interstate to Brisbane, Canberra and Melbourne.
[4]The southern 24.4 km location (with TSR) at Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge was within the Tullamarine passing loop.
[5]Km post: physical posts are placed to one side of the track every kilometre along the ARTC network displaying the track kilometres. In this instance, the driver specifically recalled seeing the post, not the general location.
[6]TA20 – ARTC Code of Practice for the Victorian main line operations, version 3.0
[7]ARTC engineering procedure PP-163: Speed restriction management, version 1.6
[8]A diagram showing operational information on train movements within a control area.
[9]ANRF 004 – Condition affecting the network (CAN), version 2.1
[10]It is likely that this pattern also occurred on the other 2 occasions. However, recordings of the initial conversations on those occasions were not identified.
[11]ARTC, Engineering (Track & Civil), Code of Practice, Section 5, Track Geometry, Version 3.
[12]In the 4 other locations the change was unlikely to create a realistic possibility of ambiguity. One location was a positive change (where the kilometre values in between were not used) that did not create repeated kilometrage. The others did contain locations of common kilometrage. However, they occurred either so close together as to be of no consequence, or so far apart that the extended time and distance involved would likely provide enough defence against misidentification.
[13]Notifiable occurrence: an accident or incident associated with railway operation reported to the regulator (ONRSR), as required by the Rail Safety National Law Regulations 2012.
[14]With any safety‑critical change, appropriate consideration is required to ensure that new error modes are not introduced.
Preliminary report
Report release date: 31/08/2022
This preliminary report details factual information established in the investigation’s early evidence collection phase and has been prepared to provide timely information to the industry and public. Preliminary reports contain no analysis or findings, which will be detailed in the investigation’s final report. The information contained in this preliminary report is released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003.
The occurrence
Introduction
On 23 May 2022, the XPT passenger train ST21 departed Central Station in Sydney, New South Wales at about 2039,[1] on a scheduled service to Southern Cross Station in Melbourne, Victoria via Goulburn, Junee and Albury (Figure 1). The train was operating on the interstate standard gauge track[2] between Sydney and Melbourne. On board were the driver, four passenger services crew and 57 passengers.
Figure 1: Standard gauge rail route from Sydney to Melbourne
Source: Google Maps with annotations by the Chief Investigator, Transport Safety
At about 2121 that same evening, the driver of a V/Line train reported rough track at about the 24.2 km[3] location at the Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge, in the Local Government Area of Moreland. The report was made to the Australian Rail Track Corporation (ARTC) Network Control at Mile End,[4] in South Australia. In response, ARTC placed a temporary speed restriction (TSR) over that portion of the track, from 24.0 to 24.4 km.
Passage of XPT passenger train ST21
ST21 travelled from Sydney to Junee without incident, arriving at Junee at about 0228 on 24 May. Following a change of driver, the train departed at 0233. ST21 then made a scheduled stop at Albury at 0407 for about six minutes, before resuming its travel to Melbourne. At about 0605, while passing Seymour in Victoria, the Mile End Network Control Officer (NCO) responsible for the section south of Somerton, that contained the Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge, called the driver by network radio. In this call, they advised the driver of train ST21 that there was a Condition Affecting Network (CAN) warning between Somerton and Tullamarine. The driver replied that they would contact the NCO when the train was closer to that location.
At 0641, ST21 stopped at signal ES376 at Donnybrook and the driver called the responsible Mile End NCO for details of the CAN warning. The driver was informed that there was a TSR in place between the 24.000 km and 24.400 km locations and that there were no signs erected. This exchange involved the driver of ST21 transcribing the verbal advice from the NCO onto their CAN form and reading it back. At 0644 the NCO confirmed that the driver’s read-back was correct and soon after ST21 resumed its travel towards Melbourne. During this radio exchange between the driver and NCO and the issuing of the CAN warning, the line section affected was not discussed.
After departing Donnybrook, ST21 arrived at the 24.4 km location (north of Somerton) at about 0653. The driver reduced the train’s speed to just under 40 km/h and after passing the 24.0 km mark resumed normal speed. In this section, the standard gauge track on which ST21 was travelling was a single bi-directional track that runs parallel to and on the east side of the two Melbourne metropolitan broad gauge tracks (Figure 2).
Figure 2: Looking towards 24.4 to 24.0 km location where ST21 reduced speed.
Source: Chief Investigator, Transport Safety
The train continued its journey and entered the Mile End Network Control territory at 0656 when it passed signal SOM4[5] located at about the 21.8 km mark. At about 0658, ST21 made a scheduled two-minute stop at Broadmeadows station. The train then departed Broadmeadows station with about 50 passengers and travelled towards Jacana Junction.
The train travelled via the Jacana flyover that passed over the broad gauge tracks. On the flyover, kilometrage marking on the standard gauge line changed from 16 km to 27 km, and from this point decreased heading towards Melbourne (Figure 3).[6]
Figure 3: Kilometre change signboard after track passed over the broad gauge lines
The figure shows the standard-gauge track a short distance after it had passed over the broad gauge tracks (at the Jacana Flyover) Source: Chief Investigator, Transport Safety
After clearing the flyover, the train’s speed was increased and at about 0703 ST21 approached the Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge at about 100 km/h. The train speed was not reduced, and the train passed over the bridge and across the rough track location. The 24.4 km mark was at the east end of the bridge, the rough track was at around the 24.2 km mark, just past midway on the bridge, and the 24.0 km mark was just past the west end of the bridge (Figure 4).[7]
Figure 4: Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge, looking west towards Melbourne
The figure shows the two tracks that crossed the Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge. ST21 was travelling on the standard gauge track. Source: Chief Investigator, Transport Safety
At about 0705, ST21 approached the 21 km post. The driver noticed this km post and realised that the CAN warning for reduced speed may have referred to the section of track across the Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge, and not to the earlier section where they had reduced speed.
The driver of ST21 called the Mile End Network Control to clarify the correct location of the TSR and reported that they had reduced speed at the 24.4 km mark before Somerton.
The train continued to Southern Cross Station and arrived at 0831.
Context
Track information
The XPT service was operating on the interstate standard gauge track from Sydney to Melbourne. The track was part of the Defined Interstate Rail Network (DIRN) and was managed by the Australian Rail Track Corporation (ARTC).
For trains travelling toward Melbourne, the standard and broad gauge tracks ran parallel approaching Jacana before taking divergent routes. The standard gauge track crossed over the broad gauge at the Jacana Flyover and was routed via western Melbourne, whereas the broad gauge lines continued in a more direct route towards Melbourne (Figure 5). The standard gauge route between Jacana and Melbourne was about 27 km and the broad gauge route about 16 km.
Figure 5: Broad gauge and standard gauge routes to and from Melbourne
Source: Google Maps with annotations by the Chief Investigator, Transport Safety
To accommodate the longer standard gauge distance between Jacana and Melbourne, the standard gauge track included a step change in its kilometrage at the 27 km mark, measured from Southern Cross Station. For standard gauge trains travelling toward Melbourne, the kilometrage changed from 16 km to 27 km. This kilometrage change occurred on the Jacana Flyover and was sign posted (Figure 3).
As a result of this kilometrage change point, standard gauge trains travelling toward Melbourne would encounter the kilometrage marks between 27 and 16 km twice, on either side of the Jacana Flyover kilometrage change point.
Network control
Rail traffic on the ARTC network was managed from ARTC network control centres. Network Control Officers (NCO) located within the centres were responsible for the movement of trains and track vehicles in accordance with ARTC Safe Working Rules and Procedures.
Network control centres were assigned different regions. For the Sydney to Melbourne standard gauge route, the ARTC control centre in Junee managed the movement of trains between Sydney and Somerton signal SOM4, located about 21.8 rail-km from Melbourne. South of this signal, the Mile End control centre in South Australia was responsible for rail traffic. The NCO on the Melbourne Metro Network Control Board at Mile End covered the area from Somerton to Moonee Ponds Creek, Appleton Dock and North Dynon.
Junee Network Control was responsible for the control of signal SOM4, and required clearance from the NCO on the Mile End Melbourne Metro Network Control Board before releasing a train into the region controlled by Mile End Network Control.
The Condition Affecting Network (CAN) warning
In accordance with the ARTC Code of Practice, a Condition Affecting the Network (CAN) form was required to provide written warning to rail traffic when there was a temporary speed restriction and no signs erected.[8] The NCO responsible for the section was required to arrange for train crew to receive the CAN warning before they entered the affected portion of track, and dictate the CAN warning details to the crew. The train crew was required to acknowledge the CAN warning and in the case of a temporary speed restriction, proceed through the affected section at no greater than the specified reduced speed.
In this instance, the Condition Affecting the Network (CAN) warning was initiated following a report of rough track by the driver of a V/Line train, at 2121 the previous evening. ARTC placed a temporary speed restriction of 40 km/h at the location of rough track. The TSR was withdrawn at 0836 on 24 May after completion of works at the location.
Weather and visibility
On this day, civil twilight commenced at 0652 and sunrise was at 0721. There was no rain at the time and the visibility was clear.
Further investigation
To date, the ATSB has:
inspected the location of the occurrence
examined train operational information
examined radio communications between driver and network control
examined train control records
interviewed relevant parties
commenced collection of relevant procedural documentation
The investigation is continuing and will include further review and investigation of:
the track condition that led to the temporary speed restriction (TSR)
the operation of the train, including the circumstances that led to ST21 traversing Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge at a speed exceeding the TSR
the processes and risk controls associated with the establishment of a temporary speed restriction and its communication to drivers
Should a critical safety issue be identified during the course of the investigation, the ATSB will immediately notify relevant parties so appropriate and timely safety action can be taken.
A final report will be released at the conclusion of the investigation.
Australian Transport Safety Bureau
About the ATSB
The ATSB is an independent Commonwealth Government statutory agency. It is governed by a Commission and is entirely separate from transport regulators, policy makers and service providers.
The ATSB’s purpose is to improve the safety of, and public confidence in, aviation, rail and marine transport through:
independent investigation of transport accidents and other safety occurrences
safety data recording, analysis and research
fostering safety awareness, knowledge and action.
The ATSB is responsible for investigating accidents and other transport safety matters involving civil aviation, marine and rail operations in Australia, as well as participating in overseas investigations involving Australian-registered aircraft and ships. It prioritises investigations that have the potential to deliver the greatest public benefit through improvements to transport safety.
The ATSB performs its functions in accordance with the provisions of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003 and Regulations and, where applicable, international agreements.
Rail safety investigations in Victoria
Most transport safety investigations into rail accidents and incidents in Victoria and New South Wales (NSW) are conducted in accordance with the Collaboration Agreement for Rail Safety Investigations and Other Matters between the Commonwealth Government of Australia, the State Government of Victoria, and the State Government of New South Wales. Under the Collaboration Agreement, rail safety investigations are conducted and resourced in Victoria by the Chief Investigator, Transport Safety (CITS) and in New South Wales by the Office of Transport Safety Investigations (OTSI), on behalf of the ATSB, under the provisions of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003.
The Chief Investigator, Transport Safety(CITS) is a statutory position established in 2006 to conduct independent, no-blame investigation of transport safety matters in Victoria. CITS has a broad safety remit that includes the investigation of rail (including tram), marine and bus incidents.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
Terminology
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available on the ATSB website. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
[1] All times stated are in Australian Eastern Standard Time (AEST). All arrival and departure times at stations are from the NSW Trains Timetable Report.
[2] Referred to as the Defined Interstate Rail Network (DIRN).
[3] Measured from Southern Cross Station, Melbourne.
[4] ARTC Network Control Centre West, Mile End, that was responsible for traffic control south of Somerton. This area included the section containing Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge.
[5] On passing this signal, control for ST21 transferred from the Junee to the Mile End Network Control.
[6] There was a step change in kilometrage at this point in the standard gauge track because its distance to Melbourne was 11 km longer than the broad gauge route. The change occurred on the Jacana Flyover, a short distance beyond the bridge where the standard gauge track passed over the broad gauge.
[7] The Moonee Ponds Creek Bridge was approximately 350 m long and extended from 24.40 km to 24.05 km marks.
[8]TA20 – ARTC Code of Practice for the Victorian Main Line Operations, Section 6d, Warning Rail Traffic
In early May 2022, heavy rain fell across catchments of the Brisbane River. In response, the region’s water management agency performed several controlled water releases from dams located upriver from the Port of Brisbane. The subsequent high freshwater inflows resulted in increased current speeds through the port, exposing ships to the risk of breaking free from their berths.
At 1313 local time on 16 May, the container ship OOCL Brisbane broke away from its berth at Fisherman Islands. All the ship’s mooring lines parted or paid out shortly after another ship, Delos Wave, passed OOCL Brisbane in the adjacent channel and berthed immediately ahead of it.
At 0636 on 20 May, the container ship CMA CGM Bellini was working cargo alongside a berth at Fisherman Islands when 2 of its forward mooring lines parted and its bow drifted off the wharf. This breakaway also occurred shortly after another ship, APL Scotland, passed and berthed ahead of CMA CGM Bellini.
What the ATSB found
The ATSB found that the cause of the breakaways was a combination of increased ebb current flows and additional interaction forces and water flow disturbances introduced by Delos Wave and APL Scotland. These combined factors resulted in hydrodynamic forces which exceeded the berthed ships’ mooring arrangement capacities.
The investigation identified that Maritime Safety Queensland (MSQ), the safety regulator, and the port’s pilotage provider, Poseidon Sea Pilots (PSP) did not have a process to jointly and effectively identify and risk assess the hazards to shipping and pilotage that were outside normal environmental conditions. As a result of this safety issue, MSQ and PSP did not identify and adequately address ship interaction as a hazard that increased the risk of a breakaway at Fisherman Islands.
What has been done as a result
Following the breakaway of the oil tanker CSC Friendship in February 2022 further upriver in the port (ATSB investigation MO‑2022‑003) and these breakaways at Fisherman Islands in May, MSQ has taken the safety action summarised below.
Between July and October 2022, MSQ commissioned several investigations and studies into the breakaways, which included analyses of mooring and river conditions, port operations and contingency planning arrangements.
Additionally, MSQ engaged with multiple port stakeholders, including PSP, terminal operators, the Australian Bureau of Meteorology and Seqwater to improve collaborative planning for, and response to, extreme weather events including river flood. Subsequently, MSQ has gradually amended its procedures for responding to extreme and adverse weather events. From late 2023, these procedures reflected the Queensland Government’s adoption of the Australian Warning System, which provides a nationally recognised set of warning levels and icons to communicate and manage dangers associated with extreme weather events.
In late 2024, MSQ established the Port of Brisbane Maritime Emergency Working Group (MEWG) and developed guidelines for the group’s role in responding to port emergencies, including severe weather, river flood and dam water releases. A stated function of the MEWG, which included representatives from MSQ, Port of Brisbane and PSP, was to facilitate timely and collective assessment of potential hazards to port safety posed by significant weather events and emergencies so that appropriate controls could be identified and implemented.
Capital improvements include the installation of 3 additional current meters in the river (with additional meters planned) and the provision of data from these meters to key stakeholders, including PSP.
In December 2024, PSP advised the ATSB that it had worked closely with MSQ since the 2022 breakaways to establish a formal channel for all port stakeholders to collaboratively identify and risk assess hazards to shipping outside of normal environmental conditions. During this time, PSP progressively updated its pilotage operations safety management system to provide detailed procedures for preparing and responding to severe weather events. These procedures were developed in collaboration with MSQ and consistent with guidelines for the MEWG.
Additionally, PSP provided input for changes to MSQ’s standard port procedures. This included the joint development of procedures for movements to and from various berths under flood conditions using MSQ’s bridge/ship simulator.
Safety message
The breakaway incidents highlight the importance of structured and clearly defined emergency and risk management arrangements for managing port shipping movements outside of normal operating conditions. Such arrangements must facilitate accurate assessment of all the available information by the involved parties and provide for adequate assessment of all potential risks.
The occurrences
Background
In February and March 2022, areas of south‑east Queensland experienced unprecedented rainfall, which resulted in a series of destructive flooding events across the region, including the catchments of the upper and lower Brisbane River (Figure 1). The conditions over this period led to abnormally high currents (peaking at about 5 knots) in the Brisbane River and resulting in the breakaway of the oil tanker CSC Friendship from its berth on 27 February 2022 (see the section titled Previous occurrences).
Figure 1: The Brisbane River
Source: Queensland Government, annotated by the ATSB
While rainfall across the region eased during April, on 6 May 2022 the Australian Bureau of Meteorology (BoM) released advice of forecast significant rainfall for the following week. Subsequently, with catchments across south-east Queensland still saturated from the rainfall in February and March, Seqwater[1], as part of its strategy to manage dam water levels, issued advice on that same day that it would commence low-flow operational releases from Wivenhoe and Somerset dams, located upriver of the port.
Later that day, following the Seqwater advice, Brisbane’s regional harbour master (RHM) directed the port’s vessel traffic service (VTS) to monitor river current meter readings against predicted flows every 2 hours and report any deviations. At the time, there was only one river current flow meter, located at the 2F beacon in Pelicans Banks Reach and immediately upriver of Fisherman Islands. (Figure 2).
Figure 2: Location of the 2F beacon current flow meter
Source: Australian Hydrographic Office, annotated by the ATSB
Additionally, the RHM directed VTS to notify port stakeholders, including terminal operators, ship masters (through the local agent) and the port’s pilotage provider, Poseidon Sea Pilots (PSP), of potential disruptions to ship movements in the coming days due to forecast rain and planned dam releases. Strong winds and rough seas and swell in the area of the pilot boarding ground (PBG) outside Moreton Bay at the port’s entrance were also expected to affect the pilot boat transfers. However, despite the predicted conditions, ship movements in and out of the port were able to proceed without disruptions over the following 3 days.
On 11 May 2022, BoM forecast more significant rainfall across the region. At 0715, Seqwater’s flood operations centre advised that it had moved to its ‘stand-up’ activation level and was increasing dam releases to mitigate the risk of flooding. At 1145, Seqwater further advised that releases from Wivenhoe Dam would exceed 1,000 m³ per second overnight. At 1245, BoM issued a moderate flood warning for the upper Brisbane River.
In response to Seqwater’s notification of increased dam releases, the RHM directed VTS to suspend all immobilisation[2] permits and advise ships’ agents to ensure berthed and arriving ships deployed additional mooring lines. Ships berthed upriver from Pelican Banks were required to be at immediate readiness to depart and further arrivals to those berths were suspended. While movements at Fisherman Islands berths were to continue, nighttime pilot transfers were suspended later that day due to heavy swell at the PBG.
On the morning of 12 May, BoM issued a minor flood warning for the lower Brisbane River, in addition to a series of major and moderate flood warnings for locations throughout the lower Brisbane River catchment. The RHM anticipated that flood waters from the lower catchment would result in stronger river current flows.
Later that day, the RHM advised PSP via email that BoM had prepared a flood scenario outlook which indicated the lower Brisbane River would most likely experience minor flood levels at high tide on 14 and 15 May. This outlook also indicated that it was possible that the minor flood level could be reached on 13 May and remain at that level until 16 May. The RHM advised VTS and PSP that dam releases were being varied to manage the flood levels and therefore, unless there was significant rainfall over the lower river catchment, they did not expect a significant change to the increase in river current flow, which was observed to be about half a knot faster than normal spring ebb flows. By 1430 on 12 May, the last remaining ship berthed upriver from Pelican Banks had evacuated the river under the direction of the RHM.
On 13 May, as rainfall over the lower Brisbane River catchments increased, releases from Wivenhoe Dam were temporarily stopped to allow peak inflows from catchments downstream of the dam to pass. Meanwhile, the maximum current flow recorded was 2.5 knots, about 1 knot faster than the normal predicted ebb (downriver) flow. With sea and swell conditions at the PBG continuing to disrupt pilot transfers, there were only a limited number of ship movements that day.
That afternoon, the VTS manager advised PSP management, terminal operators, ships’ agents and other port stakeholders of the planned movements on the following day. Scheduled movements at Fisherman Islands were to proceed with additional restrictions in place due to the increased river current. The precautions prohibited the berthing of ships more than 300 m in length, with all others required to be berthed head-up (facing upriver). Only daylight movements were permitted, and with a minimum of 2 tugs.
At 0300 on 14 May, releases from Wivenhoe Dam resumed. Meanwhile, sea conditions at the PBG had further deteriorated, preventing the resumption of pilot boat operations. Consequently, only a limited number of movements were conducted between Fisherman Islands and the inner anchorage, located within the relatively sheltered waters of Moreton Bay.
OOCL Brisbane breakaway
By 15 May, conditions at the PBG had eased while the maximum ebb flow observed at the current meter was 2.3 knots. The RHM decided that these conditions allowed for the resumption of scheduled movements to Fisherman Islands.
At 1058, a pilot boarded the container ship OOCL Brisbane at the PBG to conduct it to Fisherman Islands berth number 10. The pilotage proceeded normally and by 1725, the ship was berthed port side alongside (head-up) (Figure 3).
The ship was made fast with 16 polyamide mooring ropes – 4 head and stern lines, 2 breast lines fore and aft and 2 spring lines fore and aft, or 4-2-2 fore and aft. Of these 16 ropes, 12 were secured on their mooring winches held by a manual friction brake. The remaining 4 (both forward breast lines and 2 inboard stern lines) were turned up on bitts forward and aft. The ship’s outboard (starboard) anchor was lowered to the seabed as an additional precaution. The master ordered the moorings to be checked and tended every hour. Later that evening, cargo operations commenced.
Figure 3: OOCL Brisbane mooring arrangement
Source: Maritime Safety Queensland and Seaport OPX, annotated by the ATSB
By the morning of 16 May, disruptions over the previous week had resulted in about 40 ships being anchored off the port limits, awaiting entry to the port. The maximum current recorded by the meter during the previous ebb tide had peaked at 2 knots, about 0.8 knots higher than predicted. The RHM decided that about 10 ship movements scheduled that day could go ahead subject to existing restrictions.
At 0906, a pilot boarded the container ship Delos Wave, inbound to Fisherman Islands berth number 9, immediately upriver from OOCL Brisbane. At the time of the ship’s scheduled arrival alongside, the tide would be ebbing with high water (2.14 m) predicted for 0918 and low water (0.31 m) at 1537 (at the entrance to the Brisbane River). During the pilotage, VTS advised the pilot that the river current (ebb) was 2.2 knots. When the ship entered the river, the pilot estimated there to be an east-south‑easterly wind of about 7–10 knots.
At 1116, VTS emailed port stakeholders advising that it was planning to resume further scheduled movements over the following days, also indicating that it was likely that some of the restrictions would be lifted from 17 May.
At 1239, Delos Wave was passing berth number 12 at a speed of 4.8 knots (over ground). The pilot planned to keep the ship close to the 212° (T) leading line for berthing that ran parallel to the Fisherman Islands wharf face (180 m from the face). The pilot had planned that by the time the ship was off berth number 9, its speed would have been reduced so it was stationary (over ground). The 2 tugs in attendance would then push it alongside the berth.
At 1245, Delos Wave was passing OOCL Brisbane at a distance of about 113 m at 3 knots (Figure 4, Top). Five minutes later, Delos Wave’s speed was 0.9 knots as its stern passed the bow of OOCL Brisbane.The distance between the ships was about 100 m.
Figure 4: Delos Wave passing OOCL Brisbane
Source: Australian Hydrographic Office and OOCL Brisbane’s voyage data recorder, annotated by the ATSB
After Delos Wave passed OOCL Brisbane, the pilot began manoeuvring the ship towards its berth. At 1254, when Delos Wave was about 40 m from the berth, its first mooring line was passed ashore with the pilot directing the tugs as required. The pilot was also using short bursts of dead slow ahead on the ship’s main engine to counteract the current and keep the ship stationary off the berth. Astern of the ship, OOCL Brisbane had begun to surge and yaw. At about this time, a duty crew member on OOCL Brisbane’s deck reported to the second mate that the bow was moving away from the berth. The second mate immediately notified the chief mate (via UHF radio) and then instructed the crew to standby the forward and aft moorings. Meanwhile, stevedores working cargo noticed the ship moving away from the wharf and soon after, all 3 cranes stopped working cargo and raised their booms clear.
When OOCL Brisbane’s master arrived on the bridge at 1258, its heading[3] was 218° (it had been 212° when alongside). One of its forward spring lines and both forward breast lines had parted and the remaining mooring lines forward had started to pay out.[4]
At 1259, the master ordered the engineers to standby the main engine and bow thruster for emergency use, and then notified VTS (via VHF radio). Shortly afterwards, VTS advised the master that a tug (not one of those attending Delos Wave) was en route to assist.
Meanwhile, the crew’s attempts to heave in the forward mooring lines had not succeeded and by 1303, the bow had swung about 15° away from the wharf. At 1304, the remaining forward spring line parted. Moments later, the master had the bow thruster at full port thrust. From 1307, the main engine was run (dead slow ahead and then half ahead) with the rudder hard to port to return the ship alongside. The ship, however, continued to move further away from the berth.
By 1308, all forward lines had parted or fully paid-out (Figure 5). All the aft mooring winches had also begun to pay out and the 2 inboard stern lines turned up on the bitts parted at about this time.
Figure 5: OOCL Brisbane breaking away (image shows the last headline parting)
Source: Maritime Safety Queensland
Meanwhile, Delos Wave had come alongside its berth and, by 1310, had one mooring line out at each end. Astern of it, OOCL Brisbane had broken away with its aft winches still paying out. The ship came close to the ship berthed astern of it before moving across to the other side of channel. By 1313, when the tug arrived to assist, all the ship’s aft mooring lines had parted or paid-out. One of the tugs attending Delos Wave was also released to assist OOCL Brisbane.
By 1323, OOCL Brisbane was near the opposite side of the channel with the 2 tugs assisting with controlling its movement (Figure 6). Shortly afterwards, the other tug attending Delos Wave was also released to assist OOCL Brisbane. The 3 tugs then aided OOCL Brisbane to remain within the channel while VTS arranged a pilot.
Figure 6: OOCL Brisbane at 1323
Source: Australian Hydrographic Office and OOCL Brisbane’s voyage data recorder, annotated by the ATSB
At 1357, the master let go the starboard anchor to maintain position while waiting for the pilot. After boarding at 1418, the pilot agreed a plan with the master to take the ship to an anchorage at Moreton Bay (the ship had no usable mooring ropes). At 1505, after weighing anchor, the pilot conducted the ship to the anchorage.
As all OOCL Brisbane’s mooring ropes had parted and several mooring winches were damaged, it remained at the anchorage for several days while new ropes and spare parts were supplied. The RHM also required an independent surveyor to conduct an investigation and inspect the mooring equipment (see section titled OOCL Brisbane - Mooring equipment).
On 26 May, a pilot conducted the ship back to the same berth where 6 of its cargo hatch covers had remained after the breakaway.
CMA CGM Bellini breakaway
Following the breakaway of OOCL Brisbane, MSQ continued to monitor river current conditions and reviewed ship mooring configurations using its NCOS[5] mooring tool, applying an assumed additional loading of 3 knots of current speed alongside the berths. Ship movements to and from Fisherman Islands berths continued, with existing restrictions still in place. Arrivals to berths upriver from Pelican Banks also resumed. On 18 May, the RHM decided that ships of more than 300 m in length could resume berthing at Fisherman Islands. While rainfall had eased, the continuation of controlled releases from Wivenhoe Dam was resulting in a greater ebb river current than during a normal spring ebb tide.
At 0836 on 19 May, the container ship CMA CGM Bellini berthed port side alongside (head‑up) at Fisherman Islands berth number 6 (Figure 7). The ship was made fast with 14 polyamide mooring ropes – 4 headlines, 3 stern lines, 1 forward breast line, 2 aft breast lines and 2 spring lines fore and aft. As an additional precaution, the starboard anchor was lowered to the seabed. Of the 7 forward ropes, 6 were secured on their mooring winches and held by a manual friction brake while the forward breast line was turned up on bitts.
Figure 7: CMA CGM Bellini mooring arrangement
Source: Maritime Safety Queensland and Seaport OPX, annotated by the ATSB
At 0236 the following day, a pilot boarded the container ship APL Scotland at the PBG. The ship was bound for Fisherman Islands berth number 5, immediately upriver from berth number 6 where CMA CGM Bellini was working cargo. During the master and pilot information exchange, the pilot informed the master that a strong ebb current and south-easterly winds could be expected at the berth and additional mooring ropes would be necessary.
At 0618, as APL Scotland entered the Brisbane River, a harbour tug attended the ship and made fast on its starboard quarter. At 0623, as the ship passed Fisherman Islands berth number 9 at a speed of 5 knots, another tug made fast on the ship’s starboard shoulder. The tide was ebbing, with the predicted high water (2.59 m) having occurred at 0028 and low water (0.61 m) predicted for 0725. At the time, the current meter recorded an ebb flow of 1.5 knots and the pilot recalled south-easterly winds of 16–19 knots.
At 0625, APL Scotland’s speed had slowed to 4.2 knots as its bow came into line with the stern of CMA CGM Bellini. At this time, the distance between the ships was about 160 m. By 0628, APL Scotland was 120 m off CMA CGM Bellini’s beam,at a slight angle to the 212° leading line for berthing and its speed had reduced to 2.1 knots (Figure 8).
Figure 8: APL Scotland passing CMA CGM Bellini at 0628
Source: Maritime Safety Queensland
At 0634, CMA CGM Bellini began to surge and yaw at its berth as APL Scotland’s stern passed about 80 m from its bow. At about the same time, APL Scotland’s pilot ordered its main engine slow astern for a brief period to reduce speed.
At 0635, as the pilot began manoeuvring APL Scotland towards the berth, one of CMA CGM Bellini’s inner headlines began to pay out. A duty crew member on deck saw the bow moving away from the berth and called the duty officer (the third mate) on the bridge (via UHF radio). The third mate alerted the chief mate via radio and then went forward. At 0636, the forward breast line partially parted, followed by the parting of one of its forwardmost headlines a few seconds later (Figure 9).
Figure 9: Headline parts at 0635
Source: Maritime Safety Queensland, annotated by the ATSB
By 0637, the ship’s bow had drifted about 8 m off the wharf face. On APL Scotland’s port bridge wing, the pilot had heard the headline parting and saw CMA CGM Bellini moving off the berth. The pilot alerted the shore mooring gang and asked the masters of the attending tugs to call another tug to assist CMA CGM Bellini.
Meanwhile, CMA CGM Bellini’s third mate saw all except one of the headlines were paying out and, assisted by 2 other crew members, attempted to heave them in. On the bridge, the chief mate officer called the engine room and instructed the duty engineer to standby the main engine and bow thruster before calling the master.
At 0642, a tugarrived to assist and began pushing up on CMA CGM Bellini’s starboard shoulder. At this time, APL Scotland was manoeuvring ahead of CMA CGM Bellini, and the pilot was using its engine intermittently at dead slow ahead to counteract the current and keep the ship stationary off the berth. When CMA CGM Bellini’s master arrived on the bridge at about 0650, its bow was slowly returning alongside the wharf.
By 0655, CMA CGM Bellini’s bow thruster was being used and at 0705, the ship was alongside with the crew working with shore personnel to replace the parted lines. The master then contacted VTS and informed the duty VTSO of the situation while the chief mate attended to the mooring arrangements.
By 0730, all mooring lines had been resecured. At 0800, the chief mate advised the master that the ship was again fast alongside before informing VTS that the situation was under control. The attending tug was released and shortly afterwards, cargo operations resumed.
Context
OOCL Brisbane
OOCL Brisbane was built in 2009 by Samsung Heavy Industries, South Korea, registered in Hong Kong and classed with the American Bureau of Shipping. At the time of the occurrence, it was owned by Newcontainer No.138 (Marshall Islands) Shipping and managed and operated by Orient Overseas Container Line, Hong Kong.
The 4,578 TEU[6] container ship had an overall length of 260 m, a moulded breadth of 32.25 m and a depth of 19.30 m. At its summer draught of 12.62 m, it had a deadweight of 50,575 t.
Upon its arrival in port, OOCL Brisbane had a crew of 25 Singaporean, Chinese and Filipino nationals, all suitably qualified for their positions held on board.
Mooring equipment
At the time of the breakaway, each of the 16 polyamide (nylon) mooring lines used to secure OOCL Brisbane alongside (Figure 3) had a minimum breaking load of 72.6 t, while each mooring winch had a brake holding capacity of 52.8 t. Following the breakaway, a surveyor inspected the mooring lines and equipment, as well as the service records relating to them, and determined that prior to the incident, the mooring lines, winches and gear had been properly maintained and were in serviceable order.
Delos Wave
Delos Wave was a 2,824 TEU container ship built in 2007 by HD Hyundai Mipo, South Korea. The 222 m ship had a moulded breadth of 30 m, a depth of 16.80 m and a deadweight of 39,357 t at its summer draught of 12 m.
The ship was registered in the Marshall Islands and classed with Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (ClassNK). At the time of the occurrence, it was owned by Box Carrier Corporation and managed and operated by Nautical Carriers Incorporated, Greece.
Propulsive power was provided by a single Hyundai B&W 2‑stroke, single‑acting diesel engine that developed 25,270 kW at 104 rpm. The main engine drove a single, fixed-pitch propeller, which gave the ship a service speed of 22 knots.
The ship was manned by 23 suitably qualified Ukrainian, Georgian, Moldovan, Greek and Filipino nationals.
Pilot
Delos Wave’s pilot had trained and qualified as a licensed (unrestricted) Brisbane pilot when Poseidon Sea Pilots (PSP) commenced the provision of pilotage services for the port in January 2022. The pilot had previously been a pilot in the Queensland ports of Townsville and Gladstone for 6 years.
CMA CGM Bellini
CMA CGM Bellini was built in 2004 by Samsung Heavy Industries, South Korea, registered in Malta and classed with Bureau Veritas. At the time of the breakaway, the 5,782 TEU container ship was owned, managed and operated by CMA CGM, France.
The ship had an overall length of 277 m, a moulded breadth of 40 m and a depth of 24.33 m. At its summer draught of 12.53 m, it had a deadweight of 72,500 t.
CMA CGM Bellini had a crew of 20 Croation, Montenegrin, Sri Lankan and Filipino nationals, all suitably qualified for their positions held on board.
Mooring equipment
At the time of the breakaway, each of CMA CGM Bellini’s 14 nylon (polyamide) mooring lines used to secure the ship alongside (Figure 7) had a minimum breaking load of 96.3 t. The ship’s maintenance records indicated they were in good condition. The mooring equipment maintenance records also indicated that the mooring winches and winch brake linings complied with the requirements of class and the ship’s safety management system.
APL Scotland
APL Scotland was built in 2001 by Samsung Heavy Industries, South Korea, registered in Singapore and classed with Det Norske Veritas (DNV). The 5,510 TEU container ship was owned by CMA CGM Asia Pacific Liner and managed and operated by CMA CGM Asia Shipping, Singapore.
APL Scotland had an overall length of 277 m, a moulded breadth of 40 m and a depth of 24.30 m. At its summer draught of 14 m, it had a deadweight of 68,017 t. Propulsive power was provided by a single Samsung-MAN B&W 2‑stroke, single‑acting diesel engine that developed 54,840 kW at 94 rpm. The main engine drove a single, fixed-pitch propeller, which gave the ship a service speed of 23.5 knots.
The ship was crewed by 24 suitably qualified Chinese, Sri Lankan and Filipino nationals.
Pilot
APL Scotland’s pilot had extensive pilotage experience in various ports in Australia before obtaining an unrestricted pilot licence for Brisbane in 2021 after joining PSP.
Port of Brisbane
The Port of Brisbane (Figure 10) is located at the mouth of the Brisbane River in south‑east Queensland. It is one of Australia’s largest and most diverse multi-cargo ports, with 28 operating berths facilitating the handling of containers, general cargo, motor vehicles and bulk, as well as a dedicated international cruise ship terminal.
Figure 10: The Port of Brisbane
Source: Port of Brisbane
Each year, approximately 2,150 ships visit the port, which handles approximately $55 billion annually in international trade, including 50% of Queensland’s agricultural exports and 95% of its motor vehicles and containers. In the 2021–22 financial year, the port handled 32 million tonnes of cargo, including 1.53 million containers.
Under Queensland’s Transport Operations (Marine Safety) Act 1994, control of navigation in the port is the responsibility of the regional harbour master (RHM) appointed by Maritime Safety Queensland (MSQ). In 2010, the port was privatised and, under a 99-year lease from the Queensland Government, is managed and developed by the Port of Brisbane (PBPL).[7] MSQ and the PBPL were jointly responsible for managing the safe and efficient operation of the port.
The Brisbane port limits encompass a significant area of Moreton Bay and extend to the northern end of the bay with about 45 miles[8] from the pilot boarding ground to river entrance beacons. The RHM’s area of responsibility extends beyond the port limits to include areas of other commercial and recreational activities, including Moreton Bay, the Brisbane River upriver from the port and the coastal sea area to about 45 miles further north of the port limits.
At the time of the occurrences, the port provided an equivalent of eight 300 m container berths (numbers 4 to 11) at Fisherman Islands (Figure 11). The design depth off the wharf face was 14 m and each berth pocket was 55 m wide.
Figure 11: Fisherman Islands container berths
Source: Port of Brisbane, annotated by the ATSB
Pilotage
All ships over 50 m in length calling at Brisbane were required to take a pilot. The pilot boarding ground was situated 3 miles south‑east from Point Cartwright.
Pilot transfers were conducted by pilot boat, normally operating out of Mooloolaba Boat Harbour, located at the mouth of the Mooloolaba River near the north‑western shore of Point Cartwright. During rough sea conditions, the bar at the river entrance sometimes became hazardous for pilot boats to cross. In such circumstances, the boats operated from Scarborough, a short distance north‑west of Redcliffe.
Vessel traffic service
The Brisbane vessel traffic service (VTS) was the principal resource available to the RHM to manage the movement of ships approaching, departing and operating within the Brisbane VTS area, which includes all areas within the Brisbane port limits and the compulsory pilotage area.
The service was provided by MSQ and manned 24 hours per day by qualified vessel traffic service operators (VTSO).
Brisbane River
The Brisbane River is the longest river in south‑east Queensland, travelling 344 km from Mount Stanley and flowing through the city of Brisbane and its port before emptying into Moreton Bay on the Coral Sea.
The Brisbane River basin drains a catchment of about 13,560 square kilometres to the mouth of the river. The river system includes 2 water storage and flood mitigation dams – Somerset Dam on an upriver tributary, which drains to Wivenhoe Dam on the Brisbane River (Figure 12).
About half of the catchment is above Wivenhoe Dam, which is situated about 150 km from the mouth of the river. Seqwater estimated that water released from Wivenhoe Dam takes about 30 hours to reach the port. Wivenhoe Dam stores a significant volume of inflow water, reducing the Brisbane River level to mitigate the risk of flooding.
Figure 12: Wivenhoe and Somerset dams
Source: Queensland Government
While the frequency and severity of floods has diminished since the 1985 construction of Wivenhoe Dam, severe flooding along the Brisbane River can still occur. Such events may result in widespread damage to surrounding areas, as documented during significant flood events in January 2011 and February 2022.
Weather event
In early May 2022, onshore winds and a low-pressure trough across eastern Australia resulted in substantial rainfall in the east of the country, in addition to strong winds and hazardous surf conditions along much of its eastern seaboard. In south‑east Queensland, rainfall was significantly above average, with most locations recording more than twice the average for the month. In the Greater Brisbane area, rainfall was heaviest between 11 and 14 May, peaking on 13 May. By 16 May, the total accumulated monthly rainfall was 196 mm and by 20 May, this total had increased to 225 mm (Figure 13). Brisbane’s total rainfall for the month was 280 mm, 397% of the long-term average of 70.6 mm and the city’s wettest May since 1996.
Figure 13: Daily and cumulative rainfall for Brisbane in May 2022
Source: Bureau of Meteorology, compiled by the ATSB
Impact on port and mooring conditions
Following these occurrences, PBPL and MSQ engaged Seaport OPX, a specialist provider of hydrodynamic modelling and digital port solutions, to investigate the circumstances of the breakaways. This was to assist port management to evaluate existing mooring practices and procedures at Fisherman Islands.
Seaport OPX used 3D hydrographic modelling and mooring analysis software to simulate and assess the environmental and dynamic conditions that may have contributed to each breakaway. In its investigation report, Seaport OPX noted that the complexity of the physical processes and their interactions on the moored ships were difficult to evaluate, even with the use of advanced numerical modelling tools. They were however able to provide insight into the factors that probably contributed to the breakaways.
Increased river currents
Following heavy rainfall over the Brisbane River catchment areas, the resulting freshwater inflows to the river were observed to generate abnormally high currents in the port, including along the Fisherman Islands berths. These inflows coincided with a perigean[9] spring tide from 16 May, which resulted in a higher-than-average spring tidal range during the time of both breakaways, thereby further increasing ebb current flows.
Seaport OPX estimated that at the time of both breakaways, freshwater discharges into the lower catchment were approximately 1,500 cubic metres per second (Figure 14).
Figure 14: Catchment inflows and subsequent water levels and current speeds
Source: Seaport OPX, annotated by the ATSB
The current meter at 2F beacon was installed at a minimum water depth of approximately 5 m. Simulation results produced by Seaport OPX for the time of the breakaways indicated that maximum surface current at the Fisherman Islands berths was greater than that recorded by the meter and estimated the ebb flows to be 1.5 to 2 knots higher than a normal spring ebb tide. Current speed was also found to vary across the channel, with lower speeds closer to the wharf.
The report stated that hydrodynamic conditions ‘were complicated by the likely presence of a strong density-driven stratification of the flows over the draught of the moored vessels, with higher speeds and lower water density near the surface compared to at the bottom of the draught of the vessel’ (Figure 15). According to modelling, the vertical stratification of the flows over the draughtof the moored ships meant that denser saline water could flow slowly upriver even while the freshwater surface layers were flowing seaward at up to 3 knots.
Figure 15: Cross-section of simulated current speeds
Source: Seaport OPX, annotated by the ATSB
The report noted that these aspects could not be fully integrated into the mooring analysis software and increased the uncertainty of the analysis. While the forces simulated for the increased river current velocities introduced increased forces on both ships’ mooring systems, the model did not predict that the mooring line minimum breaking loads, nor the loads at which the mooring winches were expected to render, would be exceeded under those environmental conditions alone.
However, Seaport OPX also advised that limitations in the simulation software also probably resulted in the calculated line forces and the ship’s yawing motions being underestimated for each event.
Passing ship interaction
When a ship passes close to a berthed ship, there will be hydrodynamic interaction between them, potentially causing the berthed ship to move. The magnitude of the hydrodynamic forces, which may cause the berthed ship to surge, sway and/or yaw, will depend on factors such as the speed of the passing ship, the passing distance, both ships’ under-keel clearance and relative displacements and whether the berth is open to water on all sides or only on one side, for example, at a river berth.[10]
The magnitude of these interaction forces and the risk of a breakaway can be reduced by the following measures as appropriate:
ensuring ships pass at the minimum speed for steering
providing a greater distance margin when manoeuvring in proximity to berthed ships
reducing water flow disturbances through greater reliance on tugs to manoeuvre (as opposed to using the ship’s engine)
in ports that experience fast-flowing water currents, planning ship movements to avoid peak ebb and flood tidal flows to reduce the risk of interaction with berthed ships.
Generally, these considerations are well known to pilots, who are experts in ship handling and have detailed local knowledge of the port, including factors related to tidal conditions and under‑keel clearances.
Prior to each occurrence, OOCL Brisbane and CMA CGM Bellini had been berthed alongside for more than 20 hours. Each breakaway occurred shortly after another ship (Delos Wave and APL Scotland, respectively) had passed in the adjacent channel and started manoeuvring into the berth ahead.
The Seaport OPX model indicated that the observed surging and yawing motions of OOCL Brisbane and CMA CGM Bellini were likely exacerbated by the effect of the passing ship’s surface displacement wave interactions.
The interactions were also shown to be ‘enhanced by strong ebb currents, which effectively increased the through-water speed of the passing ships, resulting in additional squat and thus a greater drawdown wave.’ However, the model predicted that this effect alone was not significant enough in either occurrence to exceed the berthed ship’s mooring system capacities.
Effect of a ship berthing ahead
In its analysis, Seaport OPX submitted that the increased surface currents at the berths were likely further accelerated by the berthing of Delos Wave and APL Scotland ahead of OOCL Brisbane and CMA CGM Bellini, respectively. The report stated that:
Hydrodynamic processes associated with strong surface currents generated during significant freshwater river discharges… were likely further accelerated locally by the berthing of a vessel immediately upriver… initiating lateral force and yaw moments on the moored vessels through mechanisms that could include:
inherent turbulence in the incident mean flows
blockage effect interactions between the upriver berthing vessel and the berth structure and the seabed, resulting in uneven acceleration of flows and hydrodynamic forces around and under the downstream moored vessel
vortex shedding around the blunt stern hull form generating alternating crossflow forces on the vessel hull
variations in current speed forcing over the draught due to strong stratification and unequal forcing on the vessel hull
internal wave effects
The report noted that the use of the main engine during the berthing of Delos Wave and APL Scotland introduced additional hydrodynamic interactions on the berthed ships which likely contributed to both breakaway occurrences.
Wind
The Seaport OPX model simulation indicated that the mild to moderate winds observed at the time of each occurrence were unlikely to have contributed significantly to the breakaways.
Maritime Safety Queensland
Marine legislation in Queensland is administered and implemented by Maritime Safety Queensland (MSQ), a state government agency within the Department of Transport and Main Roads (DTMR). As such, MSQ is responsible for safety oversight of pilotage, pollution protection services, vessel traffic services (VTS) and the administration of all aspects of ship registration and marine safety in the state.
The agency’s core focus is the preservation of life and property in the state’s waters and in the prevention of, and response to, ship-sourced pollution and other maritime emergencies and disasters. This includes the development of hazard‑specific plans.
Queensland’s 5 maritime regions, including the Brisbane region, are each controlled by a regional harbour master (RHM).[11] For their respective region, each RHM is responsible for:
improving maritime safety for shipping and small craft through regulation and education
minimising ship sourced waste and providing response to marine pollution
providing essential maritime services such as pilotage, vessel traffic services and aids to navigation and
encouraging and supporting innovation in the maritime industry.
Port Procedures and Information for Shipping manual
The Port of Brisbane had a publicly available Port Procedures and Information for Shipping manual (PPM) which defined the standard procedures to be followed in the port’s pilotage area. The PPM also contained information and guidelines to assist the masters, owners, and agents of ships arriving in the port and traversing the area, including details of the services, regulations and procedures established for the port.
Port tidal and weather information
The PPM provided a basic description of the port and its facilities. A general description of environmental conditions that may be experienced in the port provided that:
The majority of berths at the port of Brisbane are located at Fisherman Islands, at the mouth of the Brisbane River which extends into Moreton Bay. The area is very exposed to the prevailing winds which include fresh to strong SE trades year-round, strong N/NE sea breezes in the afternoons during the summer months and strong to gale force SW/W winds in the late winter months.
Advice that the river on which the port was located was subject to dam releases and flooding was not contained within the manual.
General tidal information for the port was also provided in the PPM, including the mean spring tidal range (1.8 m) and the location of tide gauges. The PPM sought to remind port users that tidal ebb and flows can begin or continue after the times of high or low water at various localities in the Brisbane River, noting that ‘this should be borne in mind when booking ships in for ‘head up’ or ‘head down’ berthing’.
The PPM advised that tidal stream information for the port was available from the office of the RHM. Additionally, VTS could provide real-time tidal/current conditions and weather information from tide gauges and weather stations within the port, as well as weather forecasts, shipping schedules, navigational warnings and any other special operational requirements.
Fisherman Islands berth information
The PPM provided a description of the different berth locations in the port and any special requirements and precautions to be observed at each location. For Fisherman Islands berths, the PPM identified strong south‑easterly offshore winds as a factor requiring extra attention to ensure ships were moored safely. While the PPM highlighted that this responsibility lay with the ship’s master, it noted that pilots and terminal operators would provide support, including recommendations for mooring arrangements.
Ship interaction provisions
Berth surging and interaction in the Brisbane River was highlighted as a risk in the PPM for berths upriver from Pelican Banks. It stated that berth surge is caused by a variety of environmental factors, poor mooring arrangements and overall ship preparedness, and normally triggered by a ship passing the berthed ship. The PPM warned that surge events could result in parted mooring lines, damaged gangways, impacts to the environment and injury to persons. The PPM provided a list of berths within the port that were prone to ship interaction and detailed precautions that were to be taken by both passing ships and ships alongside. Berths at Fisherman Islands, where the adjacent channel is wider than for those upriver, were not included in the list.
To assist in the management of berth surge, the PPM stipulated an operational speed limit of 6 knots through the water for ships with draught of more than 3 m. This restriction applied only when passing ships upriver from Fisherman Islands berths.
Towage requirements
The PPM specified towage requirements for ships berthing and unberthing at Fisherman Islands. Two tugs were normally required for ships more than 150 m in length, while ships more than 300 m long required a third tug to be turned around in the channel. The PPM stated that tug requirements were based on the ship stemming the current when berthing and departing and that manoeuvring with the current on the ship’s stern may require the use of an additional tug. Under normal environmental conditions, a tug could be substituted by an efficient bow thruster.
Extreme Weather Event Contingency Plan
The Queensland Government had published an Extreme Weather Event Contingency Plan (EWE) for each maritime region. Each plan detailed the response required from ship masters and owners to different warning and/or alert levels in that region.
The Brisbane EWE (2021–2022) was intended to address the range of adverse weather events that may affect the region, such as summer storms, river flooding or the effects of a cyclone. It was the responsibility of ship owners and masters to take the necessary action within the context of the official weather warnings to protect their passengers, crew and ships, and comply with any directions from the RHM. This included the requirement for all ships to have a safety plan.
The EWE noted that, at times, it may be necessary for the RHM to give directions in relation to the operation and movement of ships when entering, operating in or leaving the pilotage area. This included the evacuation of commercial ships to sea and closure of the pilotage area to all marine activities and operations.
The plan outlined an incremental response encompassing prevention, preparedness, response and recovery phases. The plan aimed to allow appropriate actions in response to the imminent threat to be planned and implemented. Under the EWE, the primary objective was to have the port area secure and safety plans enacted at least 6 hours before the weather event occurred.
Vessel traffic service extreme weather event procedure
An internal extreme weather event procedure provided information to VTSO’s for such events in the Brisbane region and the responses required. It stated that the procedure was informational in nature and was to accompany additional procedures outlining specific VTSO responsibilities and actions to be undertaken during extreme weather events.
The procedure outlined some general trigger points and related response actions for significant storm, wind and surf warnings, as well as notifications relating to potential dam release and flood warnings for the Brisbane River.
General dam release and flood warning response actions included monitoring flood effects on tidal flows, debris in the river and weather warnings. Port users were to be kept informed of the situation through appropriate means of communication.[12] Individual, high‑risk commercial ships and facilities could also receive specific advice and instructions through direct messaging from the RHM. Other, relevant, flood-related precautions contained in the procedure are shown in Table 1.
VTS receives notification of Wivenhoe Dam releases. VTS to forward notifications of Wivenhoe Dam releases to key management personnel, including the general manager (GM) and regional harbour master (RHM)
Minor flood warning
Advise all shipping agents (using Severe Weather Warning email address group) to pass on flood warning to ship’s masters.
Broadcast issued on VHF 67 to all ships on receipt of flood warning from BOM between the hours of 22:00 and 06:00 when VMR are off watch.
Monitor flood effect on tidal flows and tidal residual.
Monitor the amount of debris in the river and transmit SECURITE messages if necessary.
All ships to tend mooring lines and double up mooring lines if necessary. Use storm bollards if available.
Consider shipping movements which may require the use of extra tugs.
Cancel Engine Immobilization Permits.
Monitor water flow at Ampol Lytton products berth – may require ships berthing head up only.
Monitor weather warning issued by BOM.
Moderate flood warning
In addition to minor flood warning actions:
terminal operators to determine safety of operations and discontinue if necessary.
monitor pilot transfer operations (for possible suspension of operations).
ensure tugs on stand-by.
RHM to consider suspending any ship arrivals until conditions improve.
Major flood warning
In addition to moderate flood warning actions:
ships moored upstream of the Gateway Bridge to be evacuated.
RHM to stop all arrivals and consider evacuating the port.
RHM to close all/part of pilotage area.
Closure of pilotage area and suspension of all ship movements.
Note: The table does not show all actions contained in the procedure.
Severe weather information
Advice for severe weather was publicly available via the MSQ website.[13] Among other information, this included links to state and regional extreme weather event contingency plans.
Weather monitoring
The principal source of weather forecasts, warnings and information for MSQ (via a subscription service) was BoM. Brisbane VTS received forecasts and warnings from BoM for weather, storm, rain, wind and flood conditions. The information received was passed on to port users by VTS via VHF channel 67 and other means such as email and phone messaging, as required.
In addition, MSQ obtained weather data from a network of 6 tide gauges and 12 weather stations located in the port and surrounding areas, as well as the single current flow meter. The current speed from the meter was prominently displayed on an electronic display board in the VTS centre.
Brisbane VTS routinely received weather reports from several sources including Seqwater and the PBPL Nonlinear Channel Optimisation Simulator system (NCOS). The NCOS system provided wind forecasts and automated warnings to VTS for the port and surrounding Moreton Bay areas. Advice from Seqwater regarding water releases (forecast and actual) from Wivenhoe Dam was also provided to VTS.
Risk management arrangements
The tools available to the RHM’s team for identifying and mitigating the risks that extreme or adverse weather posed to port operations consisted of the PPM, EWE and VTS extreme weather event procedure. The ATSB also reviewed email correspondence between the RHM and other MSQ officers between 5 and 23 May. The email archive documented MSQ’s response to notifications and warnings it received regarding forecast rain, dam releases and potential flooding. Further emails from the same period documented MSQ’s subsequent correspondence with port stakeholders such as PSP, ships’ agents, terminal operators and other government agencies.
The correspondence indicated that MSQ began preparing for potential port schedule disruptions on 6 May, following receipt of the notifications and warnings. The preparation actions included increased monitoring of weather warnings and current meter readings, suspension of immobilisation permits, requesting that ships deploy additional mooring lines and the provision of information and advice to various stakeholders and port users. While these actions implemented by MSQ reflected those documented in the VTS extreme weather event procedure, they were developed in isolation rather than via the involvement of other stakeholders with specialist marine knowledge, such as PSP. Throughout this period, the RHM and PSP were also required to concurrently manage disruptions due to rough seas and swell at the pilot boarding ground (PBG).
As per the EWE, additional restrictions at Fisherman Islands, while not expressly provided in the PPM or VTS extreme weather event procedure, were implemented at the discretion of the RHM to mitigate the risk to port safety posed by the increased current flows. Ships more than 300 m long were not permitted to berth and all new arrivals were required to berth port side alongside (head‑up). New arrivals to berths upstream of Pelican Banks were also suspended.
Decisions relating to these restrictions were primarily informed by the RHM’s appraisal of current meter observations and the response measures implemented were consistent with the documented procedures in place at the time. The email correspondence did not refer to any specific pre-determined trigger points or safe operating limits at which additional measures might be required, or when river current strengths might be considered too strong for the safe continuation of ship movements.
On the morning of 16 May, prior to the OOCL Brisbane breakaway, VTS notified port stakeholders, including PSP, that some of the restrictions at Fisherman Islands would be eased from the following day. This would allow some selected ships to berth starboard side alongside (head-down) at Fisherman Islands, subject to the specific berth, each ship’s particulars and observed current flow conditions. Movements to berths upriver from Pelican Banks were also to resume, subject to additional restrictions.
Following the breakaway of OOCL Brisbane, the RHM decided that the restrictions that were to be lifted would instead be maintained, while planned movements upriver from Pelican Banks were permitted to proceed from 17 May. On 18 May, the RHM lifted the restriction on ships more than 300 m long berthing at Fisherman Islands. At the time of the breakaway of CMA CGM Bellini, restrictions and precautions for ships less than 300 m in length had not been changed or expanded on since the earlier breakaway 4 days prior.
Pilotage
Pilotage is the key risk control to ensure safe movement of ships in the port. Pilots are competent ship handlers with detailed local knowledge, including currents, tidal variations and other relevant factors. Pilotage providers are responsible for managing the safety risks associated with delivering this specialist service and an essential resource for port authorities, particularly in abnormal weather conditions.
Since 1 January 2022, pilotage services for Brisbane have been provided by Poseidon Sea Pilots (PSP).
Safety management system
As part of its obligations for ensuring safe delivery of pilotage services, PSP maintained a Pilotage Operations Safety Management System (POSMS). It was intended to complement the PPM and, in the event of inconsistency, the PPM was to take precedence. The POSMS was reviewed and endorsed by MSQ and subject to an annual audit schedule.
The POSMS contained procedures and guidance for the preparation and conduct of pilotages, including passage planning. These provisions made it the responsibility of the assigned pilot to confirm the environmental conditions at the time of each scheduled pilotage, including current speed and direction. While some guidance was provided for wind conditions, including force calculations for wind speed versus exposed ship area, hazardous conditions associated with other factors such as river flood or abnormally fast current flows were not mentioned.
The POSMS described general principles and processes for risk management and the responsibilities of key management personnel for managing issues related to the safe, effective and efficient delivery of the pilotage service. These responsibilities extended to engagement with pilots, PBPL, ships’ agents and VTS on operational issues and, where required, consultation with the RHM to discuss closure of the port during adverse weather events. Specific operational risks associated with environmental conditions were not included. There were no procedures contained within the POSMS to describe when and how PSP management would initiate its preparation and response to conditions which may negatively impact the safety of its operations.
The POSMS did not provide for any formal process or structure to address and document PSP’s participation in the management of wider port and regional safety to which the pilotage service provider is an important and major contributor. While PSP management supported decisions taken by MSQ and the RHM’s directions in response to the weather event, it was not directly involved in any formal process for assessing and addressing risks affecting pilotage, such as increased river current flows.
Previous occurrences
On 26 February 2022, the container ship S Santiago broke away from its berth at Fisherman Islands when its mooring lines parted as another container ship was being berthed ahead and upriver of it. S Santiago was resecured alongside its berth 30 minutes later, with tug assistance. At the time, the ship’s master stated that a 20 to 25 knot wind had pushed the stern away from the wharf, resulting in several mooring lines parting. At the time, the river was in flood following an extreme weather event.
The following day, as the weather event continued, the oil products tanker CSC Friendship broke free from its berth at the Ampol products wharf at Lytton, upstream of Fisherman Islands. At the time, a persistent ebb current was flowing at about 4.5 knots. The ship was swept across the adjacent channel and grounded about 400 m downstream, on the opposite side of the river. The ship remained fast aground until refloated at 0500 the next day.
A subsequent ATSB investigation (MO-2022-003) identified that the river current had exceeded the limits for the design of both the berth and the ship’s mooring arrangements. The investigation found that deteriorating conditions associated with the flood event and subsequent increased safety risk to shipping and the port were foreseeable. The BoM had issued warnings of the impending event from 21 February, which provided sufficient information to identify the increased likelihood of a breakaway.
The investigation identified that MSQ did not have structured or formalised risk or emergency management processes or procedures and consequently, it was unable to adequately assess and respond to the risk posed by the river conditions and current.
Additionally, PSP, as the port’s pilotage provider, did not have procedures to manage predictable risks associated with increased river flow or pilotage operations outside normal conditions. As a result, PSP had not properly considered risks posed by the increased river flow and taken an active role until after the breakaway.
Safety analysis
Introduction
In the early weeks of May 2022, areas of south-eastern Queensland, including catchments of the Brisbane River, experienced heavy rainfall that resulted in a series of controlled dam water releases upriver from the Port of Brisbane. The subsequent high freshwater inflows into the river resulted in increased current speeds through the port, exposing ships to the risk of breaking free from their berths.
On 16 May 2022, the container ship OOCL Brisbane broke away from its berth at Fisherman Islands after its mooring lines parted. This occurred immediately after another ship, Delos Wave, had passed in the adjacent channel and manoeuvred to the berth immediately ahead of it.
Four days later, another container ship, CMA CGM Bellini, was alongside a berth at Fisherman Islands when 2 of its forward mooring lines parted and its bow drifted off the berth. As in the breakaway on 16 May, another ship, APL Scotland, had just passed and berthed ahead of CMA CGM Bellini.
The breakaways
There was no evidence of any defective mooring equipment on either OOCL Brisbane or CMA CGM Bellini, which could have contributed to the occurrences.Each ship had been secured with sufficient mooring lines, including additional lines required by the regional harbour master (RHM) to mitigate the increased river current.
At the time of the occurrences, freshwater inflows to the river from heavy rainfall and dam releases were estimated to be 1,500 cubic metres per second, resulting in ebb current flows at the port about 1.5–2 knots higher than observed during a normal spring ebb tide. The ebb tidal flows were also amplified by the advent of a perigean spring tide from 16 May which increased the average spring tidal range during the time of both breakaways.
Due to probable current variation with depth, surface current speeds at Fisherman Islands berths were likely higher than indicated by the port’s only current flow meter, located upriver from the berths. Both breakaways occurred on the mid to late ebb tide, when current flows were near their maximum. These conditions resulted in increased loads on the ships’ moorings.
However, both OOCL Brisbane and CMA CGM Bellini had been berthed alongside for over 20 hours, during which time there had been no issues with the moorings of either ship. A mooring analysis conducted by a specialist hydrodynamic modelling company commissioned by port management later estimated that the additional mooring loads created by the strong ebb currents alone should not have exceeded the mooring equipment capacities of either ship.
Significantly, each breakaway occurred shortly after another ship (Delos Wave and APL Scotland, respectively) passed in the adjacent channel and began manoeuvring into the berth ahead.Given the timings and the above finding of the hydrodynamic modelling specialist,it is almost certain that the interaction forces and water flow disturbances created by the proximity of the berthing ships contributed to both breakaways.
The speed and distance at which Delos Wave and APL Scotland passed the berthed ships were within the operating limits and usual pilotage practices for normal conditions, including usual river flow. The strong ebb current flow, however, meant the passing ships’ effective speed through the water (as opposed to speed over ground) increased the effect of surface displacement wave interactions associated with their movement, causing the berthed ships to surge and yaw. Further, the hydrodynamic modelling indicated that the forces associated with the ships passing were probably insufficient on their own to have led to the breakaways.
When Delos Wave and APL Scotland manoeuvred ahead of the berthed ships, the already high surface current speeds at the berths were further accelerated due to a complex range of hydrodynamic factors. These included interactions between the upstream berthing ship, the berth structure and the seabed, as well as disturbances created from the operation of the berthing ship’s main propulsion. These factors, combined with the prevailing environmental conditions at the berths, contributed to the yawing forces on OOCL Brisbane and CMA CGM Bellini and increased the load on their respective mooring systems until they ultimately failed.
Risk management
Maritime Safety Queensland
Effective risk management relies first and foremost on identification of all the relevant hazards. The involvement of personnel/organisations with subject matter expertise and knowledge in that initial process provides the best opportunity to mitigate the associated risk.
Maritime Safety Queensland’s (MSQ) procedures for managing risks posed by extreme and adverse weather events provided general guidance on precautionary steps to be taken in the event of river flood and increased current flows. However, they did not provide for any formal risk assessment arrangements involving specialist input from key stakeholders, including the port’s pilotage provider, Poseidon Sea Pilots (PSP). The collective expertise of PSP’s pilots in respect to ship handling (including factors pertaining to ship interaction) was a valuable resource available to the regional harbour master (RHM) for consultation and advice.
In this case, MSQ received dam water release and flood notifications and subsequently identified that resulting high river current speeds would increase the risk of a breakaway. In response, MSQ increased its monitoring of current meter data and implemented precautions and restrictions at Fisherman Islands. While these measures were aimed at addressing increased current flows, the more complex hazard of increased hydrodynamic interaction between passing and berthed ships was not identified.
While that complexity meant that the hazard may not have been obvious prior to the OOCL Brisbane breakaway, it was readily identifiable following that initial occurrence. Had MSQ and PSP engaged in a re-assessment of the risk and existing precautions it would have probably resulted in considering additional controls such as:
restricting ship movements during ebb tides
minimising passing speeds
maximising passing distances
the greater use of tugs to minimise use of the ship’s engine.
However, the opportunity to identify such controls was missed as MSQ procedures did not require or prompt formal collaborative risk assessment with PSP and other relevant stakeholders. Consequently, no further controls were in place when CMA CGM Bellini broke away 4 days later in almost identical circumstances.
Further, MSQ procedures did not identify current speed or catchment inflow trigger points to inform its response to the escalating situation. Its procedures for weather event preparedness could have benefited from the routine and early involvement of PSP and other key stakeholders to help establish specific limits and triggers to assist with identifying the need for additional risk mitigation.
Poseidon Sea Pilots
Pilotage is a principalrisk control for ensuring the safety of port operations and ship movements. Pilotage service providers should therefore be actively involved in preparations for, assessment of, and response to, any situation affecting shipping in the port.
As weather and river conditions began to impact the port in the days leading up to the breakaways, PSP management received communications from MSQ relating to dam releases, potential flooding and high ebb current flows. These exchanges included information regarding observed current data, the requirement for additional mooring lines and movement restrictions implemented by the RHM.
While PSP complied with the RHM’s directions, as detailed above, it was not actively involved in any formal process to identify and assess potential risks that the conditions would pose to pilotage operations. Greater involvement of PSP would have increased the likelihood that all hazards associated with the increased river flow were identified and addressed, particularly following the initial breakaway.
The ATSB found that the company’s pilotage operations safety management system (POSMS) only contained procedures for conducting ships in normal conditions. It did not identify flooding or high current flows as a hazard that might affect pilotage operations nor contain any guidance on how these conditions would be managed. Consequently, the POSMS did not address all the operational risks that PSP pilots could be expected to manage when conducting ships.
Finally, while the POSMS identified the responsibilities of key management personnel for managing issues related to the safe, effective and efficient delivery of pilotage services, procedures detailing how these duties were to be discharged did not exist.
Findings
ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition, ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors.
Safety issues are highlighted in bold to emphasise their importance. A safety issue is a safety factor that (a) can reasonably be regarded as having the potential to adversely affect the safety of future operations, and (b) is a characteristic of an organisation or a system, rather than a characteristic of a specific individual, or characteristic of an operating environment at a specific point in time.
These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.
From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the breakaway occurrences involving OOCL Brisbane and CMA CGM Bellini in the Port of Brisbane, Queensland on 16 May and 20 May 2022, respectively.
Contributing factors
Heavy rainfall resulted in significant freshwater inflows into the Brisbane River, including from several controlled releases from dams upstream from the Port of Brisbane. The inflows resulted in strong ebb currents through the port which increased the loads on mooring arrangements for ships berthed at Fisherman Islands.
The combined effects of high ebb current speeds and interaction forces introduced by Delos Wave and APL Scotland when passing and manoeuvring ahead OOCL Brisbane and CMA CGM Bellini, respectively, resulted in the berthed ships’ mooring arrangement limits being exceeded.
Maritime Safety Queensland and Poseidon Sea Pilots did not have a process to jointly and effectively identify and risk assess the hazards to shipping and pilotage that were outside normal environmental conditions. (Safety issue)
Safety issues and actions
Central to the ATSB’s investigation of transport safety matters is the early identification of safety issues. The ATSB expects relevant organisations will address all safety issues an investigation identifies.
Depending on the level of risk of a safety issue, the extent of corrective action taken by the relevant organisation(s), or the desirability of directing a broad safety message to the marine industry, the ATSB may issue a formal safety recommendation or safety advisory notice as part of the final report.
All of the directly involved parties were provided with a draft report and invited to provide submissions. As part of that process, each organisation was asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they had carried out or were planning to carry out in relation to each safety issue relevant to their organisation.
Descriptions of each safety issue, and any associated safety recommendations, are detailed below. Click the link to read the full safety issue description, including the issue status and any safety action/s taken. Safety issues and actions are updated on this website when safety issue owners provide further information concerning the implementation of safety action.
Safety issue description: Maritime Safety Queensland and Poseidon Sea Pilots did not have a process to jointly and effectively identify and risk assess the hazards to shipping and pilotage that were outside normal environmental conditions.
Glossary
BoM
Bureau of Meteorology
MEWG
Maritime Emergency Working Group
MSQ
Maritime Safety Queensland
NCOS
Nonlinear Channel Optimisation Simulator system. The system was developed to provide a near real-time 7-day detailed forecast of environmental conditions and a ship’s under keel clearance.
PBG
Pilot boarding ground
PBPL
Port of Brisbane
POSMS
Pilotage operations safety management system
PPM
Port Procedures and Information for Shipping Manual
PSP
Poseidon Sea Pilots
RHM
Regional harbour master
VTS
Vessel traffic service
Sources and submissions
Sources of information
The sources of information during the investigation included:
The West of England Ship Owners Mutual Insurance Association (Luxembourg), Interaction Damage to Vessels Moored Alongside.
Submissions
Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.
A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:
the master and operators of OOCL Brisbane
the master and operators of CMA CGM Bellini
the master and operators of Delos Wave
the master and operators of APL Scotland
Poseidon Sea Pilots
Maritime Safety Queensland
Australian Maritime Safety Authority
Hong Kong Marine Department
Ministry of Transport, Singapore
Transport Malta
Maritime Administrator, Marshall Islands
Submissions were received from:
Poseidon Sea Pilots
Maritime Safety Queensland
The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
Terminology
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
Publishing information
Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003
Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication
Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.
Creative Commons licence
With the exception of the Commonwealth Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this report is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International licence.
The CC BY 4.0 licence enables you to distribute, remix, adapt, and build upon our material in any medium or format, so long as attribution is given to the Australian Transport Safety Bureau.
Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.
[1]Seqwater (the Queensland Bulk Water Supply Authority) is a statutory authority whose responsibilities include the management of bulk water storage and supply, and flood mitigation for south-east Queensland.
[2]Ship masters request immobilisation to carry out maintenance or repairs on propulsion or other machinery, when it will immobilise the ship for a long period (generally more than one hour).
[3]All ship’s headings are reported in degrees true unless specified otherwise.
[4]Mooring winch drum brakes are designed to slip and allow mooring lines to pay out prior to reaching the minimum breaking load (MBL) of the mooring line.
[5]NCOS: Nonlinear Channel Optimisation Simulator system. In 2017, the Port of Brisbane (PBPL) partnered with DHI and Force Technology to develop NCOS Online. In addition to forecasting environmental conditions, the NCOS mooring tool function could be used to estimate loads on ship’s mooring systems for various environmental parameters, including current speed alongside berths. (Port of Brisbane website)
[6]TEU – twenty-foot equivalent unit – a standard shipping container. The nominal size of a container ship in TEU refers to the number of standard containers it can carry.
[9]A perigean spring tide occurs when the moon is either new or full and closest to Earth. During full or new moons, which occur when the Earth, sun, and moon are nearly in alignment, average tidal ranges are slightly larger. This occurs twice each lunar month (about 29.5 days on average).
[10]The West of England Ship Owners Mutual Insurance Association (Luxembourg), Interaction Damage to Vessels Moored Alongside
[11]Regional harbour masters are all officers of Maritime Safety Queensland and report to the General Manager under the Transport Operations (Marine Safety) Act 1994 (TOMSA).
[12]Appropriate means of communications listed included: VHF radio, notices to mariners, email (address groups), short message services, media releases, telephone to individual parties.
On 16 May 2022, a Robinson Helicopter Company (RHC) R44, registered VH-KOV and operated by Wellspring Rural Services Pty Ltd, was being used to conduct a series of sightseeing flights over the Limmen National Park, Northern Territory, with a pilot and 3 passengers on board.
During cruise flight, vibrations were detected through the helicopter, subsequently the pilot observed the engine RPM rise and then drop to zero. Having assessed that the engine had failed, the pilot initiated an autorotation and the helicopter subsequently collided with terrain. Two passengers sustained serious injuries, with the pilot and remaining passenger sustaining minor injuries. The helicopter was substantially damaged.
What the ATSB found
The ATSB found that during cruise, the clutch actuator lower bearing seized resulting in a total loss of drive from the engine to the rotor system. This bearing had not been maintained in accordance with the maintenance procedures, which likely resulted in its failure.
It was also identified that the passengers did not receive a pre-flight safety brief resulting in them being unaware of the emergency procedures and the safety equipment on the helicopter.
In December 2021, the Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA) released Civil Aviation Safety Regulation (CASR) Part 133, which changed the regulations related to air transport passenger carrying operations in helicopters. The ATSB found that there were several changes to the requirements which were not promulgated to operators in the documentation released to explain the regulatory changes, including the mapping of Civil Aviation Regulations to CASR Parts 91, 119 and 133–Australian air transport operations–rotorcraft and CASA Part 133 Key operational changes with suggested text.
CASR Part 133 required changes to the pre-flight passenger safety briefing for aircraft with a seating capacity of less than 6 people, including that passengers were briefed on the emergency brace position with information specific to their aircraft type and model. However, while CASA provided guidance on how to brace in some configurations, they did not provide specific information on how to brace in a helicopter, such as the R44, which has 3-point harnesses installed.
It was also identified that the emergency locator transmitter (ELT), which activated 10 hours after the accident, was not being maintained and the operator had not been advised of this.
Finally, the ATSB also found that the Robinson Helicopter maintenance procedures and CASA guidance did not provide clear guidance on how ELTs in helicopters should be maintained.
What has been done as a result
As a result of this investigation the maintainer contacted each of the operators of the helicopters they maintain to ensure they were aware that the emergency locator transmitter (ELT) was not being maintained and to ensure they were carrying a personal locator beacon in the helicopter.
The Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA) also updated the airworthiness bulleting (AWB) 02-002 to include information on ELT maintenance and guidance if the information contained within the aircraft’s maintenance schedule is not sufficient.
The ELT manufacturer has also advised the discrepancy between the service letter and the installation manual will be corrected to reflect that the self-test should be a recommended practice as the current regulations do not require a self-test.
CASA also released a revised multi-part advisory circular (AC) 91-19, AC 121-04, AC 133-10, AC 135-12 and 138-10 version 1.1 Passenger safety informationto include information on how to brace in a helicopter with a 3-point harness. This now contains a specific section for rotorcraft with a lap strap and single diagonal shoulder harness.
Safety message
This investigation highlights the importance of following the manufacturer’s maintenance procedures. If a maintainer considers that additional maintenance should be conducted on any component in an aircraft, they should contact the manufacturer for engineering advice before varying from the procedure.
Emergency locator transmitters (ELTs) are now mandatory equipment in an air transport helicopter with more than 3 seats, however, they are only effective if they are operational. To ensure this is the case, there should be clear procedures on how they should be maintained. Operators are also reminded that they should be ensuring a self-test of the unit is conducted monthly to verify the ELT is operational.
The occurrence
On 16 May 2022, a Robinson Helicopter Company (RHC) R44, registered VH-KOV and operated by Wellspring Rural Services Pty Ltd, was being used to conduct a series of sightseeing flights over the Limmen National Park including Lorella Springs Wilderness Park, Northern Territory, with a pilot and 3 passengers on board.
During the initial flight, the helicopter flew from the main house at Lorella Springs to the coast (Figure 1 inset), landing at 2 different locations where the passengers disembarked to fish. They then flew to a third location, where the passengers disembarked to swim at a waterhole. While the passengers swam, the pilot lit a fire to boil water for some refreshments. The fire was extinguished prior to departure.
The helicopter departed at approximately 1533 local time and flew to a valley which had sandstone rock formations along both sides of the valley, known as the Lost City, rising approximately 150 ft above the valley floor. They initially flew along the eastern side and then returned on the western side of the valley, at approximately 500 ft above the valley floor (Figure 1).
Figure 1: VH-KOV flight track overflying the Lost City
The dotted line is the final track of VH‑KOV, the inset details the track the helicopter took for the sight-seeing tour.
Source: Google Earth and OzRunways data, annotated by ATSB
The pilot later recalled that, as the helicopter re-crossed the valley to return to the main house, they detected a burning smell and recalled that within a couple of seconds the engine began to run slightly rough.
In response to the malfunction, the pilot advised their initial concern was getting over the sandstone formations on the eastern side of the valley and then landing at a nearby carpark ‑ the only clear space to land in the area. As the pilot lowered the collective to reduce power, in case the engine failed, they checked the engine oil temperature, pressure and cylinder head temperature gauges, which were all in the normal range.
Within about 3 seconds, the vibrations through the helicopter increased. A passenger in the right rear seat later reported detecting a light in the top left of the console along with a warning buzzer at this time, however this was not recalled by anyone else in the helicopter. The pilot observed the engine RPM suddenly rise, then drop to zero and assessed that the engine had failed. Still on the valley side of the sandstone formations, the pilot initiated an autorotation into an area of less dense trees. Prior to the flare just above the treetops, the pilot instructed the passengers to ’brace’.
The pilot advised that the helicopter fell through the trees, contacting the ground initially on the right front side, nose low, and then the helicopter spun and rolled on to the left side facing the opposite way to the direction of travel (Figure 2).
Figure 2: VH-KOV
Source: Operator
The pilot advised that they undid their seatbelt and collected the emergency kit from under their seat. This contained a first aid kit, emergency rations and a satellite sleeve.[1] They then moved to the side of the helicopter and tried unsuccessfully to connect their mobile phone to the satellite sleeve (see the section titled Satellite sleeve) to raise an alert.
As a result of the impact, fuel was leaking from between the back seats onto the passenger in the rear left seat. The passenger located in the rear right seat, released themself from their seatbelt and assisted the other rear seat passenger out of the helicopter. The passengers asked the pilot for a fire extinguisher and were advised there was none onboard. They also requested a first aid kit, however this was not provided and the passengers later advised there was no first aid kit on the aircraft. Together, the passengers then assisted the front seat passenger to exit the helicopter.
The passengers then asked the pilot to ensure the emergency locator transmitter (ELT) (see the section titled Emergency locator transmitter) was working. The pilot re-entered the wreckage and selected the ELT remote switch in the cockpit to ON and reselected the main battery to ON, however the ELT unit failed to activate. As they were concerned about a fire starting due to the leaking fuel, the pilot and passengers began to walk to the carpark, about 1.5 km from their location.
When the helicopter did not arrive back at the main house at the pre-arranged SARTIME,[2] the operator took a second company R44 to search for VH-KOV. They flew directly to the landing area near the waterhole where the operator identified that the remains of the fire were still warm. Consequently, they flew towards the Lost City searching for VH-KOV as this was the next destination on the standard route flown during the scenic flight.
The operator detected the accident pilot and passengers near the carpark and landed the helicopter close to them. They then transported them, in 2 groups, back to the main house.
Two passengers sustained serious injuries, with the pilot and remaining passenger having minor injuries. The helicopter was substantially damaged.
Context
Helicopter
The Robinson Helicopter Company (RHC) R44 Raven I is a four-seat helicopter, with hydraulically boosted flight controls. It is powered by a Lycoming O-540-F1B5 series, six-cylinder carburetted piston engine. VH-KOV, serial number 1762, was manufactured in 2007 and placed on the Australian register in the same year. The front passenger and pilot doors had been removed, leaving the rear passenger doors installed. Quick disconnect pilot controls for the front left seat had also been removed. In July 2015, the helicopter had undergone an overhaul at 2,200 hours with a second overhaul due in 116.4 hours.
The helicopter was maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s maintenance schedule, which required a periodic inspection every 100 hours or 12 months, whichever came first. A periodic inspection was completed on 30 July 2021 at 4,183.7 hours in-service. The accident occurred at 4,283.6 hours.
The RHC maintenance manual stated that the ‘inspection interval may be extended up to 10 hours, without accumulation’. There were a number of occasions where the operator had overflown the 100 hourly inspection requirements, however the following inspection interval had not been reduced by the overflown hours. The operator had recorded the overflown hours and had purchased a second R44 to reduce the likelihood of this occurring in the future.
Table 1 details maintenance actions conducted between the last periodic inspection and the accident.
Table 1: Overview of recent maintenance
Date
Hours
Description of maintenance conducted
16 May 2022
4,283.6
Accident
6 May 2022
4,261.1
Crank seal renewed, clutch actuator tension microswitch renewed, cooling fan balanced.
24 March 2022
4,235.4
New starter fitted
18 October 2021
4,234.6
50 hr - #2 cylinder replaced.
30 July 2021
4,183.7
Periodic – plus clutch actuator down and maximum limit microswitches renewed, crank seal renewed, upper and lower bearings serviced, #3 and 5 cylinders replaced, right magneto replaced.
Accident site
The ATSB did not attend the accident site. The helicopter was partly disassembled on site, including engine removal, and transported to Queensland for examination. Engine and airframe examinations were conducted between 19–21 September 2022.
Engine inspection
The engine teardown inspection was conducted at a CASA-authorised engine overhaul facility and observed by the ATSB. On removal of the cooling fan shroud, the engine cooling fan was found to have separated due to a fracture of the shaft at the clutch actuator lower bearing (Figure 3). The fracture location showed evidence of significant overheating. All associated components were retained for further detailed examination.
Some of the engine components displayed damage consistent with an overspeed event, however examination of the engine did not identify any condition or failure that would have resulted in sudden power loss or stoppage.
Helicopter examination
The ATSB examined the airframe at a storage facility. The tail cone and main rotor transmission assembly had been removed to assist transport. Similarly, the main rotor blades, sectioned near the hub, and some sections of the landing gear had also been removed and were not available for examination. The tail rotor gearbox and stabiliser assemblies separated from the helicopter during the impact sequence. All damage was consistent with overstress from impact forces. In addition, the examination identified:
flight control continuity
some impact damage to the fuel tanks however, the bladders were intact
the fuel tank interconnect line had fractured in overstress and was the reason for the post‑impact fuel leak
the main and tail rotor transmission assemblies exhibited no evidence of failure and could be rotated without restriction.
In summary, no failure or other condition, beyond the fan shaft failure, was identified that would have affected normal operation of the helicopter.
Lower sheave and fan shaft
Examination of the aft face of the lower sheave revealed accumulated grease consistent with it extruding past the lower bearing seal over a period of time. The maintainer reported wiping the sheave clean each time they worked on the helicopter however, the accumulated grease was not consistent with this having occurred at the last reported maintenance action requiring the bearings to be lubricated, 10 days prior to the accident or 22 hours of operation.
The fan shaft failed at the location of the lower bearing. The shaft exhibited deformation, necking, and gouging consistent with localised frictional heating. Circumferential scoring on the fracture surface was a result of the powered shaft contacting the bearing housing.
Figure 3: Lower sheave showing accumulated grease and failure of the shaft to the cooling fan
Source: ATSB
Lower bearing
The ATSB examined the clutch actuator lower bearing at its Canberra technical facility. The forward face of the bearing housing exhibited matching gouging from contact with the rotating fractured engine output shaft (Figure 4). The cover plate was removed, and the bearing was found to have seized. The damage observed was consistent with intense heat and subsequent seizing of some of the rollers. The cage and intermediate spacer were also found to be heat-damaged.
Figure 4: Damage to lower actuator bearing
Source: ATSB
Grease residue was visible in the bearing housing (Figure 5) however, the intense heat associated with the bearing and fan shaft failure precluded the ability to determine the quality and quantity of grease and the condition of the seals prior to the occurrence.
A V-belt sheave is bolted directly to the engine output shaft (Figure 6). Rubber V-belts transmit power to the upper sheave, which contains an overrunning clutch. The upper sheave transmits engine power via a shaft both forward to the main rotor and aft to the tail rotor.
A bearing, connected to an electric clutch actuator, is mounted between a direct-drive fan wheel and the engine on the engine output shaft. The fan supplies cooling air to the cylinders and oil cooler via a fibreglass and aluminium shroud.
Figure 6: R44 drive system
Source: Robinson Helicopter Company, annotate by ATSB
The electric clutch actuator (Figure 4) raises the upper sheave and tensions the V-belts. The actuator senses compressive load and switches off when the belts are properly tensioned. The ‘clutch’ caution light, located in the top left of the console, illuminates when the actuator is engaging, disengaging, or retentioning the V-belts. Regarding activation of the light, the pilot operating handbook (POH) stated:
If … the [clutch] light flickers or comes on in flight and does not go out within 10 seconds, pull CLUTCH circuit breaker and land as soon as practical. Reduce power and land immediately if there are other indications of drive system failure (be prepared to enter autorotation).
RHC Safety Tip 7 included:
A change in sound or vibration of the helicopter may indicate an impending failure of a critical component. If unusual sound or vibration begins in flight, make a safe landing and have aircraft thoroughly inspected before flight is resumed.
RHC Safety Notice SN-28
Listen for impending bearing failure included:
An impending ball or roller bearing failure is usually preceded by a noticeable increase in noise. The noise will typically start several hours before the bearing actually fails or before there is any increase in bearing temperature. To detect pending failure of a drive system bearing, the pilot should uncover one ear and listen to the sound of the drive system during start-up and shutdown. After the pilot becomes familiar with the normal sound of the drive system, he should be able to detect the noise of a failing bearing. The failing bearing will produce a loud whine, rumble, growl or siren sound…Failure of a bearing in flight could result in a serious accident.
Do not rely on telatemps to indicate impending bearing failure. A failing bearing may not run hot enough to black out the telatemps until it actually starts to disintegrate. This may occur only seconds before complete failure.
Clutch light warning
It is normal for the clutch light to come on occasionally in flight for a short time (approximately 3 to 6 seconds) to re-tension the drive belts. If the clutch light flickers or does not go out within 10 seconds, it can indicate a belt or bearing failure….
If additional symptoms of drive system failure (smell of hot rubber, noise or vibration) are present, land immediately. If tachometer needle split occurs, enter autorotation.
The operator advised they listened for sounds of bearing noises during the start-up and shutdown of the helicopter and had not detected any unusual noises or vibration. The accident pilot advised this was their first flight in VH-KOV this season and they had not noticed anything unusual during the flight.
Robinson Helicopter Company maintenance requirements
Periodic inspection
As part of a periodic inspection, a helicopter was subject to a ground inspection, engine run up and flight check. This included checking for ‘no unusual bearing noise when varying RPM through operating range (mechanic to listen near V-belt drive)’. These inspections were not included in the worksheet records however, the maintainer reported they were completed each time.
Lower bearing
The fan shaft assembly, including lower bearing had been replaced at the 2,200-hour overhaul. The periodic inspection checklist required:
Inspect as much of bearing as can be seen. Inspect fibreglass scroll area at bearing attachment brackets for signs of cracking. Check bearing seals for evidence of deterioration…Inspect bearing per Section 2.502 if discrepancies are found.
RHC required the bearing to be inspected as per section 2.502 whenever there was a bearing discrepancy, or the fan wheel was removed. Section 2.502 required removal of the fan wheel and disconnection of the clutch actuator from the lower bearing. The bearing was to be rotated by hand to ‘verify no roughness, scraping or excessive looseness’. In addition, there was a requirement to ‘verify no seal damage, no heat damage and lubricate as per Section 1.140’.
The lower bearing was to be lubricated as per Section 1.140 every 300 hours or 3 years, whichever came first, or as directed by 2.502. The procedure required 4–5 g of the specified grease to be injected, by syringe, into the bearing via a screw hole (Figure 4). A ground run was to be conducted at 102% RPM for 2 minutes. Following shutdown, the bearing was to be inspected and cleaned of escaped grease.
Upper bearing
There was no maintenance requirement to lubricate the upper bearing on the R44. In contrast, the upper bearing on the R22 was to be lubricated every 300 hours or 12 months. The R22 upper bearing lubrication procedure required a syringe be filled with 2–3 g of grease. The syringe tip was to be inserted against the ‘cleaned’ inner lip of the rubber seal and grease injected into the bearing. Once the syringe was removed, the deflected seal could be gently manoeuvred back into place.
VH-KOV bearing lubrication
A review of the maintenance records identified documented lubrication of both the upper and lower bearings (Table 2).
Table 2: Recorded lubrication of the upper and lower bearings
Date
Hours since previous service
Description of maintenance conducted
17 July 2015
New bearings installed
11 October 2016
367.8
Upper and lower bearing serviced
25 April 2018
515.6
Upper and lower bearing serviced
16 May 2019
401.7
Upper and lower bearing lube
26 August 20
374.1
The bearings were not specifically mentioned however, the 300-hour inspection included lubrication of the lower bearing
12 May 2021
221
Upper and lower bearing serviced
30 July 2021
103.5
Upper and lower bearing serviced
The maintainer advised they greased the bearings more often that the 300-hour requirement as the grease used, Grease 28, is very thin and as the helicopters were operating in a hot environment ‘we like to over maintain our bearings because if we didn’t, they would run dry’. Further, the maintainer advised they did not always certify the additional greasing in the maintenance records and therefore the frequency could not be verified.
Considering the recorded lubrication intervals of the lower bearing, Robinson Helicopters stated:
We do not see damaged lower bearings in any significant numbers. The ones that do get reported, typically have a poor service history. Every instance of bearing damage is going to be different so it would be impossible to apply a timeline to complete bearing failure after an unknown amount of damage. These particular bearings appear to have gone over 1000 hours since the most likely time of damage (after the 515-hour interval) and it is highly likely that signs of damaged bearings existed (noise, actuator issues, grease outside the seals, rough running bearings, etc.). There are two occasions…where the scroll had been removed for actuator repair when the mechanic should have put his/her hand on the bearing and rotated it to feel for roughness and any grease on the lower sheave would have been right there in plain view.
When questioned on the method for lubricating the upper bearing, the maintainer stated that they used the same method as for the lower bearing, via the screw hole. However, the ATSB inspected the upper bearing and noted the telatemp was covering the screw, with no evidence of it having been accessed. Additionally, the seal on the upper bearing, which was a type of rigid polymer, showed distortion consistent with the R22 syringe lubrication method (Figure 7). The grease was found to be solid and dark in colour (Figure 8). RHC advised that typically after 2,200 hours of operating, the grease will be dark brown but not grainy or gritty.
Figure 7: Distortion to the upper bearing seal
Source: ATSB
Figure 8: Grease found within the upper bearing
Source: ATSB
General provisions for lubricating bearings
Under-lubrication of a bearing can lead to over-heating due to the friction between the moving parts. However, lubricating more often than the procedures require can also result in over‑heating. When too much grease is added to the bearing cavity, it will result in the rotating bearing elements beginning to churn the grease and pushing it aside. This results in energy loss and rising temperatures. Over a long period of time, the grease will thicken into a hard, crusty build-up which can then impair lubrication and block new grease getting to the core. Excessive grease can also prevent heat from being dissipated, as the grease does not transfer heat from the load zone.
RHC advised the consequences of greasing more or less often than required was not specifically mentioned in the maintenance manual as it was considered to be a basic maintenance practice, which should be covered during initial training. RHC also advised that, lower bearing maintenance and troubleshooting was covered in their Robinson Helicopter factory maintenance course.
Troubleshooting
The maintainer had replaced 3 of the 4 microswitches for the clutch actuator at the last periodic inspection and 22 hours prior to the bearing failure (refer Table 1). Replacing the microswitches required that the fan wheel be removed and hence, as per the procedure, the bearing was required to be lubricated.
There was no information in the trouble shooting section of the RHC maintenance manual to advise that if the microswitches were being replaced, then the maintainer should inspect the bearing. However, RHC advised this information was covered in their Robinson Helicopter factory maintenance course.
The troubleshooting section for ‘clutch light flickers in flight’ included to check the upper and lower bearing for rough running however, the operator had not noted a flickering clutch light prior to the accident flight.
Emergency locator transmitter
The KANNAD 40 AF-Compact emergency locator transmitter (ELT) fitted to the helicopter consisted of a remote switch/annunciator, located in the cabin left of the cyclic, and a transmitter, located in the main transmission bay, and normally selected to ‘ARM’.[3] With the transmitter selected to ARM, the 3‑position remote switch/annunciator, with indicator light, operated as follows:
ON – ELT activated
ARM – permitted ELT activation when subjected to high ‘G’ load
Test/RESET – allowed brief functional testing of the ELT or reset in case of inadvertent activation
Light – red light illuminated when the ELT was transmitting.
The remote switch in the cabin was normally selected to ARM during flight.
During the helicopter inspection, the remote switch in the cockpit was found in the ON position. It was reported that the ELT unit was also found in the ARMED position after the helicopter was transported. There were no indications of damage to the battery. The ELT mount was found secured to the correct frame with the required Velcro mounting strap and additional secondary black cloth strap. The antenna was securely mounted under the cowl. Due to the discontinuity of the wiring after the helicopter was moved, the wiring was not examined.
The ELT did not activate when the accident occurred however, the signal was received by the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) about 10 hours later. The ELT was not examined and therefore the reason for the delay in transmission could not be determined. AMSA was contacted and confirmed there were no areas in Australia where an ELT signal could not be detected by satellite. The accident was in a remote location and so interference by a person was considered unlikely. Despite this, interference by an animal or a change in the conditions were possible. There was no forecast rain in the area.
Robinson Helicopter Company ELT maintenance procedures
While optional on the R44, many were fitted with the Kannad automatic fixed 406AF ELTs. Due to the high frequency of fitment, the ELT was recorded as a periodic inspection item in Chapter 1 of the maintenance manual where it stated that United States (US)‑registered helicopters were required to be inspected every 12 months, in accordance with the Code of federal regulations (CFR) 91.207 Emergency locator transmitters. This regulation does not apply to helicopters, however RHC advised it was guidance for the inspection of an ELT for US‑registered helicopters.
The ELT was not recorded as an inspection item on the periodic inspection worksheets in Chapter 2 of the maintenance manual for the R44 helicopter. In contrast, the R22 and R66 helicopter periodic inspections did list the ELT in their periodic inspection worksheets however, the inspection was limited to ensuring the ELT was secure in its mount and would not foul the drivetrain.
Chapter 37 Electrical systems of the maintenance manual stated that the component manufacturer’s instructions should be followed to conduct maintenance.
ELT manufacturer maintenance procedures
The ELT manufacturer’s installation and operation procedures recommended that a self-test be conducted once a month and that it was mandatory that the batteries be changed:
on or before the battery expiration date
following 1 hour of real use
use in an emergency, or
inadvertent activation of unknown duration.
In addition, the manufacturer acknowledged that some national aviation authorities may require a periodic inspection. They provided service letter SL S18XX502-25-12 with guidance on periodic inspection procedures to satisfy requirements as directed by the US, Canada and Europe. The service letter also stated that all other countries should refer to the local regulations and it was ‘the responsibility of the customer (aircraft owner) to determine which tests are applicable to its ELT’.[4]
A periodic inspection of the ELT system should be carried out in accordance with approved data, which can include FAA AC 43 13-1B Chapter 12-22, if AC 43.13-1B is identified in the aircraft logbook statement as part of the aircraft maintenance data, or is otherwise identified or incorporated in an approved System of Maintenance.
The aircraft’s maintenance documentation stated that minor repair work should be conducted in line with AC 43.13-1B Acceptable methods, techniques, and practices – aircraft inspection and repair, however CASA confirmed that this does not include maintenance actions. CASA also advised Federal Aviation Regulations do not apply in Australia and therefore operators cannot maintain the ELT in accordance with FAR 91.207.
VH-KOV ELT maintenance history
The operator advised that they occasionally conducted a self-test on the ELT, which it always passed. They presumed the ELT was being maintained during the 100-hourly inspection conducted by the maintenance organisation.
The maintainer advised that they did not maintain ELTs as the helicopters they maintained either had the units removed or switched to OFF, as they would ‘randomly transmit’. They further advised that they would have informed the operator of VH-KOV that the ELT would not be maintained when they initially began to maintain the helicopter in 2016. The maintainer also stated that they endorsed the maintenance release to state that pilots are required to carry a personal emergency position-indicating radio beacon (EPIRB)[5] or satellite phone. The ATSB could find no record of this endorsement on the current or previous maintenance releases for VH-KOV.
The ATSB assessed the maintenance records and confirmed the ELT was serviced at the 2,200 hour major inspection on 17 July 2015. The only record of the ELT being inspected since then was on 2 occasions in 2018, when a different maintenance organisation conducted the periodic inspections. In addition, there was no note for the battery life in the maintenance records. An inspection of the ELT identified the battery had expired in March 2022.
At the time of the occurrence there was no regulatory requirement for VH-KOV to be fitted with an ELT (see the section titled Regulatory requirements around carriage of ELT). While optional, where it was fitted, it is important that a pilot is made aware of its operational status. Civil Aviation Advisory Publication (CAAP) 37-01 v5.1 Minimum equipment lists[6] included:
The operator or maintenance personnel must place the placard on or near inoperative equipment or instruments so that it is visible to the flight crew and alerts them to the inoperative equipment.
While the CAAP is only advisory, it represents best practice and an opportunity to ensure any pilot or maintainer is readily aware of the operational status of a component. There was no placard, or other notification, near the remote switch in VH-KOV to advise the ELT was not being maintained.
Inadvertent activation
AMSA was contacted to confirm if they had records of ELTs in Robinson Helicopters activating without cause. They advised that they were aware of the issue and considered it was due to:
the position of the ELT switch between the front passenger seat and the pilot seat allowing accidental activation of the ELT switch when entering or exiting the aircraft.
water ingress in the ELT assembly (the ELT is mounted inside the main transmission bay, which is not weatherproof). This was a regular and repeated event for Robinson helicopters.
RHC was contacted to see if they knew of any issues within the world fleet – they advised that one of their Australian repair stations confirmed they were aware of this issue. However, they advised there were no reports of issues in South Africa, Alaska or Canada other than ‘moving things in the cabin’ and hitting the switch.
The South African, US, and Canadian regulations require regular maintenance of the ELT unit.
The ELT manufacturer has advised that most inadvertent activations are due to water ingress in the wiring between the remote control panel and the ELT unit, however, this could not be verified.
Regulatory requirements around carriage of ELT
MOS Part 133 section 11.41 Carriage of ELTs required that a helicopter with more than 3 seats must be fitted with an automatic ELT. However, the transitional requirements allow operators to continue to operate under the previous legislation until 2 December 2023. The previous legislation, Civil Aviation Regulation 252A, permitted a helicopter on a flight within 50 NM from the departure aerodrome to operate without an ELT. As such, at the time, VH‑KOV did not require an ELT to be fitted.
The Mapping of Civil Aviation Regulations to CASR Part 91, 119 and 133-Australian air transport operations-rotorcraft identified this change to the legislation, however there is no mention of the change in the key operational changes document.
The flight was conducted in a designated remote area and as such was required to carry ‘survival equipment for sustaining life appropriate for the area being overflown’. The pilot reported that the helicopter had a survival bag which contained a first aid kit, extra food, water, satellite sleeve, mosquito dome, thermal blanket, and a signal mirror. However, passengers disputed that a first aid kit was available.
Legislation
On 2 December 2021, new legislation came into force that required charter operations to comply with Civil Aviation Safety Regulations (CASR) Part 91, 119 and 133 and the corresponding manuals of standards. This introduced a number of changes to the requirements for this operation type, some of which were notified by the Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA) to operators in a document highlighting the key operational changes. During the introduction period, there were some transitional exemptions in place to give operators time to comply. Some of the changes, discussed below, were relevant to this occurrence.
At the time of the accident, the operator’s procedures had not been changed to reflect the new regulations however, they had submitted an exposition, written by a third-party contractor, to CASA for approval. They also advised that they had an expectation that the new requirements did not come into effect until March 2023.
Safety briefing
In accordance with the Manual of Standards (MOS) Part 133 Chapter 7 Safety briefings, instructions and demonstrations, the pilot of a helicopter must provide passengers with a verbal safety briefing. With the introduction of the new legislation, the information required to be briefed had been updated and now included, among other new requirements, information on when and how to assume the brace for impact (brace) position. The changes to the briefing requirements were not included in the key operational changes document promulgated by CASA. The legislation was in transition and after 1 December 2022, required an operator to supply a safety briefing card to all passengers specific to the helicopter type and model, which included detail on how to assume the emergency brace position.
The inclusion of having to show passengers how to brace during the oral safety briefing, in a helicopter with more than 3 passengers and less than 6 seats, was a new requirement and CASR 133.240(3)(b) required that this be specific to the aircraft type and model.
CASA released a multi-part advisory circular (AC) 91-19, AC 121-04, AC 133-10, AC 135-12 and 138-10 version 1.0 Passenger safety information, coincident with the requirement to brief passengers on the brace position coming into effect. This AC was to give operators ‘guidance regarding the requirements for safety briefing cards and passenger safety briefings, instructions and demonstrations’. It stated that when passengers are informed about the correct use of equipment and the actions to take in the event of an emergency, including how to brace, the survival rate was improved. It also stated that bracing before impact reduces:
flailing by having the forward-facing occupant flex, bend, or lean forward over their legs in some manner
secondary-impact injuries by pre-positioning the body, predominantly the head, against the surface that it would otherwise strike during that secondary impact, thus reducing the momentum of the head and other parts of the body.
The AC included an appendix that provided information on the recommended brace positions for specific seat positions and restraint types. However, it did not indicate how to brace in a helicopter with a 3‑point harness (lap strap and shoulder harness with a single diagonal strap), as was the harness available in the R44. General guidance, applicable to all brace positions, in section A.2.1 of the appendix advised that:
The lower torso should be firmly against the back of the seat.
The lap strap portion of the seatbelt should be worn as tight and as low across the hips as possible. The more tightly the lap strap is adjusted, the better restraint it will provide.
If the seatbelt includes a shoulder harness, the harness should be adjusted so that it is tight but does not pull the lap portion of the seatbelt upward.
The webbing of a lap strap and shoulder harness should lie flat against the body and should not be twisted.
Knees should be pressed together, and feet should be flat on the floor.
The US Code of federal Regulations Part 29 – Airworthiness standards: Transport category rotorcraft Subpart A 29.2 (a) required that a Category B rotorcraft[7] manufactured after 16 September 1992, was required to have a combined safety belt and shoulder harness with a single-point release. This requirement was also stated in section 27.785 (b) of the European Aviation Safety Agency CS-27 Certification specifications for small rotorcraft, which wasreleasedin 2003.
Advice was sought from CASA on how to brace in a helicopter with a 3-point harness, with the following response provided:
As detailed in A.3 of Appendix A to AC 133-10, there are a great number of variables affecting the brace position to be adopted. The AC aims to identify some general principles that will allow an operator to select an appropriate brace position in the context of their operation.
The information relating to brace positions contained in Appendix A of Multi-Part AC 133-10 is based on ICAO document 10086 Manual on Information and Instructions for Passenger Safety and Transport Canada Civil Aviation (TCCA) Advisory Circular TCCA AC 700-036 – Brace for Impact Positions for all Aircraft Occupants, which is also referenced in ICAO document 10086.
…Neither document (i.e., ICAO 10086 or TCCA AC 700-036) provide guidance on passenger brace positions for helicopters fitted with a 3-point harness.
RHC was contacted to seek advice on how best to brace using the harness in the R44. They advised that they do not have specific information on the brace position and recommended to use either the brace position in section A.2.1 of the AC or the brace position A.5 Forward-facing passenger seats fitted with a lap strap and single diagonal shoulder harness, which stated:
A.5.1 In a forward-facing passenger seat fitted with a lap strap and single diagonal shoulder harness, passengers should brace according to Figure 2 [Figure 9] below and comply with the accompanying instructions:
a. Adjust shoulder harness to remove slack.
b. Rest chin on sternum, head should be tucked down as far as possible to try to eliminate secondary impact of the chin with the sternum.
c. Hands can be positioned on the lap, front edge of the seat can be held (do not lock elbows or wrists), or occupant can sit on palms of their hands (palms must be ‘up’ to avoid breaking wrists). Do not hold on to restraint system with hands; this can introduce slack into the restraint system.
Figure 9: Diagram of how to brace in a forward-facing passenger seat with 3-point harness
Source: CASA Multi-part advisory circular AC 133-10 Version 1.0
Transport Canada was also contacted in relation to the content contained within Canadian AC 700-036 and provided the following response:
Prior to the publication of AC 700-036, Transport Canada guidance had simply stated that ‘Helicopter occupant brace positions are the same as those for aeroplane occupants’, which was aligned with the guidance from the U.S. FAA at the time (i.e., AC 121-24C). During the development of the revised Canadian guidance in response to the recommendations contained in report DOT/FAA/AM-15/17, 2015-11-19 — Effect of Passenger Position on Crash Injury Risk in Transport-Category Aircraft, there was an identified need to provide guidance for helicopter occupants, specifically for those involved in offshore operations.
The focus was on offering guidance with respect to two specific configurations of passenger restraint systems: lap strap only and dual upper torso straps. As no new or unique recommendations were available or suggested for a helicopter passenger using a lap strap and diagonal shoulder strap (e.g., 3-point harness), the general guidance applicable to all aircraft passengers continues to be used for such a restraint system configuration (e.g., Sections 4.3 Forward-facing Seats Equipped with a Lap Strap and Shoulder Harness and 4.9 Aft-facing Seats Equipped with a Lap Strap and Shoulder Harness).
In the context of US operations, the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) AC 121-24DAppendix 4 Brace-for-impact positions stated that:
Helicopter passengers … should adopt the same positions as recommended for aircraft seats of similar orientations and restraint system configuration; however, if possible, the occupants of all seat types should grip the edge of the seat pan, to help maintain orientation in the event of a rollover.
Both the pilot and the operator advised that they briefed passengers on how to brace in the event of an emergency. The operator advised they would advise passengers ‘not to lean forward’ and ‘always to sit up with a straight back’.
Safety brief prior to accident flight
On the morning of the accident flight, VH-KOV had been flown for 3–4 hours prior to arriving at Lorella Springs, as the operator’s second R44 had a minor fault. This resulted in the passengers waiting for the helicopter to arrive.
The passengers all reported they did not receive a safety briefing prior to the flight. However, they advised that they understood how to fasten the 3-point harness, their hand luggage was stored securely, and the operation of the headset was discussed with the pilot. When questioned sometime after the accident, the pilot advised they did not remember completing the briefing but would find it odd if they had not done so. They advised that normally their pre-flight briefing included:
avoiding the tail rotor
trip hazards such as skids
how to get in and out of the helicopter
door operation
seatbelt operation
no smoking
not to interfere with controls
brace position.
However, they also advised feeling slightly rushed due to the late arrival of the helicopter and that they were concentrating on checking the helicopter, refuelling, completing a fuel drain and checking the oil levels.
The passengers all commented that when the pilot called ‘brace’ prior to the accident, they did not know how to do so.
Pilot leaving controls
Prior to take-off, the passenger in the rear left seat could not close their door securely. In response, the pilot exited the helicopter, leaving the engine running and walked around to the left side to secure the door. The operator’s operations manual stated that:
the pilot-in-command must remain at the controls … from the time at which the engine is started prior to a flight, until the engine is stopped at the termination of a flight unless … the helicopter is fitted with a serviceable means of locking the cyclic and collective controls and … the pilot considers that their absence from the cockpit is essential to the safety of the helicopter...
The operator confirmed the helicopter had no modifications for locking the cyclic or collective.
The R44 is equipped with adjustable friction on the cyclic and collective, to allow a pilot to elect their desired level of force required to manipulate controls. This may be adjusted to suit conditions such as long flights, turbulence etc. These friction devices do not lock the controls and as such, RHC safety notice 17 stated:
NEVER EXIT THE HELICOPTER WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING
CASA had also advised in a previous ATSB investigation that a friction lock was not a substitute for a locking device.
CASR Part 91.550 (b) Seating for flight crew members required that at all times during the flight, ‘a pilot must occupy a pilot seat with the seatbelt securely fastened’. Where previously there was an exemption that a pilot of a helicopter could exit the cockpit if the helicopter had a means of locking the cyclic and collective, this exemption has been repealed.[8]
Operations manual
The operator’s operations manual, written by a third party, required that prior to boarding the helicopter the passengers be shown a helicopter safety card which provided information on how to enter and exit the helicopter when the rotors were turning. The passengers advised they did not receive a briefing on how to do this. One of the passengers reported that when they landed at the various stops, they were advised to leave the helicopter ‘going forward’. They exited the helicopter after landing while the rotors were turning at 2 landing sites carrying their fishing rods, and a third site, while the pilot allowed the helicopter engine to cool down.
Weight and balance
The operator’s operations manual stated that load calculations were to be made with actual weights for all passengers and baggage, using the loading form from the flight manual, however it then stated that a pre-calculated load and trim sheet could be used but may only be prepared by the chief pilot. The pilot advised they regularly use the pre-calculated weight form and an application on their electronic flight bag to calculate the weight and balance for the helicopter. The passengers advised they submitted their actual weights to the operator before the flight.
The ATSB assessed that the helicopter was operated within the weight and balance requirements for the flight.
Emergency equipment
Fire extinguisher
There was no fire extinguisher on the helicopter and the operator advised they did not carry one as they considered that if a fire started in flight, they would land immediately and exit the helicopter. However, their operations manual required that a portable fire extinguisher be carried on all flights.
Prior to December 2021, an airworthiness directive (AD/general/65 amendment 4) required that all aircraft with a maximum take-off weight of greater than 2,750 kg carry a fire extinguisher. The R44 does not fit into this category. CASA did recommend in AWB 26-002 Issue 3Selection and Installation of Handheld Portable Fire Extinguishers, that all aircraft have at least one fire extinguisher accessible to a pilot.
Manual of standards Part 133 section 11.46Hand-held fire extinguishers required that a rotorcraft must carry at least 1 hand-held fire extinguisher. However, the removal of the weight limit was not identified in the CASR Part 133 Key operational changes document. CASA advised this change was stated in the information they released to assist operators to write an exposition and had been discussed in early consultation with operators.
First aid kit
While it was reported that the helicopter had a survival bag which contained a first aid kit, the passengers advised that there was no first aid kit on the helicopter. The operator advised that when they found the pilot, they assessed that they were most likely in shock and injured and were concentrating on getting assistance rather than administering first aid. As the ATSB did not attend the accident site, the discrepancy in accounts regarding onboard emergency equipment could not be resolved.
Satellite sleeve
The operator advised that they used a satellite sleeve rather than a satellite phone in their operations. A satellite sleeve connected the user’s mobile phone to the satellite system and allowed them to make phone calls and send text messages. The operator advised that on the 20 April 2022, the unit was tested and found to be fully charged and operational. It was then switched to OFF and stored in a pouch on the helicopter.
The pilot had received training on how to use the unit and had the required application on their phone. Additionally, when the application is opened on a mobile phone, it provided simple instructions on how to use the device. The unit was tested after the accident and, while fully charged, it was not operational for unknown reasons.
Related occurrences
The ATSB identified two previous occurrences where the clutch actuator lower bearing had failed.
On the 25 November 1998, about 20 minutes after take-off, the pilot noticed a burning smell, and felt a slight shudder closely followed by the helicopter’s clutch light flickering. The pilot landed the float‑equipped helicopter on water with minimal impact forces.
The subsequent investigation revealed the fan shaft bearing located on the fan shaft between the engine and the cooling fan had overheated, melted and seized resulting in the shaft fracture. The examination by RHC revealed the lower actuator bearing lost lubrication after 926.4 hours of service, however they were unable to establish why this occurred with a distorted seal, loss of grease and water ingress considered the most likely sequence of events.
Aviation accident summaries ERA16LA216
The second failure occurred in the US in 2016, where 2 people were seriously injured. The helicopter was over a saltwater pond, about 300 ft above ground level. At that time, the pilot felt a lateral shudder followed by the clutch light illuminating. The helicopter then began a violent yaw and the low oil pressure light illuminated. The pilot performed an autorotation to shallow water near the shoreline.
Examination of the airframe revealed that the engine cooling fan had separated with the lower sheave being caked in grease, consistent with grease leaking from the clutch actuator lower bearing for a significant time. The roller bearings were found seized with no grease recovered. The investigation found that the times in the aircraft maintenance documentation had been incorrectly recorded. Consequently, the helicopter had not been maintained in accordance with procedures and the airframe major overhaul was due 59.5 hours prior to the accident. The lower bearing would have been replaced during this overhaul. Also, the lower bearing had not been serviced in accordance with procedures. While the bearing had been lubricated annually in the 2 years preceding the accident, there was no recorded servicing during a period of 4 years 11 months and 685.1 hours prior to this.
Safety analysis
Introduction
While flying at about 500 ft above a valley floor, the helicopter started to vibrate and within seconds, the clutch actuator lower bearing failed. This resulted in a loss of drive to the main and tail rotors and it is possible the engine stalled as it was unloaded. As the helicopter was flying over rising terrain, the pilot had very few recovery options, and they conducted an autorotation into trees resulting in serious injuries to 2 passengers and minor injuries to the remaining passenger and the pilot. The helicopter sustained substantial damage.
This analysis will consider the factors around the seizure of the lower bearing, passenger briefing, the introduction of new legislation by the Civil Aviation Safety Authority, and the issues around the maintenance of emergency locator transmitters (ELTs) in Australia.
Lower bearing seizure
The investigation identified that the lower bearing seized, resulting in the failure of the fan shaft. The maintainer advised that they had checked the bearing for roughness during maintenance about 20 flight hours prior to the accident and did not detect any issues. Additionally, the operator advised they regularly listened for unusual noises in the drive train as they shut down the engine, and none had been detected. On the day of the occurrence, the helicopter had been operated for approximately 5.1 hours, including several engine shut-downs, with neither pilot identifying anything unusual prior to the sudden failure of the bearing.
After the occurrence lower bearing was installed at the major inspection, the time between lubrication was initially greater than the required 300 hours. However, in more recent times, the maintainer advised they were lubricating the bearing more frequently than required as they felt this was warranted in the hot operating environment. In addition, the lower bearing was to be lubricated every time the fan wheel was removed, which had the potential to result in more frequent lubrication. However, the fan removal also afforded the opportunity for thorough inspection of the lower sheave.
Robinson Helicopter’s assessment was that bearing damage that ultimately led to failure most likely occurred during the period of initial under‑lubrication following fitment. They further advised that signs of bearing damage, including:
noise
rough running bearings
actuator issues
grease outside the seals
should have been evident. As detailed above, no noise or roughness was identified, but the accumulation of dried grease on the lower sheave indicated that grease had been leaking past the seal and/or over greased for an extended period. The bearing was also reaching the end of its service life.
Distortion to the upper bearing seal was consistent with that bearing being lubricated despite there being no procedural requirement to do so. Further, inspection identified that the grease was solid and therefore not likely to have been effectively lubricating and cooling the bearing.
Due to the extent of the damage to the lower bearing, the specific reason for its failure could not be identified. However, the available evidence indicates it was probably due to the inconsistent lubrication of the bearing. Both lubricating the bearing more and less often than required by the procedures can result in damage. Not following the maintenance procedures increases the likelihood of the bearings failing prior to their service life. Further, such failures can occur at a critical phase of flight, where the opportunity for a successful forced landing may be reduced.
The RHC maintenance procedures did not specify that the lower bearing should not be over lubricated and included a requirement to lubricate the bearing every time the cooling fan was removed, which was required when the clutch micro switches were replaced. The procedures also did not identify, in the trouble shooting section, that frequent changing of the micro switches could be an indication that the lower bearing was failing.
Passenger briefing
The passengers did not receive a safety briefing prior to the flight, which resulted in them being unaware of the safety equipment in the helicopter. Having knowledge of what is available, and how it is used, is important in the event of an emergency, especially if the pilot is incapacitated and/or the flight is in a designated remote area. Fortunately, this did not affect the outcome on this occasion as the operator responded quickly when the helicopter did not return after the SARTIME had elapsed.
Although not related to the accident, the passengers also did not receive a specific briefing on how to leave the helicopter with the rotors turning. Landing in a remote area, with no ground staff and unknown/undulating terrain levels, increases the risk of passengers inadvertently walking into the rotor arcs. They were also carrying fishing rods, which added to the risk level. According to the United States (US) Federal Aviation Authority (FAA) Helicopter flying handbook, ‘People have been injured, some fatally, in helicopter accidents that would not have occurred had they been informed of the proper method of boarding or deplaning’.
Another result of not receiving a safety brief was that the passengers were not given any information on how to brace during the accident. While all 3 passengers advised they did not know how to brace, it is difficult to assess if their injuries were increased as a result of not being briefed. An accident of this nature, where the helicopter falls through trees and spins, introduces many forces which cannot be foreseen when designing a general brace position. It is also very difficult to assess which people will adopt the demonstrated brace position when faced with an emergency.
Regulatory change management
Despite the variables outlined above, research has shown that knowledge of the appropriate brace position offers the best chance to reduce injury. As such, it is now a requirement that during the passenger safety briefing prior to a flight, passengers are informed of the brace position specific to the aircraft type. Despite that, this requirement, along with other new requirements for the passenger safety brief, for operators of smaller helicopters, were not identified in the document released by CASA to advise operators what had changed with the introduction of new regulations.
Also, the multi-part Advisory Circular (AC), released by CASA to give operators guidance for safety briefing cards and passenger briefings, did not give specific advice on how to brace in a helicopter with a 3-point harness. This harness type is used extensively in helicopters flying in Australia, including the R44.
The helicopter did not have a fire extinguisher on board, contrary to the operator’s operations manual. If, as on this occasion, operators are using a third party to write their exposition, it is vital that they have a full understanding of what is written to ensure they are complying with their own company procedures.
A fire extinguisher is now mandatory in all helicopters operating under the Civil Aviation Safety Regulation (CASR) Part 133. The change to this requirement for helicopters weighing less than 2,750 kg was also not stated in the document released to advise operators around the changes to the regulations.
As these were relatively small wording changes as part of the introduction of extensively revised regulations, they could be overlooked by an operator.
ELT maintenance procedures
The ELT fitted to VH‑KOV did not activate until many hours after the ground impact. The maintainer had not maintained the unit since taking over the aircraft maintenance and had not advised the operator of this. However, as the unit eventually operated, it was likely serviceable.
The Robinson Helicopter Company (RHC) maintenance manual Chapter 1-General stated that US registered helicopters should be maintained in accordance with FAR 91.207. This regulation, however, applied to airplanes only. The statement was also unclear as to how helicopters based outside the US were to be maintained. In addition, Chapter 2 - Inspections did not list a procedure for an inspection of the ELT, although inspections were listed for both the R22 and R66 helicopters. These inspections listed requirements to ensure the ELT unit was secure in the helicopter rather than ensuring it was operational.
The maintenance requirements from the ELT manufacturer required that the battery be changed when required and recommended that a self-test be conducted monthly. If the ELT had been placarded as not being maintained, this may have prompted the operator to have performed a self-test of the unit on a regular basis. As the self-test was a recommended procedure, it is not required to be written in any maintenance documentation. As such, it is likely an operator/pilot could be unaware of the procedure. An investigation conducted by the ATSB – AO-2021-020 Wirestrike and collision with terrain involving Robinson R22, VH-KLY 75 km west-north-west of Hay, New South Wales on 26 May 2021 – is an example of where the pilot had selected the ELT remote switch in the cockpit to ARM, however, the ELT was selected OFF at the unit. If the pilot of VH‑KLY had conducted a self-test of the unit, they would have realised that the unit was not operational.
The CASA Airworthiness Bulletin (AWB) 02-002, released on 15 November 2013, recommended that maintainers conduct maintenance on the ELT in accordance with approved data. However, as is the case for this helicopter, the approved data only required the operation of the unit to be checked when the batteries were replaced. This could result in the unit’s operational status only being ascertained every 6-7 years.
As shown in the ATSB research report, A review of the effectiveness of emergency locator transmitters in aviation accidents, ELTs in Australia only activate in 40-60% of accidents, but are effective in saving lives. Additionally, and as confirmed by AMSA, ELT units in Robinson Helicopters also activate erroneously. The lack of a formalised maintenance requirement may contribute to this.
Findings
ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors.
These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.
From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the to the clutch actuator lower bearing seizure and collision with terrain involving Robinson Helicopter R44, VH-KOV on 16 May 2022.
Contributing factors
During cruise flight, the clutch actuator lower bearing seized resulting in a total loss of drive from the engine to the rotor system. The subsequent autorotation and collision with terrain over an inhospitable area, resulted in serious injuries to 2 passengers and minor injuries to the pilot and remaining passenger.
The clutch actuator lower bearing was not being maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s maintenance procedures, which likely resulted in the bearing failure.
Other factors that increased risk
The passengers did not receive a pre-flight safety brief resulting in them being unaware of the emergency procedures, safety equipment and brace position. They also exited the helicopter prior to the accident while the rotors were turning, without a specific briefing.
There was no fire extinguisher on board the helicopter. While this did not influence the outcome in this case due to the absence of post‑impact fire, it reduced the overall safety of the flight.
As part of the regulatory changes to Civil Aviation Safety Regulation Part 133, the Civil Aviation Safety Authority changed the regulations relating to the carriage of fire extinguishers and passenger briefing. These safety‑related changes were not promulgated to operators in documentation related to the regulatory changes.
Civil Aviation Safety Regulation Part 133 required that pilots brief passengers on the emergency brace position with information specific to their aircraft type and model. However, while the Civil Aviation Safety Authority provided guidance on how to brace in some configurations, they did not provide specific information on how to brace in a helicopter, like the R44, which had a 3-point harness.
The emergency locator transmitter did not activate until 10 hours after the accident, reducing the likelihood that the helicopter’s occupants would be found in a timely manner.
The emergency locator transmitter was not being maintained and the maintainer had not advised the operator.
The Robinson R44 maintenance manual did not give clear guidance on how an emergency locator transmitter (ELT) should be maintained in aircraft outside the United States (US) and there was no procedure for inspecting its security. The US regulations referred to aeroplanes only and so there is no regulatory requirements to maintain an ELT in the US.
The Civil Aviation Safety Authority did not provide clear guidance on how emergency locator transmitter units should be maintained.
The emergency locator transmitter (ELT) manufacturer Kannad’s maintenance procedures stated that the monthly self-test of the ELT unit was recommended rather than required, which could result in the unit’s operation only being ascertained every 6-7 years. Current regulations do not mandate such a test.
Safety actions
Whether or not the ATSB identifies safety issues in the course of an investigation, relevant organisations may proactively initiate safety action in order to reduce their safety risk.
All of the directly involved parties are invited to provide submissions to this draft report. As part of that process, each organisation is asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they have carried out or are planning to carry out.
Safety action by the involved maintainer
The maintainer of the helicopter involved contacted each of the operators of the helicopters they maintained to ensure they were aware that the emergency locator transmitter (ELT) was not being maintained and to ensure they were carrying a personal locator beacon in the helicopter.
Safety action by the Civil Aviation Safety Authority addressing the guidance on how to brace in a helicopter with a 3-point harness
The Civil Aviation Safety Authority has released multi-part advisory circular (AC) 91-19, AC 121-04, AC 133-10, AC 135-12 and 138-10 version 1.1 Passenger safety informationto include information on how to brace in a helicopter with a 3-point harness.
Safety action by the Civil Aviation Safety Authority addressing the guidance on emergency locator transmitter (ELT) installation and maintenance
The Civil Aviation Safety Authority has updated airworthiness bulletin (AWB) 02-002 to include information on ELT maintenance and guidance if the information contained within the aircraft’s maintenance schedule is not sufficient.
Safety action taken by Orolia the manufacturer of the emergency locator transmitter (ELT)
The manufacturer of the ELT has advised that the discrepancy between the service letter and the installation manual will be corrected to reflect that the self-test should be a recommended practice as the current regulations do not require a self-test.
Glossary
AMSA Australian Maritime Safety Authority
AWB Airworthiness bulletin
AC Advisory Circular
AD Airworthiness Directive
CAAP Civil Aviation Advisory Publication
CASA Civil Aviation Safety Authority
CASR Civil Aviation Safety Regulations
CAR Civil Aviation Regulations
ELT Emergency locator transmitter
FAA Federal Aviation Authority
MOS Manual of Standards
POH Pilot operating handbook
RHC Robinson Helicopter Company
SL Service letter
US United States
Sources and submissions
Sources of information
The sources of information during the investigation included the:
pilot of the accident flight
passengers
operator
maintainer
Australian Maritime Safety Authority
Civil Aviation Safety Authority
Robinson Helicopter Company
photographs taken on the day of the accident
Transport Canada.
References
ATSB research report, A review of the effectiveness of emergency locator transmitters in aviation accidents, May 2013, Australia
Airworthiness Bulletin 02-002 Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) installation and maintenance, November 2013, Australia
CASA (Civil Aviation Safety Authority) multi-part Advisory Circular (AC) 91-19, AC 121-04, AC 133-10, AC 135- 12 and 138-10 version 1.0 Passenger safety information, August 2021, Australia
Transport Canada Advisory Circular (AC) 700-036 Brace for impact positions for all aircraft occupants, Issue 1, September 2016 Canada
FAA (Federal Aviation Authority) Advisory Circular 121-24D Appendix 4 Brace-for-impact positions, May 2019 United States
Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.
A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:
pilot of the accident flight
operator
maintainer
Australian Maritime Safety Authority
Civil Aviation Safety Authority
United States National Transportation Safety Board
Robinson Helicopter Company
Transport Canada.
Bureau d'Enquêtes et d'Analyses (France)
Orolia SAS
Submissions were received from:
pilot of the accident flight
operator
maintainer
Civil Aviation Safety Authority
Robinson Helicopter Company
Bureau d'Enquêtes et d'Analyses (France)
Orolia SAS
Transport Canada
passengers
The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.
Appendices
Appendix A – Draft investigation report submission from the helicopter maintainer
The helicopter maintainer’s representative requested that their submission be attached to the report. As such, the following document is appended:
Introduction
We note that the ASTB has prepared a draft report in relation to a clutch actuator lower bearing seizure and collision with terrain involving Robinson Helicopter Company, R44, VH-KOV near Nathan River Station, Northern Territory on 16 May 2022. The following is a submission pursuant to section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003 on behalf of the “maintainer” referred to in that report.
We note that s.25(3) of the Act includes that, “A published report may include submissions that were made by persons to the ATSB in response to a draft report... “. We further note that s.12AA(1)(c)(i) of the Act provides that the ATSB's function is to improve transport safety by means that include identifying factors that contribute, or have contributed, to transport safety matters. This submission is intended to assist the ATSB in identifying factors that may have contributed to this incident.
The draft report
The Executive Summary for the draft report includes that, “The ATSB found that during cruise, the clutch actuator lower bearing seized resulting in a total loss of drive from the engine to the rotor system. This bearing had not been maintained in accordance with the maintenance procedures, which likely resulted in its failure.” We submit that theory is drawn from certain assumptions, which assumptions may need revision in light of certain objective facts. We further submit that the objective facts suggest another factor may have contributed to the incident.
Page 5 of the draft report states that, “Examination of the aft face of the lower sheave revealed accumulated grease consistent with it extruding past the lower bearing seal over a period of time. The maintainer reported wiping the sheave clean each time they worked on the helicopter however, the accumulated grease was not consistent with this having occurred in the last 10 days or 22 hours of operation. The fan shaft failed at the location of the lower bearing. The shaft exhibited deformation, necking, and gouging consistent with localised frictional heating. Circumferential scoring on the fracture surface was a result of the powered shaft contacting the bearing housing.”
At page 22 of the draft report it is then stated that, “The accumulation of dried grease on the lower sheave indicated that grease had been leaking past the seal and/or over greased for an extended period.” The opinion that the dried grease was an accumulation of residue from a prolonged period of over-lubrication is, with respect, incorrect.
Firstly, to the use of the term “over-lubrication” is a mischaracterisation of the increased maintenance conducted by the maintainer. While additional events of lubrication occurred, they did not involve an application of excess lubricant so as to cause extrusion of that excess such as would cause a residue to accumulate. The process by which the maintenance is conducted and the components themselves limit the volume of lubricant that may be applied and do not result in residual lubricant remaining present.
Secondly, the as noted at page 4 of the draft report indicates, the components examined by the ATSB were apparently inspected approximately 126 days after the incident: “The ATSB did not attend the accident site. The helicopter was partly disassembled on site, including engine removal, and transported to Queensland for examination. Engine and airframe examinations were conducted between 19–21 September 2022.” That period between the incident and examination, during which the components in question were left undisturbed, does not appear to be accounted for in the draft report observations about the extent to which a “minimal dried grease” was observed on the lower actuator bearing housing (page 8, Figure 5).
Thirdly, the draft report does not account for the possibility that a “minimal” amount of lubricant may have escaped into the housing after the failure, at which point the components would have been super-heated due to the friction generated in the incident, which heat may have then caused the lubricant to dry out between the incident and the inspection 126 days later.
Fourthly, while the Executive Summary of the draft report states that, “During cruise flight, vibrations were detected through the helicopter, subsequently the pilot observed the engine RPM rise and then drop to zero”, the body of the report provides relevant additional details:
i. At page 1, the draft report notes that, “The pilot reported that, as the helicopter re-crossed the valley to return to the main house, they detected a burning smell and recalled that within a couple of seconds the engine began to run roughly.”
ii. At page 2, the draft report then notes that, “As the pilot lowered the collective to reduce power, in case the engine failed, they checked the engine oil temperature, pressure and cylinder head temperature gauges, which were all in the normal range. Within about 3 seconds, the vibrations through the helicopter increased. The pilot observed the engine RPM suddenly rise, then drop to zero and assessed that the engine had failed.”
iii. At page 9 the draft report notes that, “The operator advised they listened for sounds of bearing noises during the start-up and shutdown of the helicopter and had not detected any unusual noises or vibration.”
The theory that dried grease accumulated over time from over-lubrication and caused the bearing to fail appears to be borne out of the opinion that what is depicted in Figure 5 is an accumulation of dried grease from over-lubrication. Without that opinion, another source for failure must be considered.
The observations of those onboard do not require a conclusion that the causative event initiated from over-lubrication. Another possibility is that the lower fan shaft failed first, leading to a disruption of the bearing, ultimately leading to seizure, which seizure then expelled a quantity of lubricant which was super-heated and subsequently dried before being examined. This possibility is consistent with the observations of those onboard.
The clutch actuator lower bearing engages the main rotor. Seizure means an automatic loss of drive. Another possibility is that the bearing, which was nearing the end of its serviceable term, spontaneously failed and caused the seizure. Seizure as a result of spontaneous failure could, given the damage observed, have resulted in the expulsion of the lubricant that was subsequently observed in Figure 5 as “minimal dried grease”.
At page 5 of the draft report it is said that, “The maintainer reported wiping the sheave clean each time they worked on the helicopter however, the accumulated grease was not consistent with this having occurred in the last 10 days or 22 hours of operation.” Thus the observation of “minimal dried grease” is offered as a reason for rejecting the maintainer’s evidence. However, since the maintainer’s evidence is otherwise uncontradicted and unchallenged, the “minimal dried grease” may be seen as consistent with having in fact resulted from the seizure, rather than being the cause of it.
Further evidence that the incident may have originated with the lower fan shaft (and note due a residue of dried grease which the maintainer says was not present prior to the incident) comes from the condition of the clutch actuator observed in Figure 4 on page 7 of the draft report. Close examination of Figure 4 reveals that the clutch actuator is in an over-travel state with the tension spring damaged. It is also apparent that the fan shaft has failed from the lower bearing inner race spinning and creating excess heat, which heat would then have transferred to the lower bearing, which by failure would have super-heated the lubricant upon seizure would have expelled it to where it was then observed 126 days later.
We submit that what can also been seen in the photo of the lower bearing inner race is abrasions that may have been caused from excessive clearance between the fan shaft and lower bearing inner race. If the failure originated in connection with the fan shaft, what appears as scoring on the fan shaft may be linked to weakening and shearing. We note that the lower bearing, fan shaft and fan dropping down into the fan scroll would have released drive belt tension, causing an engine over speed and loss of drive to the main rotor transmission. This is consistent with the observations of those onboard, reported at pages 1 and 2 of the draft report:
“The pilot reported that, as the helicopter re-crossed the valley to return to the main house, they detected a burning smell and recalled that within a couple of seconds the engine began to run roughly”; and
“As the pilot lowered the collective to reduce power, in case the engine failed, they checked the engine oil temperature, pressure and cylinder head temperature gauges, which were all in the normal range. Within about 3 seconds, the vibrations through the helicopter increased. The pilot observed the engine RPM suddenly rise, then drop to zero and assessed that the engine had failed.”
We submit that these alternatives – the incident arising from a failure of either the fan shaft or the bearing should be included in the final report. We further submit that the characterisation of the maintainer’s increased frequency of lubrication as “over-lubrication” is not correct.
The specifications for a 12-month, 100 hourly check in section 2.140 of the manual, under item 7, states that if any discrepancies exist the maintainer is to inspect the bearing in accordance with section 2.502. That section then directs to section 1.140, which instructs the maintainer to lubricate the bearing with 4-5 grams of grease. Similarly, in section 2.501, it states that if any discrepancy is suspected, or the fan is removed, to proceed in accordance with section 2.502 and section 1.140, which is to lubricate the bearing with 4-5 grams of grease. In addition, in table 1 scheduled maintenance inspections it is stated that the maintainer is to grease the bearings in accordance with section 1.140, i.e. with 4-5 grams of grease every 300 hours or 3 years. Each of these grease applications is for the same amount – 4-5 grams. That is the prescribed volume on each occasion. The application of that amount, in accordance with the manual is, by definition, not over-lubrication.
In addition, because the bearing is a greaseable bearing and not a non-greaseable sealed bearing, Section 1.140 bearing lubrication instructs the maintainer to ground run the machine at 102% for 2 minutes after lubrication, and to then shut down and wipe any escaped excess grease. By following this procedure on each occasion the maintainer has not over-lubricated and has prevented any accumulation of residue.
Conclusion
Maintenance in accordance with the manual includes re-lubrication of the bearing every time the fan comes off. Given the various occasions for removal of the fan, the manual indicates re-lubrication of bearing could be, for example, as frequent as every 100 hours or whenever additional work is carried out that requires removal of the fan. The procedure for re-lubrication ensures that “over-lubrication” does not result. The hypothesis that the bearing seized due to “over-lubrication” by the maintainer therefore is, with respect, not correct.
We submit that the ATSB should consider instead the two alternative hypotheses: that the bearing near the end of its serviceable life spontaneously failed, or the incident independently arose due to some unspecified failure in the fan shaft. We also request that this submission should be included with the final report in accordance with s.25(3) of the Act.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
Terminology
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
Publishing information
Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003
Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication
Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.
Creative Commons licence
With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.
Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.
The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau
Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.
[1] A device used to connect mobile phones to the satellite system.
[2] A SARTIME is the time nominated by a pilot for the initiation of Search and Rescue (SAR) action.
[3] Selecting the ELT transmitter to OFF is only recommended for maintenance, storage and shipment. The ELT can also be activated by selecting the transmitter to ON
[4] The service letter, in contradiction to the installation procedures, stated that the monthly self-test was a requirement, however the manufacturer advised this is not the case.
[5] Emergency position-indicating radio beacon: A type of emergency locator beacon used to locate people in need of immediate assistance.
[6] The minimum equipment list (MEL) is a list which provides for the operation of aircraft, subject to specified conditions, with particular equipment inoperative. It is prepared by an operator in conformity with, or more restrictive than, the manufacturer’s MEL established for the aircraft type.
[7] Rotorcraft with 1) a maximum weight of 20,000 pounds or less and 2) 9 or less passenger seats may be type certificated as Category B rotorcraft.
[8] CAO 95.7 – exemption from the provisions of the Civil Aviation Regulations 1998 – Helicopters (12/12/2004) was repealed on 2 December 2021.
[9] The helicopter maintainer disagreed with the contributing safety factors identified by the ATSB and requested that their submission be included in the final investigation report in accordance with s.25(3) of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003 (Appendix A).
On the morning of 27 April 2022, a Boeing 737-800 registered VH-YFZ and operated by Virgin Australia Airlines departed from Gold Coast Airport, Queensland. Immediately after take-off, the pilot noticed the aircraft tended to roll to the right, and trimmed the rudder to keep wings level. The aircraft no longer required trim when the flaps were retracted for cruise, but the issue returned when the flaps were extended for landing. There were no warnings of flap skew or asymmetry provided to the flight crew.
A walk-around inspection following the flight revealed that left outboard aft flap had not completely retracted. A subsequent engineering inspection found several components in the aft flap actuation system had failed.
What the ATSB found
The ATSB determined that a pre-existing fatigue crack progressed through the aft flap’s inboard programming roller cartridge resulting in component failure. This cartridge held a roller that guided the aft flap during extension and retraction. The failed cartridge affected aft flap performance when flaps were deployed, and resulted in the aircraft’s tendency to roll to the right. While it could not be determined precisely when the cartridge failed, it likely occurred at some point following touchdown during the previous flight, but before take-off on the incident flight.
Boeing specified a general visual inspection of the left outboard flap. On VH-YFZ, this inspection last occurred in October 2020, with no defects found. It could not be determined whether the fatigue crack was present at the inspection. Ten other instances of cracking and/or failure at the programming roller were reported to Boeing between 2017 and 2022. At least 6 of these were old enough to have been inspected several times prior to failure. Significantly, the area in which the fatigue cracks developed was not included in a detailed inspection that Boeing specified for the flap actuation system.
What has been done as a result
While it was identified that failure of this component would not significantly affect the controllability of the aircraft, the ATSB issued a safety recommendation to The Boeing Company that it take safety action to increase the detection of fatigue cracks in the roller cartridges of 737‑800 prior to failure.
Safety message
While modern aircraft provide pilots with detailed system information, certain malfunctions can still occur without detection, such as in this occurrence. While the flight crew were not able to determine the root cause of the roll tendency during flight, they maintained continual awareness of the issue, reacting quickly and appropriately to maintain control of the aircraft.
The occurrence
At 0706 local time on 27 April 2022, a Virgin Australia Airlines Boeing 737-800 registered VH-YFZ departed from Gold Coast Airport en route to Sydney. It was the first flight of the day for both the aircraft and flight crew. As per normal operating procedures, the aircraft took off with flaps partially deployed. Shortly after take-off, the pilot flying noticed that the aircraft had a tendency to roll to the right and added 1.5° of left rudder trim[1] to keep the wings level. When the flaps were retracted during climb, the rudder was trimmed back to 0°.
As the aircraft climbed through 10,000 feet, the cabin manager mentioned to the flight crew that a ‘muffled rumble’ could be heard coming from the left side of the aircraft. In the cockpit, the captain could perceive a sound, but thought it to be more of a ‘whine’. The flight crew discussed potential sources for the noise, and attributed it to some slight damage on one of the engine fan blades that had been previously identified and logged for maintenance.
The autopilot was engaged for most of the flight, including during flap deployment for the first portion of the approach into Sydney Airport. As the aircraft intercepted the localiser[2] track and the wings levelled out, the pilot flying noticed that the control column was substantially laterally displaced. The pilot disengaged the autopilot and immediately felt the aircraft rolling to the right. The pilot used the aileron to keep wings level as the rudder was trimmed back to 1.5° to the left. The flight crew landed the aircraft without further incident.
Once the passengers had disembarked, one of the flight crew conducted a walk-around inspection of the aircraft and noticed that part of the left outboard aft flap had not completely retracted after landing, resulting in a skew (Figure 1). The flight crew received no flap asymmetry or flap skew warnings throughout the flight. A subsequent engineering inspection identified component failures in the left outboard aft flap actuation system.
Figure 1:The skewed left outboard aft flap of VH-YFZ after landing in Sydney
Source: Flight crew, annotated by the ATSB
Context
Flap actuation system and damage description
The aircraft’s trailing edge flap system contains an outboard aft flap nested within a larger main flap when fully retracted. Upon extension, a ball screw and gimbal transmit forces into pushrods rods to deploy the aft flap. The aft flap is guided by several rollers along tracks connected to the main flap. The roller on the inboard edge of the flap is known as the inboard programming track roller. In this occurrence, a component known as a ‘cartridge’ securing this roller to the aft flap failed (Figure 2).
Figure 2: The failed cartridge (left) and example cartridge highlighted in blue (right)
When the damaged programming roller cartridge was found, the section still attached to the aft flap had caught on the underside of the main flap, damaging the skin (Figure 3, left). This contact with the main flap prevented the aft flap from retracting correctly. The other section of the cartridge, including the roller, detached from the aircraft and was not recovered. In addition to the damaged programming roller cartridge, one of the pushrods in the flap actuation system was also found to have failed (Figure 3, right).
Figure 3: The programming roller cartridge obstructed by the main flap (left) and the failed pushrod (right)
Source: Virgin Australia, annotated by the ATSB
The flap skew sensor—responsible for detecting asymmetry or skew in the flaps—tracked the position of the gimbal as the flaps extended and retracted. However, the failed cartridge and pushrod had no effect on the gimbal, so asymmetry or skew in the aft flap could not be detected.
Component examination
The failed inboard programming roller cartridge and pushrod were sent to the ATSB for detailed technical examination. Two regions of fatigue cracking were identified in the cartridge (Figure 4). These were separated by deformation resulting from contact with the main flap. Outside of these two regions, the fracture surfaces appeared to be consistent with overstress, with no evident fatigue cracking.
Figure 4: The fracture surface of the cartridge, with the entire component inset
Source: ATSB
The two fatigue regions were examined using optical microscopy (Figure 5). Red arrows indicate the most obvious beachmarks—evidence of crack progression. The orientation of the beachmarks suggest the crack propagated in the direction indicated by the orange arrows. The crack origin was likely near the bottom of fatigue region 1. It was either obscured by smearing of the metal, or was on the section of cartridge that was not recovered. Blackening and corrosion pitting on the lower half of fatigue region 1 indicate that this portion of the crack had been present for some time.
Figure 5: Fatigue regions 1 (left) and 2 (right) on the failed programming roller cartridge
Red arrows point to observed beachmarks. Orange arrows indicate the direction of crack propagation.
Source: ATSB
A visual examination of the pushrod revealed no evidence of pre-existing damage. Localised deformation at the fractured ends was indicative of buckling/bending failure (Figure 6). This was consistent with the compressive forces it would have experienced as the aft flap become stuck during retraction.
Figure 6: Both halves of the failed pushrod
Source: ATSB
Maintenance history
The programming roller cartridge, pushrod and associated aft flap actuation system were the original parts installed when VH-YFZ was manufactured in 2017. They had acquired 6,377 flight cycles since their installation. Inspection of the roller cartridge was conducted as part of a general visual inspection of the left flap. This was scheduled every 6,000 flight cycles or every 36 months. Guidance from Boeing described this type of inspection as:
A visual examination of an interior or exterior area, installation or assembly to detect obvious damage, failure or irregularity. This level of inspection is made from within touching distance, unless otherwise specified. A mirror may be necessary to enhance visual access to all exposed surfaces in the inspection area.
This inspection was performed on-wing with flaps deployed, and last occurred on VH-YFZ in October 2020, with no defects identified.
A more detailed on-wing inspection was specified for the flap actuation system, which Boeing recommended every 12,000 flight cycles. In the associated task card, the engineer was required to perform ‘a detailed visual inspection of… inboard and outboard programming rollers’, and a diagram was provided (Figure 7). The roller cartridge was not an intended part of the inspection. This inspection had not been carried out on VH-YZF as it was not was not yet due.
Figure 7: Reference diagram for inspection of the inboard programming roller
Prior to the occurrence flight, there were no reports of aircraft handling issues related to VH-YFZ, and recorded data from the previous flight showed no significant rudder input required to keep the wings level. Walk-arounds were conducted by the captain and an engineer before the flight and no abnormalities with the flaps were reported.
Similar occurrences
At the time of writing, Boeing had received 10 reports of similar occurrences in which a skewed flap resulted from similar cracks and/or failures at the aft flap programming roller during flight operations. All of these reports were received between 2017 and 2022. In the reports where the failure mechanism was provided, some described cracking through the roller cartridge, while others reported failure of the roller itself. Six of these reports included flight cycles and, in every instance, the number of flight cycles prior to failure was between 14,000 and 29,000.
As a result of these reports, Boeing performed a safety analysis of this condition to determine whether the event presented a potential safety issue to the affected 737 fleet. As part of the study, Boeing performed an aerodynamic review of worst-case-scenario events involving the loss of different sections of trailing edge flaps, and the effect those losses would have on the pilot’s ability to control the aircraft in the roll axis. For each of the studied events involving skews or losses of the outboard aft flap, Boeing found that the aircraft remained well within the bounds of controllability by pilots, and the issue was evaluated to result in a slight increase in workload for the pilot in the worst possible case. Based on prior occurrences, Boeing determined that fleet experience aligned with that severity study, and that the rate of occurrence was less than that required by the United States Federal Aviation Administration for the level of hazard presented.
Safety analysis
Flap component failure
Detailed technical examination identified that a fatigue crack propagated through the inboard programming roller cartridge on the left outboard aft flap, eventually resulting in failure of the cartridge. It is not clear exactly when this failure occurred, although the absence of any handling issues in the previous flight suggests that the failure was likely at some point after the previous flight’s touchdown at Gold Coast Airport.
It is also likely that the aft flap was fully and properly retracted following the previous flight. As, if it had not retracted properly—due to a failed cartridge caught on the main flap—the resulting skew would probably have been detected on at least 1 of the 2 walk-around inspections conducted prior to the occurrence flight. Additionally, any degree of cartridge damage that still permitted full flap retraction would likely have been obscured by the flap mechanism and therefore not identifiable during a walk‑around. Finally, the right-rolling tendency observed while the flaps were deployed indicates that the roller cartridge failed prior to take-off, noting that no parts of the roller cartridge were found at the airport.
The failure changed the position of the aft flap, resulting in the described asymmetric performance. When the flaps were retracted for cruise, it is possible the failed cartridge caught on the main flap, preventing compete retraction. This would explain the noise heard by the cabin manager; however, the aircraft handled normally, suggesting either the flap retracted correctly or retracted sufficiently to not affect handling.
Scheduled component inspection
Blackening and pitting of the roller cartridge fracture surface suggests that the crack might have been present for some time, but it could not be determined whether any cracking was present at the last general inspection of the left outboard flap in October 2020. The cracking observed was predominantly on the side of the cartridge that abutted the roller track. It would therefore have been very difficult to observe on-wing. There have been 10 similar occurrences involving cracking and/or failure at the aft flap programming roller during flight operations. Of the 6 occurrences where the component age was reported, the aft flap actuation system was old enough to have been inspected for fatigue cracks several times prior to failure, as part of the general visual flap inspection.
The more detailed inspection for the flap actuation system was not due on VH-YFZ for another 5,600 cycles; however, on each of the 6 aircraft mentioned above the programming rollers would have been inspected at least once prior to failure. As with the general visual inspection, this detailed inspection was performed on-wing, restricting observation of the cartridge. Additionally, while the task card specified an examination of the programming rollers, the cartridges that housed them were not included.
Findings
ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors.
Safety issues are highlighted in bold to emphasise their importance. A safety issue is a safety factor that (a) can reasonably be regarded as having the potential to adversely affect the safety of future operations, and (b) is a characteristic of an organisation or a system, rather than a characteristic of a specific individual, or characteristic of an operating environment at a specific point in time.
These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.
From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the flight control event involving Boeing 737-800, registered VH-YFZ at Gold Coast Airport, Queensland on 27 April 2022.
Contributing factors
Failure of the inboard programming roller cartridge was due to undetected fatigue cracking that occurred in an area that was not included in the detailed flap actuation system inspection. (Safety Issue)
The failed roller cartridge affected aft flap performance when flaps were deployed, resulting in a tendency for the aircraft to roll to the right.
Safety issues and actions
Central to the ATSB’s investigation of transport safety matters is the early identification of safety issues. The ATSB expects relevant organisations will address all safety issues an investigation identifies.
Depending on the level of risk of a safety issue, the extent of corrective action taken by the relevant organisation(s), or the desirability of directing a broad safety message to the aviation industry, the ATSB may issue a formal safety recommendation or safety advisory notice as part of the final report.
All of the directly involved parties were provided with a draft report and invited to provide submissions. As part of that process, each organisation was asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they had carried out or were planning to carry out in relation to each safety issue relevant to their organisation.
Descriptions of each safety issue, and any associated safety recommendations, are detailed below. Click the link to read the full safety issue description, including the issue status and any safety action/s taken. Safety issues and actions are updated on this website when safety issue owners provide further information concerning the implementation of safety action.
Safety issue description:Failure of the inboard programming roller cartridge was due to undetected fatigue cracking that occurred in an area that was not included in the detailed flap actuation system inspection.
Sources and submissions
Sources of information
The sources of information during the investigation included:
the flight crew
Virgin Australia Airways
The Boeing Company.
Submissions
Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.
A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:
the flight crew
Virgin Australia Airways
The Boeing Company
the Civil Aviation Safety Authority
the United States National Transportation Safety Board.
Submissions were received from:
Virgin Australia Airways
The Boeing Company.
The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
Terminology
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
Publishing information
Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003
Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication
Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.
Creative Commons licence
With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.
Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.
The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau
Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.
[1] In a 737-800, rudder trim makes a small change to the rudder position in order to maintain coordinated flight without constant pilot input.
[2] The localiser is part of the Instrument Landing System and provides lateral position necessary to align with the runway centreline.
On 16 January 2022, an instructor and student pilot were conducting circuit training at Devonport Airport, Tasmania, in a Jabiru J120-C aircraft, registered 23-1531 and operated by Freedom Flight Pty Ltd.
While on the downwind leg, the student in the left seat saw a white flash and called ‘seagull’, believing they saw a bird. At the same time, the instructor felt a jarring and observed that the propeller had separated from the aircraft. The instructor immediately took control of the aircraft, closed the throttle and conducted an unpowered landing onto the runway. There were no reported injuries or damage to the aircraft.
What the ATSB found
In-flight separation of the propeller occurred as a result of fracture of the propeller bolts. Notwithstanding the reported bird strike, the propeller bolts showed extensive fatigue crack propagation. The extent of cracking was such that the propeller could also have separated without an external influence, or would have separated with continued operation.
The propeller washers were not installed in accordance with the maintenance manual, which may have contributed to accelerated wear and subsequent cracking of the bolts.
Safety message
It is important to conduct maintenance and thorough inspections of hardware in accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements and recommendations, as deviations can have unintended, and potentially hazardous consequences. Particular attention should be paid to evidence of abnormal contact or movement between components as indications of loose or fretting components.
The investigation
Decisions regarding whether to conduct an investigation, and the scope of an investigation, are based on many factors, including the level of safety benefit likely to be obtained from an investigation. For this occurrence, a limited-scope investigation was conducted in order to produce a short investigation report and allow for greater industry awareness of findings that affect safety and potential learning opportunities.
The occurrence
On 16 January 2022, an instructor and student pilot were conducting circuit training at Devonport Airport, Tasmania, in the Jabiru J120-C aircraft, registered 23-1531 and operated by Freedom Flight. The weather was fine and the aircraft was operating as normal.
While on the downwind leg, the student in the left seat saw a white flash and called ‘seagull’, believing it was a bird. At the same time, the instructor felt a jarring and observed that the propeller had separated from the aircraft. The engine revolutions immediately increased as the engine was unloaded, however there was no other unusual noise, vibration or indications associated with the propeller separation.
The instructor immediately took control of the aircraft, closed the throttle and conducted an unpowered landing onto the runway. There were no reported injuries or damage to the airframe. The propeller assembly (Figure 1) was subsequently located in two pieces on the beach adjacent to the airport.
Figure 1: Propeller as found
Source: Supplied
Context
Aircraft and propeller information
The Jabiru J120-C was a 2-seat, light sport aircraft with a high-wing and fixed undercarriage. It was powered by a Jabiru 2200B 4-cylinder engine, driving a Jabiru C000242 series, 2-blade, fixed-pitch propeller, constructed of laminated hoop pine, sheathed in fibreglass. The occurrence propeller, serial number 3416, was manufactured in April 2013.
Propeller assembly
The Jabiru C000242-series wooden propeller was attached to the propeller flange by 6 propeller bolts (Figure 2). The bolts were specified as either AN4-37A or AN4-40A.[1] They were installed with the bolt heads facing rearwards, through stainless steel guide bushes inserted into the flange. The bushes were a close fit (no free-play) in the rear of the propeller hub.
A woven fibreglass composite backing plate and aligning plate was positioned either side of the propeller hub and provided for attachment of the spinner. The aligning plate effectively provided a sealed cavity (minus the bolt holes) in the front of the spinner.
Figure 2: Propeller assembly
Source: Jabiru technical manual JTM001-9 except detail as indicated (annotated by ATSB)
The bolts were assembled with Belleville washers,[2] which was a recommended alternate propeller mounting system introduced by Jabiru in 2005. Wood shrinks or expands as a result of changes in its moisture content, which in turn is related to changes in humidity in the environment in which it is stored and used. Belleville washers deflect during assembly with the application of bolt/nut torque. That deflection allows for the assembly to better account for seasonal changes in the wooden hub dimensions and as such, reduce the frequency of inspections required to check and maintain correct propeller bolt tension. Jabiru Service Bulletin JSB014-1 indicated that a loss of bolt tension can cause the propeller to move and fret[3] on the mounting flange.
Component examination
The propeller assembly, forward of the propeller flange was found intact, with the exception of the fracture and separation of approximately 35 cm of the tip of one blade (Figure 1). The separated blade tip was located a short distance away from the main assembly. The propeller had been disassembled prior to receipt by the ATSB.
The six propeller bolts had fractured under the head. The bolts and two types of washers were contained by the spinner and aligning plate along with a covering of sand (Figure 3). Three of the bolts had retained washers and the rest of the washers were loose in the spinner. There were a total of 36 (dull, grey) Belleville washers recovered out of the 48 required by the Jabiru Propeller Technical Manual JPM3L1-4. There were also 17 (bright) flat washers, with a smaller diameter than the Belleville washers. The reason for the odd number of flat washers was not established. It was possible that one was misplaced during the disassembly. The 18 flat washers would have allowed for six Belleville and three flat washers per bolt, as seen on one of the bolts in Figure 3.
The inset of Figure 3 shows an absence of gaps between some pairs of Belleville washers, indicating that some of the washers were stacked in parallel (nested), rather than in series (facing in opposite directions) as required by JPM3L1-4 and illustrated in Figure 2. Altering the washer stack in terms of the number or orientation of Belleville washers will change the total deflection available (combined height under the individual discs) and/or the spring rate.[4]
The bolt fracture surfaces showed marks consistent with high-cycle fatigue crack progression (Figure 4). Some of bolts had fretting wear adjacent to the fatigue crack origin, as well as helical wear part way along the bolt shank. The wear was coincident with the narrowest section of the bore in the guide bush. The bolt material was consistent with the AN4 specification and there was no observed corrosion or other gross defects.
Figure 3: Propeller bolts and washers as recovered
Source: Supplied and ATSB (inset)
Figure 4: Bolt fatigue crack and adjacent wear
Source: ATSB
The nylock nuts[5] were all present, in good condition with approximately the same amount of engagement with the threads. The nuts were very close to bottoming out on the bolt threads. Each nut had between one-half to three-quarters of a turn before reaching the end on the thread runout.
There was no evidence of a propeller blade defect at the fractured tip. There was also no observed organic matter or smearing to indicate a bird strike. A chord segment of the propeller hub, between two boltholes, had fractured. Discolouration of the timber on the flange side, adjacent to the guide bushes indicated a small amount of pre-existing cracking, however the bulk of the fracture was recent. Similar pre-existing cracking through the boltholes was also evident on the intact portion of the hub. The guide bush holes were damaged during the failure sequence and unable to be fully examined, however two holes that were able to be test fitted were snug with a bush inserted to the appropriate depth. The drive side of the propeller and spinner backing plate were blackened and worn, indicating relative movement between the two surfaces.
A set of exemplar washers were purchased for comparison to those from the occurrence (Figure 5). The occurrence washers were visibly (edge quality and coating) and dimensionally different. They were also a different alloy to the exemplars, however both conformed to the dimension and material requirements of the supplier specifications.[6]
Washer stack deflection was compared between occurrence washers oriented in series and arranged as-recovered, per Figure 3. The stack height was measured with vernier callipers in the
Figure 5: Comparison between a stack of occurrence (left) and exemplar (right) washers in series.
Source: ATSB
unloaded condition (nut finger-tight) and then the nut was torqued to 72 inch-pounds (the required installation torque) and remeasured. The washers in series deflected approximately 1 mm before becoming effectively flat. When arranged as recovered, with a number of the washers in parallel, the stack compressed approximately 0.5 mm (Figure 6).
In order to estimate the effectiveness of the washer deflection in service, monthly weather statistics were obtained from the Bureau of Meteorology to determine the average relative humidity changes in the north of Tasmania. Propeller hub shrinkage or expansion was then calculated for 0.1% radial dimensional change for hoop pine per 1% moisture content change, and a 1% change in equilibrium wood moisture content for every 5% change in relative humidity. Based on this, the as-received washer stack was theoretically able account for the changes in average relative humidity and the corresponding propeller hub dimensional changes due to wood moisture content, although it was close to the estimated maximum.
Figure 6: Deflection test using washers from the occurrence propeller, arranged as recovered
Minor scale in 0.5 mm for illustrative purposes.
Source: ATSB
Instructor comments
The instructor commented that the jarring felt at the time of the propeller separation and the fracture of the blade was consistent with what they had experienced previously in a wooden propeller-driven aircraft as a result of a bird strike during take-off.
Propeller maintenance
Jabiru propeller technical manual JPM3L1-4 contained maintenance information for C000242‑series propellers. The manual indicated that the propeller bolts must be checked after the first flight following installation[7] and then every 100 hours and/or annually thereafter. Guidance for the 100-hourly inspection included:
Remove the spinner and carry out a thorough visual inspection checking for cracking, fraying, corrosion and other damage.
Check for loose, missing, corroded or damaged fasteners and hardware.
Check for deposits and radial markings which indicate fretting between moving parts.
Visually check the condition of the propeller, looking for damage to the leading-edge protection, glass de-lamination and cracks, splits or crushing of the propeller timber.
Check the tension of the propeller bolts/nuts – Tension if required.
Check spinner and Prop Tracking.
In addition to the above, the annual inspection also recommended removal of the propeller from the aircraft, to enable a more thorough inspection for cracking, wear and damage, a test fit of the propeller drive bushes and a check of the propeller balance.
The operator advised that the propeller had been with the aircraft since purchase and was maintained in accordance with the maintenance manual. The maintenance logs indicated that the aircraft and therefore the propeller assembly, had approximately 1,100 hours in service since new. There was no record of the attachment hardware being changed.
There were no recent aircraft maintenance log entries that included specific notes on the propeller. The most recent engine and airframe 100-hourly inspection was recorded 2 months (56 hours) prior to the occurrence, with nil defects noted. This inspection was endorsed by the operator, who previously held the required[8] Level 2 maintenance authority, but which had expired in 2016. During interview, the operator noted the importance of the Belleville washers and installation torque and indicated that they hadn’t had to re-tension the bolts during inspections since the washers were introduced.
The operator also advised that the propeller had most recently been removed 6 months (around 150 hours) prior to the occurrence, and that the wear on the propeller was within limits at that time. The propeller removal was not recorded in the logs and the operator was unable to recall who had removed, inspected and reinstalled the propeller.
Previous occurrences
Review of the ATSB aviation occurrence database over the past 10 years, found five other instances of Jabiru in-flight propeller separation from the mounting flange.
The only other occurrence investigated by the ATSB occurred in December 2021 (AO-2022-004). In that instance, the propeller separated from a J170-C approximately 8 hours after installation, after the pilot experienced a transient period of unusual engine vibration. The propeller bolts had fractured and there was evidence of movement/fretting on the propeller flange, however the propeller assembly was unable to be located and therefore an assessment of the propeller hardware was not able to be conducted.
Safety analysis
While there was no physical evidence of a bird strike on the propeller, the student’s observations and instructor pilot’s previous experience could not be discounted. That aside, and more importantly, the high-cycle fatigue cracking of the propeller bolts was indicative of a latent issue that predated any external influence at the time of the occurrence. It was possible that the propeller separated as a result of the cracking in conjunction with a bird strike. However, the extent of cracking was such that the propeller could also have separated without an external influence, or would have separated with continued operation.
The wear on the bolt shank adjacent to cracking, the spinner backing plate and the propeller mounting plate indicated relative movement between the assembly components, which would typically result from low clamping force / bolt tension, or a lack of security in the assembly. In the absence of material defect in the components or hardware, the possible reasons for this included loose-fitting guide bushes, misassembly and/or loosening of the assembly during operation.
The fracture of the propeller hub and damage to the propeller guide bush holes precluded a thorough test for guide bush fitment. While it remained a possibility, the fit of those that could be tested suggested that loose bushes was unlikely. Similarly, it was not possible to assess whether the observed low bolt tension had been influenced by low nut torques at installation.
The deviation of the washer stack from Jabiru’s assembly instructions had the potential to affect the security of the assembly. This was primarily due to the reduction in the environmental dimensional change (shrinkage) in the wooden propeller hub that could be accommodated before a loss of bolt tension resulted. In this instance, the complete washer stack as recovered was, although marginal, theoretically able to cope with the estimated changes (shrinkage and expansion) from propeller moisture content. However, the partial stacks recovered were inconsistent, which left the possibility that one or more of the washer stacks had a smaller deflection than that tested. With a reduced tolerance for dimensional changes, the risk of movement and fretting of the components increased.
The operator reported that the propeller was maintained in accordance with the maintenance manual. As such, there were inspections pertaining to the installation hardware at the most recent 100-hourly inspection. The propeller was not required to be fully disassembled and removed during that inspection, however the difference in size and colour between the flat and Belleville washers should have been identifiable during the checks for loose, missing, damaged or corroded hardware, or checking of bolt tension. The reason that the operator did not detect the assembly error was not known, but it was a missed opportunity to not only identify the error, but to further examine the affected components for unusual wear.
While it is unclear if there was any influence on this occurrence, the operator had continued to exercise the privileges of an expired maintenance authority. In doing so, it removed any regulatory oversight checks with respect to the operator’s maintenance currency and recency. In general, while this is not necessarily directly reflective of an individual’s maintenance competency, it did prevent opportunities for assuring ongoing suitability to correctly maintain an aircraft to the expected standard.
Findings
ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors.
These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.
From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the In-flight propeller loss involving Jabiru J120-C, registration 23-1531 at Devonport Airport, Tasmania on 16 January 2022.
Contributing factors
Fatigue cracking of the propeller bolts contributed to the propeller separating from the aircraft.
Other factors that increased risk
The propeller washers were not installed in accordance with the maintenance manual, which reduced the ability of the assembly to tolerate environmental dimensional changes.
The operator had exercised privileges of an expired maintenance authority.
Sources and submissions
Sources of information
The sources of information during the investigation included:
Freedom Flight Pty Ltd
The student pilot
Jabiru Aircraft Pty Ltd
Recreational Aviation Australia
References
Simpson WT, 1998, Equilibrium Moisture Content of Wood in Outdoor Locations in the United States and Worldwide. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Forest Products Laboratory research note.
Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry, Queensland, 2013, Hoop Pine – Araucaria (plantations), factsheet.
Submissions
Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.
A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:
Freedom Flight Pty Ltd
The student pilot
Jabiru Aircraft Pty Ltd
Recreational Aviation Australia
There were no submissions received.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
Terminology
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
Publishing information
Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003
Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication
Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.
Creative Commons licence
With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.
Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.
The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau
Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.
[1] ‘Army-Navy’ US military specification bolts. The first number refers to the bolt diameter in 1/16 of an inch. The dash number denotes the bolt grip length in relation to a size chart. The bolts were typically made from one of a number of grades of high strength steel (minimum 125,000 psi tensile strength) and were cadmium plated.
[3] Fretting refers to wear involving small amplitude relative movement or vibration between contact surfaces.
[4] The load required to compress a spring by a unit distance.
[5] Nuts with a self-locking feature, consisting of an internal, reduced-size nylon or polymer ring designed to increase the torque required to move the nut on a bolt and make it more resistant to loosening in service.
[6] Dimensions to Deutsches Institut für Normung DIN 6796-6, and spring steel to DIN 17221 or 17222. The height of the occurrence washers was the minimum allowable after a permanent set test per DIN 267 part 26.
[7] This requirement was originally in reference to CASA Airworthiness Directive AD/PFP/1, which was cancelled in 2016. Jabiru updated the manual to version JPM3L1-5 in August 2022. Which removed the reference to the AD, but retained the inspection requirements.
[8] To perform maintenance on RAAus-registered aircraft used for flight training.